The Girl with the Whispering Shadow

This title was previously available on NetGalley and is now archived.
Buy on Amazon Buy on BN.com Buy on Bookshop.org
*This page contains affiliate links, so we may earn a small commission when you make a purchase through links on our site at no additional cost to you.
Send NetGalley books directly to your Kindle or Kindle app

1
To read on a Kindle or Kindle app, please add kindle@netgalley.com as an approved email address to receive files in your Amazon account. Click here for step-by-step instructions.
2
Also find your Kindle email address within your Amazon account, and enter it here.
Pub Date 23 Jan 2019 | Archive Date 30 Apr 2023

Description

Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

Before it’s too late...

Request book one in the series, The Crowns of Croswald, here: http://netgal.ly/zki5HL

Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

...


A Note From the Publisher

This is the second book in a four-book series. Book I, The Crowns of Croswald, and Book III, The Words of the Wandering, are available wherever books are sold; Book IV will be released in 2021.

This is the second book in a four-book series. Book I, The Crowns of Croswald, and Book III, The Words of the Wandering, are available wherever books are sold; Book IV will be released in 2021.


Advance Praise

“With a relatable heroine facing challenges in a vivid world of magic and mystery, this tale remains an action-packed treat.” — Kirkus Reviews


“The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a strong, sensitive fantasy novel about coming of age and coming into your own natural-born powers.” — Foreword Reviews

“Ivy is growing up; and she’s bringing her readers along for the wild ride into maturity, magic, and achievement.”— Midwest Book Review

“This is an imaginative story with wonders and delights for readers at every turn [...] one of the best put together books I have read in a while.” — Readers’ Favorite

“History and destiny come together to create a compelling and complex tale of the present in the fantastical realm of Croswald. Quills dance, precious stones possess magic, and magical creatures and folk fill the pages of this fantasy series by author D.E. Night.”— The Children’s Book Review

AWARDS
GOLD Moonbeam Children's Book Award, Pre-Teen Fiction-Fantasy Category
 
Authors Circle: Middle Grade Book of the Year Award 

Science Fiction/Fantasy Purple Dragonfly First Place Award Winner 

“With a relatable heroine facing challenges in a vivid world of magic and mystery, this tale remains an action-packed treat.” — Kirkus Reviews


“The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a strong...

Marketing Plan

For fun trivia and book-themed giveaways, follow @author.denight on Instagram!

For fun trivia and book-themed giveaways, follow @author.denight on Instagram!


Available Editions

ISBN 9780996948661
PRICE $12.99 (USD)

Available on NetGalley

NetGalley Shelf App (EPUB)
Send to Kindle (EPUB)
Download (EPUB)

Average rating from 567 members


Featured Reviews

This is my first time reading DE Night, but I found this book to be well-written and accessible for young readers, as well as older fans of the YA genre. I would gladly add this book to my classroom shelf or school library. Many thanks to the author/publisher for this advance copy.

Was this review helpful?

I received this ARC in exchange for my honest review.

I absolutely loved this book! It has everything to keep you hooked from the first page! Definitely would recommend to all the fantasy readers

Was this review helpful?

Ivy has learned she is part of the Queenly bloodline and that the dark queen is after her and her royal stone. She’s been instructed to hide away in a secret town for her own safety and to find the missing pieces of her stone. She spends her summer making new friends and continues her learning as best as she can since she is unable to go back to The Halls of Ivy. With no clues to help lead her on her mission she doesn’t make it far before she is thrown back into danger of the Dark Queen. She uses the knowledge she’s gained, the help of her new friends and allies, and the few clues she has to make it closer to finishing her mission.

This was actually a second reading for me. I wanted a refresher before starting book 3 and I loved it just as much the second time. I never thought I would but I actually love the similarities to Harry Potter world, but I do. It’s like almost reliving it again but in a completely new and fresh way. But even though there are a lot of similarities the characters are completely unique and well developed. The magic is still it’s own and the story is thrilling and well written. I’m incredibly excited to start book 3 and see where Ivy’s story takes us to next.

I would also like to thank the publisher and Netgalley for allowing me to read and review a copy of this book since the one I own was loaned to a friend and I didn’t think the middle of a global pandemic was the best time to ask for it back.

Was this review helpful?

It's the second instalment of The Crowns of Croswald series and the magic is growing!

Following the first instalment, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is all about the second year at a school of magic and also the journey to finding the second piece of a lost stone. This stone, called a Kindred Stone, apparently holds a ton of power that works just like an amplifier. It is said that it belongs to the true queen of Croswald, who happens to be our main character, Ivy. However, the Dark Queen seeks to claim this stone so that she can continue to reign with terror for eternity. So, in between studies, learning magic, staying on top of the Dark Queen, and finding the truth about the past, Ivy has to work hard to discover and retrieve the second missing piece of the Kindred Stone before it gets into the wrong hands.

One of the special things that was introduced to this series that I love is "Quogo". Instead of battling with wands, we have scrivenists battling with quills left behind by their passing owners. I mean, how cool is that! What makes it even more fascinating is that it is actually considered a sport! This reminds me so much of Harry Potter. But instead of Quidditch, we have two individuals battling with magic.

Additionally, we were also introduced in more detail to a secret club called Quality Quills Club (QQC). I mean, where's the fun in schools if not for secret clubs? Am I right or am I right? So this secret club was formed from the love of Quogo. The founder, Fyn, is an huge fan of the Quogo sport who dreams of becoming part of the game in the future. However, with the Dark Queen threatening to harm Ivy and all scrivenist to get what she wants, the QQC plays to practice the use of quills. This immediately reminds me of "Dumbledore's Army" practicing their spells in secret.

As for the other elements of this story, I would say that there was a step up from the first instalment. I thought that the plot was more exciting and there was tremendous growth in character development. I really like where this story is going and I can't wait to read the next instalment. I need to see how the budding love between Ivy and Fyn blossoms.

Disclaimer: I received a complimentary copy of this book from D.E. Night through NetGalley. Opinions expressed in this review are completely my own.

Was this review helpful?

* I RECEIVED THIS BOOK IN EXCHANGE FOR AN HONEST REVIEW BY STORIES UNTOLD LLC AND NETGALLEY *

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow was a great continuation from book 1 in the Croswald series! It takes the foundation of the first book and expands a great deal! We get to explore the land outside of the Halls of Ivy to a Secret Town, which is where Ivy meets new friends and gets into new kinds of trouble! Back at the Halls trouble is brewing and Ivy and her new friends must race against time to solve the mystery before its too late! This book has so much magic, fun and adventure, it is impossible to put down! If you haven't read The Crowns of Croswald yet... pick it up today! You will be not be disappointed, it will sweep you away!

Was this review helpful?

Rating: 4/5 🌟

This is the sequel to “The Crowns of Croswald” and it was great! I was afraid that it might have “second book syndrome” but thankfully it didn’t. I was
so happy to be back in the magical world and see how Ivy’s adventure continues.

My favourite part of this book/series is the world and its magical systems. I love how the whimsical and magical world of Croswald develops in this book. I love that I got to know about scrivinist and their magic, learn about new magical creatures, and even a super cool game known as Quogo - the quidditch equivalent in Croswald.

There is more action and Ivy’s adventure definitely intensifies in this book. I wouldn’t say it’s intense like a YA or adult fantasy, but it is really exciting and thrilling for a middle grade. I super satisfied by the pace of the plot.

Like in the previous book, the friendship in this is really wholesome and heartwarming. I love the new friendship formed in this story and how the existing friendship develops. Ivy’s friendship with Rebecca and Fyn is definitely my next favourite thing about this series.

I wished there had been more character development for Ivy. She kind of remained the same as she was from first book. It’s not exactly a terrible thing but I just wished she had “matured” a little. She does have a clear motivation and good personality but she is lacking a little in terms of depth. Other then that, Ivy is still a likeable protagonist.

I also wished that had been more class scenes in this story because I enjoyed them immensely before. However, considering the plot and it’s pace, I am not mad at it at all.

Overall, I really enjoyed this book and I will most definitely continue on with the story. I hope in Book 3, there will be EVEN MORE world building because I just love this whimsical and imaginative world so much and maybe some romance?

If you haven’t read the first book, I really recommend you check it out! It is a really interesting middle-grade series.

Was this review helpful?

(4.5/5 stars)
It’s always great when a sequel not only lives up to, but outdoes its predecessor! Returning us to the world of scrivenists (mages who channel magic through quills), ‘The Girl with the Whispering Shadow’ (incredible title) is just as full of ingenious and refreshingly original magical concepts as ‘The Crowns of Croswald’, with even more of the lovable characters, subtly chilling foreboding and hilarious moments that I enjoyed in Book 1.

One of my favourite things was the introduction of a popular scrivenists’ game called ‘Quogo’ – eat your heart out, Quidditch! Quogo is almost like a magical RPG (role-playing game), where players battle it out with the spectres of retired or deceased scrivenists, using their decommissioned quills. I also loved the Quality Quills Club (where can I sign up?!), a secret society of amateur Quogo players run by our wonderful Fyn Greeley. I loved the dynamic within this friendship group, spiced up by the new additions of Ivy and Rebecca to its ranks, and they had so much great banter between them. Each QQC member felt realistic, especially after a certain accidental catastrophe, and I really look forward to seeing more of them in Book 3! This was a very well-written rendition of a found-family trope, if that’s one you enjoy.

Speaking of character love, I have to include a tribute specifically to my favourites, Fyn and Rebecca! They’re so loyal to Ivy but never come across as sycophants or merely foils, and yet again, Rebecca (in multiple scenes) proves herself an MVP in this squad. Fyn cracks me up so much with his sarcasm, and I’m completely invested in the adorable slow-burn between him and Ivy! I also grew to like Ivy more in this one – while some of her actions in the first book felt at times out of character, this book is where she really comes into her own and grows in confidence, maturity and just all around personality palpability.

Great twists abound, with hints dropped here and there to amp up the apprehension, and several were rather disquieting. In general, this book’s ‘horror’ level feels middle-grade to YA, but there were certainly some moments that gave me ‘Criminal Minds’-type chills. The Dark Queen definitely feels more genuinely threatening in this book compared to the first, and we learn a bit more about her motives that clarify scenes in the first book.

There were also plenty of new spells, creatures and even careers introduced – my favourite one being a teledetector matteler, a sort of teleporting magical police/CSI officer who can travel to crime scenes through mentally connecting through a scene sketch. I really like the style of magic in this series, it’s very whimsical and strong on wordplay, which is right up my alley.

If you’re a ‘Harry Potter’ fan, or on the hunt for more magical boarding school stories, I really recommend diving into this series! Following that slight cliffhanger (and its link to the title of Book 3), I’m so hyped for ‘The Words of the Wandering’, out May 30! Not long now before I can return to Croswald…

Was this review helpful?

The Girl With The Whispering Shadow takes us back to Croswald and the unique magical world that it is. It is Ivy's first summer away from the slurry fields and Derwin has shipped her off to the scrivenist town called Belzebuthe. With a piece of paper and an address written on it, Ivy lands up at none other than our dearest Fyn's house. Over the summer Ivy learns more and more about scrivenists and how they protect the 'Town' from the dark queen. She uncovers some exciting stuff like fishing for stars, Quogo matches and a job being a potioneer. But the most heartwarming thing about this book was how Ivy finds her own friends. She had a group of people from school who care for her and look out in case she is in danger. Ivy is someone who has had the company of scaldrons for so long. Even in Book 1, her only friends were Fyn and Rebecca but mostly she solved her problems alone.

This book values friendships as each one of the many friends she makes helps her fight with The Dark Queen. The writing style has definitely improved and so have the character arcs. From being clueless, Ivy is now learning about scrivenists and her past. The character 'Glistle' was one of my favourites in this book.

The world-building goes beyond the Halls of Ivy and there are new creatures that the characters in the book discover. It was such a fun read and is perfect for anyone looking for an engaging middle grade fantasy. The kids are so talented and think on their feet. Fyn's graduation made me completely teary-eyed because I love how he toes every line.

The book ends in the most mysterious way that has something to do with The Forgotten Room which makes me a little queasy. I was so glad to receive a copy of Book 2.

Was this review helpful?

I received this book from @Netgalley. This sequel really ties the series together. I can see where the author sets herself a part from other fantasy writers. We see the characters that we all love evolve into their respective roles and the reader feels a connection with each one. Making this story all the more enjoyable. This series keeps you wanting more and rhe storyline does not fade out and keeps the reader engaged.

Was this review helpful?

In The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, we join Ivy Lovely once again on her whimsical adventures in this magical world. We start off in Belzebuthe, were Ivy finally feels like a part of a family while living with Fyn and his mom. In this wonderful place filled with twinkling stars, she makes new Quogo friends and gets a job as a potioneer. However, Ivy can't leave the town after summer since it's the only place she'll be safe from the dark queen.

Then Ivy receives a letter from the Selector and goes back to join her classmates later in the year, only to discover the Selector didn't send the letter and she's in danger. She meets her old friend Rebecca, and together with her new friends from Belzebuthe, they go on countless adventures together.

I loved getting to know more about this magical world and meeting the new creatures within it. The introduction of Quogo, a secret game playing with quills, was another interesting element. Although I believe Ivy could have used a bit more character development, I still enjoyed reading about her wonderful adventures.

I'd like to thank Stories Untold and NetGalley for the opportunity to read and review this book.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow: A Sneakily Wonderful Sequel

I was asked to read this book in exchange for an honest review by D.E. Night’s publicist, Daniela from Stories Untold, so thank you!

When I put down D.E. Night’s first book, “The Crowns of Croswald,” I wasn’t super excited to read the next one, but I was hopeful for a good follow up, and “The Girl with the Whispering Shadow” was exactly the kind of book I was expecting as a second installment—a world builder, deeper character development, and even more magic.

“The Girl with the Whispering Shadow” steps back into Ivy’s story after the events of “The Crimes of Croswald” as she ends her first year at school and is told life changing news. The book primarily focuses on the summer before Ivy returns to school and after she receives a letter saying she is safe to return. Things aren’t as simple as they seem though, and she quickly finds her and her friends at danger, and they must equip themselves for anything that comes their way.

While there were elements of the first book that I liked, I ultimately didn’t love it. But this book was extremely enjoyable and a nice addition to the series. Something that I loved about the last book was Night’s world building and how it sets her aside from other books that follow the same premise. This was no exception, as Night takes you to new parts of Ivy’s world, introduces new people and builds up even more about her family, the school, and just the world they live in in general.

Another thing that I found more enjoyable was the tone and seriousness of the book. The last one felt a little too over the top in appealing to a younger audience, but this one seemed to hit it spot on. It didn’t feel too childish and it felt much more serious than the first one. That does mean though, that the story is getting more serious and that there is much more to come, such as an impending battle of sorts with the Dark Queen, a potential romance with Fyn and even more.

The only aspect of this book that I wasn’t the biggest fan of was the cliches from time to time, and there were some moments where I began to zone out, but it wasn’t often. Towards the end, I found myself skimming the paragraphs and, I believe, sometimes missed some stuff, but it wasn’t too awful. And there were obviously moments of cliche middle school dialogue, but it wasn’t too bad. Nothing that took me out of the book.

The Verdict
I was extremely pleasantly surprised by this book! D.E. Night is proving herself to be a strong author and has a promising career in writing, especially writing that is popular with middle schoolers. While the first book didn’t catch all of my attention, I greatly enjoyed “The Girl with the Whispering Shadow” and it’s a fun read that will take you away to a magical land that has promise to grow and expand. Personally, I will be reading the next book and look forward to the circus theme that has been teased for the third installment. I highly recommend this book and am happy I was given the chance to read and review these!

Was this review helpful?

I’m just so obsessed with this amazing little story! I never thought I would fall for a middle grade but here I am, falling and enjoying every second of it!

We pick up with Ivy still learning how to be a proper scrivenist and fumbling through her day to day life. But trouble of course always finds Ivy, or does she go looking for it? We are on a round trip to another whimsical, fun adventure with her and her classmates!

I love the bonds that were made stronger throughout this second book and I throughly enjoy the new creatures that we’re introduced to and I just eat up every new magical aspect that is added to this story! I also really enjoyed the introduction of the QQC, I thought it was so fascinating and had me really intrigued. I know I keep saying how much I love everything about this book, but something else I really LOVED was the stars and wishes that are linked to them, it was really just so heartwarming.

Once again, this is such a unique and WHIMSICAL, fun middle grade that I suggest to readers of any age that just want a fun, lighter fantasy read but still action packed and gripping! This one also had an air of mystery to it and I found myself not being able to put this down, much like the first one!

For fans of: Harry Potter like stories, friendship/bonding, magical, adorable creatures and evil queens!

Was this review helpful?

When I was asked to read these books I was grateful that I could read the first two, since the first one ended on a cliff hanger for me. I was left wondering what life looked like for Ivy after all of the revelations at the end of the first one.
The second one was just as whimsical as the first! The story picked up right after the first and transitioned Ivy from a home that she loved to feeling like she had none. I know that this was considered middle grade, and would recommend to any girl between the ages of 11 and probably 14, but I wish that there was more between Flyn and Ivy. I think that both characters developed well over the course of the book.
It was a little predictable but that is what made it more of a comfort read. Personally, I want to read the third just to have a closing with these characters.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the publisher, Stories Untold Press, for accepting my request on NetGalley for this book in exchange for an honest review!
This was quite the enjoyable read! I definitely think the story-line of this sequel was much more interesting and engaging than the first book, and the character developments were nice to see. Ivy, the main character, became less boring and really came into her own with embracing who she is and not hiding her magic. In my opinion, she seemed to not use her magic as often as she could have, especially with how easily it is for her to use. However, she is still young and probably wouldn’t think of using it in every situation.
While reading, I was also trying to think of what it was that felt off to me about this series. After finishing The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, I realized that it was the fact that the plot is driven mostly by dialogue. Being classed as a middle grade, I can understand the choice of not filling the pages with lengthy descriptions of emotions, settings, etc. I like it when there’s more descriptiveness to a story, but that’s a personal preference.
This sequel still gave me Harry Potter vibes, but Night really makes the world even more her own in this book compared to the first. They also made the characters more relatable, and I loved seeing the relationship grow between Ivy and Fyn, however slow that progress may be. I’m hoping we see more of that in the next book. Also, seeing the other side-characters develop their skills in magic more was cool to read about.
Over all, with the improvement of writing style and world building, and the good progression of the plot, this sequel was well worth the read. I look forward to the next one!

Was this review helpful?

Spoiler-Free Review

Still magical as always!

The author’s wit and creativity in crafting this world? Incredible!

I mean, where do I begin?

The Town? I’d love to see it in person!

Lie Buries: A Library of All Things Fantastical? The name makes me grin, Lie Buries? Get what I mean about the wit there?

Pseudopen? I would do anything to own one!

Quogo? I wish I could play that game with all of the club members!

Casting and catching stars? I really love this one!

The spells? The magical creatures? The adventures? The stores? Places? I could name many things!
And of course, my forever favorite, that I wish I could do too in real life - an Hour of Discovery at school!

My question was finally answered! Who was the perpetrator? It’s….. I can’t say this is a spoiler-free review.

Ivy’s adventure in this book was fun and exciting, most especially those moments with her new found friends (oh I love that bunch!). Her and Fyn’s scenes were always the cutest and magical, both in danger and not. I mean, there’s nothing cute about being in danger but seeing the two of them work things out together puts a smile on my face.

It’s also a breath of fresh air that everyone in the Town knows who she is and not a big hidden mystery unlike most of the books that I’ve read about missing princesses.

This book still reminds me of a mix of Howl’s Moving Castle and Harry Potter, it just gives off that world vibe, you know? So if you love those books might as well give this one a go!

Was this review helpful?

I fell once again into the magic of Croswald! This is the perfect 2nd story. The book picks up right where the 1st book left off. The unfolding of Ivy’s story is just enough to wanting more but not super frustrating that we might never find out certain details. D.E. Night does a wonderful weaving in more about the enchanting world of Croswald. The Invisitaurs are by far my favorites! The growth of Ivy & her friends has been beautifully paced to see how not only with age and experience but also with the help of friends, they have each come more into their own. The underlining lesson of how fear can stop us is done well and I believe appropriately done for this upper middle grade read. The ending gave me goose-bumps and I felt as if I was there with. I’m excited to dive into Book III.

Thank you D.E. Night, Stories Untold, and Netgalley for the ARC of this book. All opinions are my own.

Was this review helpful?

First of all, thanks to Netgally for giving me the ebook in exchange of my honest opinion 😊 I just recently read the first one and I was eager to continue this magical middle grade series.

In this continuation we follow the direct consequences of Ivy's discoveries at the end of the first book, she's the last heir to the throne, the only one with royal blood, descendant of princess Isabella herself. That's why the Dark Queen wants to destroy her, but she has to find the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone first.

Derwin sends Ivy to Belzebuthe, the only magical place where she'll be safe, and she's staying with Fyn!😏 Her summer it's going to be a little different than she expected. However, she quickly gets used to the new town, finding out about all the secrets that its permanent star sky holds. In addition, she joins the Quality Quills Club with Fyn's friends, discovering Quogo. Even though she can't return to class next year, and that makes her really sad, she's not going to be bored, that's for sure.

La verdad es que este libro me ha gustado más que el primero, se ve una evolución en el estilo de la escritora y también en los personajes, que por fin parecen algo más maduros. Me encanta cómo se expande el mundo y el sistema mágico, en especial me ha encantado el Quogo, que son una especie de duelos mágicos super emocionantes y que el club de amigos de Ivy realiza algo ilegalmente JAJAJ Además la ambientación de la ciudad secreta me ha fascinado, te atrapa de lleno.

I have truly enjoyed this sequel better than the first book, you can see improvements in the writing and the characters, that finally seem more mature. I love how the world expands and also the magic system, specially Quogo (oh yeah illegal magical duels?! GIVE ME MORE OF THAT).

As for the romance it goes too slow... the only thing that happened between them is that they blushed hahaha.

En resumen, esta segunda parte ha superado a la primera y me ha dejado con un buen sabor de boca para continuar con la saga. No es lo mejor que he leído de fantasía, pero es entretenido y tiene conceptos originales, quizá si tirara más a juvenil me gustaría más. Le doy un 3,75/5🌟

Overall, this sequel was better and left me wanting more. It's not the best I've read, but it's entertaining and has original concepts. Maybe if it was more YA I would like it better. 3,75/5🌟

Was this review helpful?

It is not often that I like a second book in a series more than the first, but The Girl With the Whispering Shadow is one of the few. Now that Ivy knows who she is, she must begin to seek after her her birthright, the Kindred Stone. However, her school is no longer safe, the Town is being threatened, and she must choose who to trust when not everyone is as they appear.

The characters are more defined in this book than the first, and I enjoyed meeting more of Ivy's classmates and seeing more of Rebecca and her bubbly personality as she chatted throughout the story. Ivy is learning to overcome her feelings of inferiority that stem from growing up outside of the magical world and struggling to accept her true identity.

As before, the similarities to Harry Potter are noted, however the author again adds creative twists that prevent things from becoming too copy-cat. I personally loved the Quogo contests and fishing for stars, although magical owls who have the power to dematerialize valuable objects as a means of protecting them is also worth noting.

I look forward to reading the next installment in this series as well as to enjoying further growth of this author!

Was this review helpful?

I received an ARC of this book in exchange for an honest review.

Once again, I am thoroughly impressed by D.E. Night and her amazing writing skills! Back in Croswald, Ivy has just faced the Dark Queen at the Ball and is left wondering what to do during the summer. She is told that she needs to head to The Town in order to be safe. After figuring out how to get there, she sees some familiar faces and meets plenty of new ones as well! However, the issue of Ivy's safety is still very much a problem, particularly once the summer ends. Meanwhile, she is supposed to locate the other pieces of the Kindred Stone, which is much easier said than done. With the stone being the only thing powerful enough to stand a chance against the Dark Queen, it remains Croswald's only hope of returning to a peaceful and prosperous way of life.

Like I mentioned in my previous review for the first book in this series, this book reminds me of Harry Potter. Ivy's predicament about where to spend the summer as school wasn't in session was similar to Harry's situation during the summer. However, the author continues to prove this book is unique and magical all on it's own!

Once again, the magic and the magical creatures continue to fascinate me! I honestly wish I could meet some of these creatures in real life or spell up a cup of tea to help me study! The way they are woven into the story really makes for an interesting adventure for both the characters and the reader!

I loved the characters in the first book, and this book introduces even more characters for me to love! The QQC, in particular, is very entertaining! Plus, the main characters from the first book are still fun to watch! Their antics never fail to bring a smile to my face, especially when Ivy gets a "great idea" that usually ends up being quite a bit of trouble!

I honestly wish these books had been around when I was a middle schooler but I'm still enjoying them even now! Like I stated in my review of the first book, this series is great for younger readers and I would definitely recommend it to any fantasy-loving middle grade readers or any fans of Harry Potter!

Was this review helpful?

3.5 stars
This was a super solid sequel and I really enjoyed it. I liked getting to know Fyn better in Belzebuthe and his friends were so much fun! The friendship between Ivy and Rebecca is so adorable and it was great to see their friendship grow in this one.
I like the magic system in this book, but I wish it was a little bit more well explained. Unless I missed something, the fact that the quills write spells was only mentioned once and I feel like that is a big part of the magic system even though Ivy doesn't have a quill yet. I was a little bit confused regarding the magic system a few times.
Like the first book in this series, there were a lot of elements that reminded me of Harry Potter. The overall plot was unique, but there were several little things that were very similar (for example, invisible creatures that give Ivy and Fyn a ride far away in a pinch when they were tricked to go there in the first place).
I liked how the book was split up between Belzebuthe and the Halls of Ivy. It was really fun to see Ivy get used to living in a magical environment and getting an apprenticeship and interacting with the people there.
I absolutely loved a few of the unique elements in this book. Quogo was so cool and I loved reading about it. Fishing for stars that grant people's wishes was just magical to think about.
Overall this book was enjoyable to read and I can't wait to see what happens next!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow

I received this ebook in exchange for an honest review by Stories Untold LLC. All opinions are my own.

Recap: Crowns of Croswald follows the story of Ivy Lovely, a young girl who finds herself forced out of her home and enrolled to study magic at the Halls of Ivy. While studying at her magic, Ivy begins discovering mysteries that slumber amongst the halls and learns about her unknown past. In her first year she makes friends and learns of a Dark Queen who wants to take over all of Croswald, but thanks to her friends and her witty quick-thinking she can protect the school, her loved ones and find the missing scrivenist of the famously cursed Wandering Family. 

The Girl with the Whispering Shadows picks up immediately where Crowns of Croswald left off. Ivy has learnt that she is descendent of the last true queen of Croswald and the last serving member of the Wandering Family — destined to take down the Dark Queen after recovering the missing pieces of her royal stone. It is summer and Ivy doesn’t know where to go until her royal scrivenist sends her off a Town hidden in the mist where the sky is always filled with twinkling stars. There Ivy grows as an individual and starts understanding what her destiny is and what she must do to keep the people she cares about safe from the Dark Queen.

This whimsical fantasy is perfect for those who enjoy young adult novels that aren’t too intense or filled with drama. Much like the previous book The Crowns of Croswald series leans on the younger side of YA. It could be middle grade, but the protagonist is 16 (which is something I frequently forget because she is so young and innocent, my mind keeps believing she’s the same age as Percy Jackson). The real beauty of this novel is D.E Night’s world-building and magic system. The plot for The Girl with the Whispering Shadows was dreadfully slow, I felt like nothing really happened until 50 - 60% into the book. Thankfully the whimsical and magic-filled setting compensated for the lagging plot. And the real highlight of everything was scrivenist game of Quogo — where scrivenist duel with their quills using magic left behind in each particular quill left behind by their owners.

There is a subtle love subplot brewing between Ivy and an older student Fyn, but thankfully it was only hinted (unlike the first book where it suddenly was shoved in our faces) as Ivy and Fan learn to trust themselves as friends. I am interested to see how it further develops and how their relationship affects their decision making.

Overall, this was a charming story to get lost in during these weird anxiety-filled pandemic times, and I am looking forward to what adventure the next book takes!

Was this review helpful?

3.8✨

I loved that I get to explore and know more about the Town which was incredible. I loved Bramble’s, Quinton’s, Lie Buries, of course the starry night, but most of all the relationship of the scrivenists there as a town. I was also very happy to meet the QQC members and actually gotten quite attached to some members (Glistle, Hayword, and Fyn!)

This was a great second book but dare I say, I loved the first one more. I guess maybe because there were too many more magical terms introduced here and I had a hard time keeping up with what is what and who is who. Nonetheless, I still enjoyed most parts and was glad to be lost in such a magical world and I can’t wait to get my hands on the third one!

Thank you Stories Untold LLC and author DE Night for sending me a copy in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Another magical read full of adventure, and whimsical creatures and scenery, magic and mischief, as the first one was.
There is definitely a Harry Potter vibe and although the characters are much older this is still a middle grade book.
I do wish there was some more romance between Ivy and Fyn, or even Glistle. Actually, this is the only thing I find fault in these books, the relationships, all of them not only the romantic ones, are not very developed and I don’t really grasp their feelings and emotions, which makes for little character and relationship arc. I do hope this improves in the next books.
I’m curious to see how Ivy will manage without Fyn next year, and how she will finally find a way to save Croswald from the Dark Queen.

Was this review helpful?

Sequel to The Crowns of Croswald, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow picks up right where the first left off with Ivy and friends. The school year is over and everyone is looking forward to summer break, but the Dark Queen being on the hunt for Ivy puts a damper on everything. But Ivy knows what her mission is, and will fulfill it no matter what the consequences.

Truly, this series is so magical and whimsical. If you are looking for a more light-hearted, genderbent Harry Potter than this is the story for you. The magical creatures and magic system are so much fun and the characters are just adorable. Ivy, Fyn, and Rebecca are are great friends and each bring something different to the table. It's an easy read and worth the time.

One thing I will say is that is is VERY close to Harry Potter and the dialogue isn't the best. The descriptions and writing are beautiful, but the dialogue is very stilted and has far too many !'s. However, this is more of a middle grade book so this could make sense. I also think the similarities to Harry Potter are just a bit much, almost too close for comfort.

Was this review helpful?

So I couldn't remember anything that had happened in the previous book as I read it around a year ago - oops. It made the beginning of this book a very rocky read because I couldn't remember any of the characters, besides Ivy, or the events that they were talking about! This book immediately follows on from the ending of the first book.

We still follow Ivy who has just overcome her first Dark Queen encounter. She has been whisked away to the secret town that the Dark Queen does not have access to, nor anyone else unless they know the name of the town. She was forbidden to return to the magic school she attended in the first book for her safety. But then received a letter saying she was allowed to come back. Danger was everywhere she went however. Both in the secret town - which is meant to be one of the safest places in this world - and at school. She and her friends were faced with these dangers and did what they could to keep themselves, and everybody else, safe. Though if you were to read the book, you might laugh at that haha.

I did enjoy this book, despite the rocky start. Though I found the story to be quite simple - unlike the first book. Again, I wish it were longer and more detailed. The author pretty much gives us the main events of the story without much riffraff which I suppose is good, but I am left wanting more every time, and with this series, that is a very frustrating thing.

Was this review helpful?

General Review:
The book holds more weight and seriousness in comparison to the first book. While the first one took a whimsical tone to it, the sequel had the richness of magic.

Character Development:
Let's start with the things that are lacking, first.
It is my personal view that Ivy Lovely did not change much from her brash self. From having to jeopardise herself and her friends' lives, she should have grown into a much more responsible character. I find it lacking in the sense that Ivy could have used clever methods to save Croswald.

Plot Development:
This is something that made me give this book a 5/5.
I love how the author made such a clever twist to explain something so small from the first book's climax. Though small, it made a huge difference. While Ivy Lovely may lack the enthusiasm required for the book, I find the author worked creatively with her other characters like Gretta Leelangraf.
Like the first book, there were moments where I was spooked for real. Its quite rare that you get spooked when reading a middle grade fantasy.

World Building:
I loved Belzebuthe. I have officially replaced Hogsmeade with Belzebuthe as my new favourite fictional town. Oh the little whimsical things and the people!
I also loved Quogo so much in the sense that unlike quidditch, this game actually has a purpose to the plot of the story and its such an interesting game among the scrivenists. It almost feels more practical to imagine that scrivenists will fanatically play something like Quogo.
The author also introduced some more magical creatures in this sequel. My favourite creatures of Croswald will be the Invisitaurs and their cheeky attitude. But deep down, I just wanna visit the Occulyst's owl vault! Wild imagination, the author has.

Was this review helpful?

Ok but this second book in the series was everything and more! If I didn’t have to work, it would not have taken me a week to finish! Gosh, it was soooo good! First off, Belzebuthe sounds amazing and I NEED to go there! Especially to see the stars. I loved when Ivy and Fyn were on the roof, they are adorable and I am totally rooting for them. I also NEED to go star fishing and make a wish! “We just have to see the stars inside us.” YES WE DO. Also, I may or may not have dropped my jaw when the title made sense.... (Internally screaming!!!!) I was STOKED to read about the Occulyst and the owls, because owls are my favorite animal - DUH. I probably would have cried if I had the opportunity to go there lol. Ivy’s friendship with Rebecca reminded me a lot of how I feel with this awesome book community, you all are so supportive and I appreciate it so much! And to see Ivy’s character develop even more, I am so here for it! I can’t wait to read the third book.

Was this review helpful?

I received a copy of this book from the author’s publicist in exchange for an honest review. I have already read and reviewed the first book in “The Crowns of Croswald” series, so I was really excited to see what happens next.

For multiple reasons, I liked the 2nd book better than the 1st one. Maybe because of the entire world, characters and because of the way the plot developed from where the first book left off. The world, and entire story overall, clearly becomes more intense and the world system and magical system were explained better in the second book. But, I would have liked more details about those two, so I expect that from the 3rd book in the series.

Let’s talk about the writing style in the book and about the choice of words during the narrative. The writing style is beautiful, hands down, enchanting, words chosen wisely to describe the world and events that help building it up throughout the book. Even as it’s a middle grade book, the writing style is beautiful and it didn’t feel too childish, especially compared to the first book. The 2nd book has a more serious writing style and overall tone. So more mature readers will also like and enjoy the book.

This entire series sends Harry Potter vibes in a good way and I am sure all Harry Potter fans will love this one. There are a lot of similarities to the HP world overall. The magical creatures were by far my favourites. And the magic system, the school, the characters build up a beautiful world for all ages, not only for middle graders. I really enjoyed it, especially the world building and the way the characters developed throughout the book, taking shape with their good and bad characteristics.

I really appreciated the character development of the main character and the fact that friendship is seen as a core value in the book and in the characters interactions. I feel like this book series should have been released earlier. It’s a great series, I personally really enjoyed it, but I wish I would have had the chance to read it when I was younger. I am curious where the story is heading now, as I finished the 2nd book.

In conclusion, “The Girl with the Whispering Shadow” is a great read. The narrative keeps the reader’s attention focused on the story and where it’s heading to. The magical system is interesting and all the events that happen throughout the book keep the world entertaining to the reader. I recommend this book to all magic lovers and I also believe all Harry Potter fans should give it a try. Because I am sure they will enjoy it.

Was this review helpful?

wow!!
It is not often I see a book that has the sequel be just as good as the first book. This blew my expectation out of the water it was brilliant. full of adventure while also giving us humour, laughs and shock as we fear for lives. It was a whirlwind of emotion reading this novel. I am so invested in Ivy that any danger happens I am trying not to read ahead to make sure she is ok.
We got to see the little quogo club the students have going and how this can be dangerous. There is also more delving into the lore of this world. I love love reading about all the different creatures and as ever I adore dear little Humboldt.
I think this book is brilliant especially for young girls to have a strong adventurous role model. It is brilliant that Ivy is not always sure of herself and her actions. She often needs reassurance form those around her like so many young people today. D.E. Night write so beautifully a deep world rich in adventure and creatures.

Was this review helpful?

Ivy’s adventure continues and it did not disappoint. Many times the second book has the”second book syndrome" and really not worth much but it is not the case with The Girl with the Whispering Shadow. The story continues with Ivy trying to find the pieces of the Kindred Stone and her rightful place as Queen. During this book you get to see a new part of the magical world, a hidden town, and a magic quill duel game called Quogo.

I was provided with an electronic ARC through NetGalley and the publisher in exchange for an honest review. All opinions are my own.

Was this review helpful?

This is the 2nd book in the series and takes us back to the magical land of Croswald and the Halls of Ivy. Things are still rough since what happened at the masquerade ball and protecting Ivy is of utmost importance now. As the only home she has ever known has been deemed unsafe, she is sent to the place where it is impossible for any outsider to step it.
If I didn’t adore this world already in book 1, I do now! This one was much more intense and more plot oriented, sort of like every piece coming closer to each other to form a whole. This book had so much more depth and soul, unlike the last one which was more about world building and Ivy finding her place.
The title for this one was very intriguing to me and when I fully grasped the meaning of it, it blew me away! The real intents of the Dark Queen became much clearer in this book and so the plot picked up quickly.
I loved Ivy in book 1 but this one had so many other characters taking the light as well, especially Fyn and Rebecca. I loved both of them and I hope to see them taking charge in the upcoming books.
I loved this one and I recommend it to people new to reading and the ones who like Middle Grade/YA fantasy.
I received an ARC for this book in exchange of an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the author and publisher who allowed me to read this novel early!

Summary: Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

Before it’s too late...

My thoughts: I really enjoyed the sequel to this novel! Ivy is such a strong character and I found myself eager to read more about her journey. The author built a fascinating world. Looking forward to reading more from her !

Was this review helpful?

(because of the way I wrote the review for this book—it's a joint review with book 2—this is very short)

The world (and character) building is superior in this book as opposed to the original. This might simply be because Ivy goes to what is basically the Diagon Alley of these books, so the author had the chance to build a really fun location, but I also think the descriptions were more captivating and fleshed out.

The second book also had a more interesting plot, but also a LOT of clumsy foreshadowing. Like A LOT. I knew what was happening very early in the book.

Huge thanks to the publisher and NetGalley for providing me with a review copy in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

I was not ready for the first book to end when it did and I was super eager to start reading "The Girl with the Whispering Shadow".
As said before fantasy is a new genre for me and I use a longer time getting into these type of stories, but as I read on, I slowly disappear into this new world filled with magic and quills and mystery.
The best thing with reading is all those images in your mind. It's like a movie is playing in your head while reading the story.
This book begins where the first book ends. It tells what's next in store for Ivy after the school year ends. At first I felt like there was something missing, but as I read along I couldn't help liking this story. I felt the story slowed down a little towards the middle of the book but towards the end I couldn't put this book down.
I'm beyond ready for the third book now. I need to know what's going to happen with Ivy and her friends, and not to forget the Dark Queen.

Was this review helpful?

I received a copy of this book from the publisher through NetGalley in exchange for an honest review.

Night introduces you to even more fantasy, magic, and darkness in the sequel to Crowns of Croswald. The series picks up right where it left off, after the life threatening events at the Halls of Ivy masquerade ball. Ivy decides it's best to listen to her mentor and live in The Town for the summer, where she finds wonder, inspiration and new friends . Against her mentor's instructions, fate draws Ivy back to the Halls of Ivy for her second year. Ivy soon becomes full of doubt for returning when trouble followed her back to the halls. She realizes she's no closer to finding the missing pieces to the Kindred Stone and but is closer to finding herself face-to-face with the Dark Queen.

Another magical adventure full of detail and even more new aspects to the world of Croswald: star fishing, quogo, invisitaurs, and evil shades. Night's imagination is crawling with surprises. And her suspense building keeps you turning pages. But then...another surprise! She definitely left me wanting to read the third book immediately after finishing the second. Night also focuses on the story and the relationships built along the way. Even though there's chemistry between characters, there's not a lovey-dovey quality to it all. There are solid emotions being built like trust, loyalty, guilt, longing, but never anything that distracts the reader from the storyline.

After reading the sequel, I stand by my word: this book is for all ages! If you love magic and fantasy, you should read this series.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow (2019)

Disclaimer: I got a digital copy from the publisher through NetGalley in exchange of an honest review on all my bookish platforms.

The story continues hours after the end of the first book with students from the Halls of Ivy leaving the school for their summer break. With Ivy reuniting with her family's Scrivenist, Derwin Edgar Night, she was instructed to not come back to school for it is too dangerous for her, and find the remaining pieces of the Kindred Stone. Derwin believes the second piece of the stone is located at the Town, which is also the safest place for Ivy to be at.

Ivy discovered new things during her stay at Belzebuthe, the secret town where Scrivenist are free to use their magic without the fear of the Dark Queen. She spends her whole summer and half of the school year in Belzebuthe wherein she met new and interesting characters, joined a club called Quality Quills Clubs (QQC), learned of a new game called Quogo and having a never ending encounter with danger.


BELZEBUTHE - Reading about the Town was a magical experience, the way it was described makes me want to find a cabby and head there myself. And the stars! Don't get me started on how beautiful the stars are and I love how the people from Town can fish for the stars and grant wishes. This is the place to be when you want to learn about magic. AND I LOVE THE QUOGO GAMES.

I was so into the world of Croswald that I immediately requested for the second book. Even if this is categorized as Middle Grade book, I believe this book is open for all ages. It is an easy to read book, narrated in third person and with illustrations on the first page of every chapter. From the story line to the concept, it is absolutely incredible.

P.S. I am obsessed with the color of their uniforms just because I love every hues of violet and purples.

Was this review helpful?

“‘Fyn,’ said Ivy.
‘Ivy,’ said Rebecca.
‘Yes, we all know each other’s names here.’”

**Thank you to NetGalley, the author, and the publisher for a free copy in exchange for an honest review!**

first 40% of the book: 3 stars
last 60% of the book: 4 stars
total rating: 3.6 stars, rounded up to 4 stars!

While I did really enjoy the first book in this series, I also felt like it was pretty slow-moving, and that it didn’t seem that different from a typical “chosen one” story. I liked this book a lot better; the time at school was so much fun to read, and the plot was really exciting to follow along with.

This book was a lot faster-paced than the first one, but the first 40% of the book takes place over the Summer and just felt so slow-moving. I love the magic school setting, so I had a hard time paying attention when Ivy was spending time at Fyn’s house and thinking that she wasn’t going back to school.

I loved Ivy’s second year at school, as she came to terms with the high stakes in the magic world around the fact that she’s the next Queen. My favorite part of these books are the characters: I had so much fun reading more about Ivy and Fyn’s slow-burn friendship / romance, and her friendship with Rebecca, as well as the possible love triangle between Ivy, Fyn and Glistle. Most of all, I loved Fyn’s secret society!

As with the first book, the characters felt much younger than they were, and I feel like the plot moved a bit slower than I would have liked. Overall, I enjoyed it even more than the first book, and I am looking forward to reading the third book! This is definitely great fantasy series for Middle Grade readers!

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in thr series and I'm thankful to NetGalley and the authors Publicist for an eARC in exchange for an honest review.

The story continues with Ivy leaving for a quest and also confronting the Dark Queen. Friendships were tested but emerged stronger.

The plot was good but I do wish there was more of the Dark Queen. Well paced. I loved the characters. Belzebuthe is amazing and Quogo is so much better than Quidditch. I really wanted to be a part of this fascinating, magical world. Overall an interesting read.
Usually the second in the series are not so great or are slow and just feel dragged, but this was very well written and made me finish it in one sitting. Can't wait to read the next in the series.

Was this review helpful?

I will admit that I wasn’t in love with the first book in the series; mainly because I found myself making comparisons to other magical novels. Book two... it stands out in such an amazing, captivating way that I do not understand why everyone isn’t reading or talking about it!!

Ivy Lovely is our heroine and she is such a perfect main character, growing into her own and you really can’t help but love her. Our supporting characters can’t be forgotten either and I seriously adore them all for one reason or another. The Dark Queen is at times actually scary, along with her freaky entourage.

Once I hit that last 25% I just couldn’t draw myself away. I’m actually so excited about this book that I’m writing this review rather than getting some very much needed sleep. But I don’t want to give anything away, so just start on this series stat!!!

Thanks so much to Netgalley for providing a copy of this book for my honest and unbiased opinion.

Was this review helpful?

3.5/5 stars.

thank you to the publishers for sending me an ebook copy in exchange for an honest review

this was a pretty strong sequel to the first book and i enjoyed venturing further into the magical world of croswald. there were new creatures to encounter, new characters to meet, and more secrets to discover.

the characters and world both gained more depth, and the story only became more intriguing. i really loved the new characters introduced particularly the siblings glistle and gretta (and the quirky dwarves, hodge and podge). it was also nice to discover more about the characters we've already seen and get to know them better, especially derwin edgar night, whose past still remains somewhat of a mystery. i enjoyed the plot of this one, it was still a little predictable in places but the story was definitely more mysterious than the first! we also get to know the world in more depth, as we learn more about the school (i loved the secret society concept of the QQC), and also about the town which was a such a fascinating and dreamlike setting, with it's wish-granting stars and curious little shops and food - i didn't want to leave!

the only draw-backs i've had with this series so far are that the writing style doesn't click with me 100% of the time, and some of the dialogue feels a little unnatural at points - particularly with the characters being 16-19 but the books being aimed at middle grade, which means the characters seem a fair bit younger to me than they actually are.

however, these things only bothered me slightly and only at occasional points throughout the novel, and i did not find them hindering my enjoyment of the story - besides, i really don't think they would bother a middle-grade aged reader, which is the target audience. as well as this, i think the writing was stronger in this book than the first, so i feel like this is something that will continue to get better throughout the books, and as the author gains more experience and confidence!

overall, i think this series is a lot of fun and makes for a light, enjoyable, and magical read. there are so many brilliant characters, charming creatures (i still adore humboldt more than anything), and eccentricities in this magical world that i think middle-grade readers would be enchanted by and love to read! i certainly had a fun time with it.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book of the series that I reviewed not long ago.

I really loved the first book so I was a both excited and nervous about the second one not living up to the first. Fear not! Whilst the first book gives us the background, sets scenes and brings us the first drama, the second introduces more characters, and develops relationships, as well as ramps up the whole story.

Friendships are formed and strengthened, and I fell in love with “The Town”....I want to live there...and of course, the Dark Queen shows up again...

Really enjoyed the second book, one more to go...!!.

My thanks to Netgalley and Stories Untold for the copy in exchange for an honest review

Was this review helpful?

I have received a digital copy of this book in exchange for an honest review. All thoughts and opinions are mine.

Actual rating: 4.5

This review can be found on goodreads

-Synopsis-
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow was a great sequel to The crowns of croswald.
This book grabbed my attention firmly. I liked this books so much that I finished it during one sitting. I need to mention how I now want a Special Moonsday Milkshake they were described so good I need one asap! I loved going back to Ivy’s world and seeing her adventures.

-Setting-
This world is probably one of my favorites. I enjoyed learning more about Croswald during this book. I liked how croswald was developed. I hope in the next book we get to learn even more about this world!

-Writing-
The writing in this book was pretty good. The book had a pretty fast pace for me but that was fine. I liked discovering the game “Quogo” it was a great experience. All the characters were written beautifully. The magic was explained good and I understood everything. I do wish there were more class scenes in this book, I particularly enjoyed those. The book started where it left off and ended nicely.

-Characters-
One of my favorite parts of this book/series was the friendships and characters. It was so wholesome and sweet. Ivy’s relationship with Fyn and Rebecca developed greatly and I adored it. I feel as though Ivy could have had more character development. Her character was basically the same as the first book, which was okay but I wish there was more personality. Ivy is also a good role model for young children. She is a likable protagonist, she is brave and takes on challenges, people of all ages can love her, etc.

-Conclusion-
This was a nice sequel to the first book. I preferred this to the first. I would for sure recommend this book/series to anyone. There is magic, adventure, great characters in this book. If you are looking for any of that and much more definitely think about reading this series.

Was this review helpful?

I liked this book so much more than the first one because it gave room for characters to grow. Ivy is growing into her own power and as a person, as well as her friends. The world was also expanded with characters travelling to new places and meeting new characters. The villain and her freaky entourage was both adequately scary and fascinating. The writing and character growth really tied this book in a nice little bow. Looking forward to see what happens next.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series and picks up right where book one left off . . .

After having dealt with the Dark Queen at the ball and finding her family’s scrivenist - Derwin Edgard Knight, Ivy Lovely is swept off to the hidden town of Belzebuthe where she will continue her scrivenist/magic studies safely out of the Dark Queen’s reach.

However things do not go exactly as planned and Ivy ends back again at the Halls of Ivy on another adventure with her friends, her adorable scaldron Humboldt and a sinister shadow that seems to be following her.

I absolutely loved this book - the story is so whimsical and has this cozy vibe that makes you feel like you’re reading a fairytale. The characters are all lovable and I enjoyed getting to know each of them { I completely ship Ivy and Fyn } and meeting all the new ones that were introduced - I especially liked learning a bit more about Ivy’s scrivenist Derwin Edgar Night and hope to get even more info on him in the third book.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a fantastic read filled with magic and mystery. I’ll definitively be reading book three and recommend that you add it along with book 1 to your TBR list - because you can never have too many books right?

Was this review helpful?

wow. I loved this book, dare I say, more than the first one. This one gets darker as the story continues. Instead of summarizing the girl with the whispering shadow, I'll just share my review this way. First, what I found interesting was how the first book ended with Belzebuthe and the first line of the prologue in the second books started with Belzebuthe (you need to read it to know what I mean). The mysterious girl made me thinking about her identity throughout the book. The way Ivy takes care of her friends and everyone else was what touched mt heart. The scrivinist, Night, his care and devotion towards his royal family (read it, read it) brought tears to my eyes. I am so much amazed and mesmerized with the new terms, words and terminologies that the author came up with in the girl with the whispering shadow. I hadn't forgotten the way hollow shaft affected me and winsome and all and here in second book I found more heart-gripping scenes and places. I was suspicious of each and every character and I was scared for Ivy's safety (uhh God how scared I was and how it caught my breath). When Ivy got the letter (again I'll say you need to read the book to know what I am talking about), I was both happy and scared for her. I have started to love the characters more than ever. Scriven this is my favorite one as it keeps us informed (if u know what mean). ohh and that black quill gave me a really creeps. And it was a surprise where Ivy stayed in the belzebuthe (shhh.. secret). Glistle really annoyed me though lolz. Loved Gretta. She is really a strong girl. I so so want Ivy and Gretta to be friends (Rebecca sorry, nobody can replace u). The starguster, star fishing and star casting made me go like yaaaaaaayyyy. I loved these more than the Quogo game (again read it, read it). I feel like I missed Winsome and felt sad about him more than Ivy did. The mettelers were so cool. ugh and I feel that Demaris is never going to be good, wait until she gets to know the truth (lolx). Invisitaurs! how can I forget Invisitaurs. I loved them. Please I want them too. Star solo is my most favorite. I liked Occulyst. I feel so so sad and I am Grieving for the events that took place along with the srivinist, Night's problem (if u have read it, then you know what I am talking about). Tearfully, I am stating this series is so so close to my heart and the author D. E. Night has done wonderful job. She is genius. 5 stars from my side (I would give more stars if there were any). looking forward to the third book now

Was this review helpful?

I just finished the second book of the trilogy. Really, I cannot recommend these books enough. The story continues with the main character, Ivy, leaving for a quest and her confronting the Dark Queen again.

The book has action, suspense, adventure, humour, strong relationships between the characters and the plot reveals a lot cues of the past of the heroine. Generally, you feel the characters grow the further you read the story which is something that I admire and value in books.

The second book did not let me down a bit in all its length. On the contrary, it maintains a pace in sharing events and information that makes you want to fly through pages! Can’t wait to see what other adventures D.E.Night has for us in book 3!

Was this review helpful?

Right after the first book's crazy ending, we pick up Ivy's story right where we left off and her story gets even more interesting as the 2nd book progresses. I love the world of Croswald and am so thankful that I was approved for all 3 books so I didn't have to wait to continue Ivy's story and her battle against the Dark Queen. I love that we can start to see the hints of a romantic relationship for her and that her confidence in herself starts to grow as the story progresses. Her friendships become even stronger as they are tested further by the Dark Queen. This story truly draws readers in from page 1 and keeps them there. Readers won't be able to put the book down and will be itching to get their hands on each book in the series. Great read and I can't wait to rejoin Ivy's story in the 3rd book!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to NetGalley and Stories Untold for a gifted eARC of this book.

I actually rated this book 4.5/5

I enjoyed this book even more than the first one! It was a quick and easy read with more action, more magic, and more friends. Ivy grew into a much stronger and self assured character (though she still had her doubts here and there), but she was much more fun.

I liked her new group of friends and their adventures and getting to know Derwin a little bit more. Fyn is my favorite and I’m glad we got to learn so much more about him and his backstory. He’s brave, adventurous, sweet, and I love his little bursts of jealousy when Glistle is around, though it is sometimes odd how he’s always where Ivy is going 🤷🏻‍♀️

I love the new aspects of Magic brought into this book, like Quogo, which seems like an awesome game, and the stars in Belzebuthe, which grant the wishes of people if you catch them. The stars were my favorite new magic and I love the idea of them, it’s such a novel concept ☺️

There were some things that I questioned a bit…a few main plot points where Ivy figured things out that older, experienced scriventists couldn’t 🤔…but I’m excited to read the third book and, if it’s a similar setup to this one, learn even more about Ivy’s friend Rebecca. Though I will be sad that Fyn will not be around much (I’m assuming since he graduates, though he does have a knack for always being where Ivy is...) 😉

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night
Publication Date: January 23, 2019 - Out Now!
.
Description from NetGalley...
“Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

Before it’s too late...”
.
Thank you to @NetGalley @storiesuntoldpress for the digital ARC in return for my honest review.
.
.
My thoughts...
This is the second book of The Crowns of Croswald series. Categorized as middle-year, but I think with some of the existing details, it can also be categorized in the ya genre. This book picked up right where the first book ended. In this story, more of the Croswald world, history and Ivy’s destiny came together to weave a great coming of age story, and the growth of friendships. Ivy and her friends were relatable; the way they came together, their innocence, their bonds and individual magic were an interesting and fun read. The world-building and the storyline were just as good as the first book. Looking forward to the next book.

Was this review helpful?

Thanks to the author, publisher, and Netgalley for letting me continue with the journey!
Absolutely loved this book, I think it's a phenomenal sequel. There were so many new things I learned about Croswald, and I was enjoying it so much!

There's many things I loved that I could comment on, but overall I can say it's the warm fuzzies that made me pick up this book all the time, the characters are actually so likeable, their relationships wholesome and to me this is one of the most important aspects of a book: do I feel like the characters are real? And I did.

The stakes have indeed got higher in this book and I was on the edge of my seat waiting how things would turn out. Ivy and Fyn are adorable, and Rebecca is such an awesome friend!
I'm also head-over-heels for all the magical creatures in here, and still, the setting of The Halls of Ivy..! I was so immersed while reading about Ivy and her friends going about their daily activities and learning new things all the time.
At the beginning, when Ivy was confined to The Town, I felt with her so much, and I realized that one of the fortes of the author is painting certain situations and feelings in a way that makes them so relatable to.. well, I think anyone! Of course, maybe not riding invisitaurs... but being left behind in a quiet town without your friends (even if it's just for your own good!).

Love this series so much, can't wait to read the next installment.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the sequel to The Crowns of Croswald, a middle grade fantasy story about Ivy Lovely, a young girl who ended up in a magical school, The Halls of Ivy, a school where students learn to master their magical blood and the power of Croswald’s mysterious gems.

The ending of the first book was full of intrigue and discovery, and The Girl with The Whispering Shadow picked up where book one left off, after the chaotic Halls of Ivy’s Masquerade Ball. From chapter one, the plot was moving fast and I was immediately swept away in this magical and enchanting world. As for so many sequels, I was afraid this book would have some pace/plot issues, but it wasn’t the case at all. The pacing and intrigue of this book were way better than book one, and I didn’t get bored one second, I was just happy to be back into this world!

“You’ll only be as good as you allow yourself to be. If everyone were afraid to showcase their magical abilities, it would be one boring world, that’s for sure!”

The world-building and writing, just like book one, were really good, I was just so curious to learn more and more about this world and this new Town that we were discovering for the first time. With its never-ending night sky and colder weather, the shades growing and being more present through this book and the almost scary vibes of the shadow following Ivy, I really enjoyed the atmospheric setting of this book, and I would really recommend to read this book during the Fall season.

In this sequel, Ivy made new friends with The Quality Quills Club, a forbidden club of 9 members, all students from The Halls of Ivy, where they were dueling each other to practice and learn as much as they could about quills and scrivenists abilities. This club was really interesting and I really enjoyed these new friendships. Rebecca and Fyn were also really great and enjoyable to read, and their friendship with Ivy was just so sweet and touching.

“You can be trapped in a castle, trapped in a scaldrony. Trapped by people. But the worst is being trapped by fear.”

The only criticism I could have about this book, is that even though Ivy and some of the characters were seventeen and Fyn nineteen, I thought that they were behaving like younger teenagers than they were supposed to be. In my mind, these characters were more 14-15 years old, and that’s why I was a bit annoyed with Ivy sometimes because I wished she would ask more help to her friends for her big issues with The Dark Queen. Most of the time, she was doing things on her own when she could have told everything to her friends and have let them help her! However, it improved towards the end of the book, so that was nice to read.

Overall, I really enjoyed this sequel, and I would really recommend it to fans of Harry Potter or middle grade fantasy series in general. I will definitely read The Words of the Wandering and the rest of the series!

Was this review helpful?

I received a free copy from the Stories Untold Press via Net Galley in exchange for an honest review.

The Girl in the Whispering Shadow starts right where “The Crowns of Crosswald” left off and continues to develop this magical universe. Honestly, this book was the perfect sequel. We got to know more about the scrivenists, the world and the characters (specifically Ivy). In this book we uncover more of Ivy’s past, which lets us understand her more.

Like in the first book, the author describes the setting and the characters in such a way that it’s easy to imagine and that gets you hooked. I honestly can’t wait to read the third book!

Thanks Stories Untold Press and Net Galley for introducing me to this series!

Note: All opinions are my own.

Was this review helpful?

t’s hard to review each book in the series separately without giving away spoilers! Each book in the series is better than the last. Some reviews have drawn parallels to Harry Potter but I think that does this series a diservice. This series is its own unique world and can stand on its own. If you enjoy stories about discovering magical powers and find yourself wishing you could go to a magical school, you’ll really enjoy this series! .Night does a wonderful job of brining Croswald and all the characters to life! I can’t wait for the next books in the series!

Was this review helpful?

D.E. Night’s sequel to The Crowns of Croswald doesn’t disappoint.

We return to the tale of Ivy Lovely and her friends who attend the Halls of Ivy in the hope of the Royals being Masters of their crowns and Scriveners to earn their own quill and work at the employ of their Royal household.

I really enjoyed that our initial return wasn’t at the viewpoint of Ivy but rather, two other students who, along with Ivy? Are to spend their summer holidays at the Town. Why doesn't it have a name you may ask, well that is explained in the story and the name of the Town made known.

But don't tell anyone what it is, because once a secret is no longer a secret in Croswald, things will inevitably go wrong.

After the chaos of the Halls of Ivy Masquerade Ball, you would imagine Ivy Lovely would want a quiet summer but that's not going to happen; she's a slurry girl no more and has found herself a brilliant and loyal set of friends. All of whom are quick to show her how much fun can be had as a member of the Quality Quills Club where they battle against one another with ’acquired’ quills. Each battle over the Summer a new lesson for the would-be Scrivener.

As Summer draws to an end, Ivy has barely heard from her family Scrivenist, Derwin Knight and she's facing months alone without Fyn and the other members of the QQC; all our descendent of Isabella wants is return to school but the Dark Queen’s threat has made it impossible. I loved how despite being a fantasy novel, the despondency that Ivy feels is really well written and as a reader, I wished I could reassure our protagonist that all will be well.

The possible love aspect to the story between Fyn and Ivy is sweet and quite realistic of that first flutter of affection when a teenager. It doesn't distract at all from the main storyline and instead gives the reader another side of the two to see. I couldn't help but giggle sometimes at how easily green-eyed Fyn can become when his friends flirt with Ivy; again D. E. Knight shows us a very realistic and well-written character in Fyn during those lighter moments between the two.

This story is even better than The Crowns of Croswald which I had loved. It's got everything you could want in a fantasy series, we have already met and got to know the Royals and the Scriveners who attend the Halls; but The Girl with the Whispering Shadow not only expands on what we know about familiar characters but seamlessly introduces new faces and species. I always love the creations fantasy writers come up with when creating native creatures to their lands and the author doesn't disappoint; though I really wish something would fix Ivy’s pitiful hairies for her so they would light up properly more than once every Blue Moon!

The Dark Queen is still after Ivy and will stop at nothing to get our heroine. With her not being permitted back at school and feeling forgotten by Derwin; there is no doubt that Ivy’s life will be anything but peaceful.. and Ivy is determined to do everything she can to prevent the mess that the Dark Queen brought about again!

I absolutely love this series, if you love magic; and good versus evil? Get reading the adventures of Miss Ivy Lovely.

Was this review helpful?

This was a very enjoyable sequel. I loved the magic in this story. This world is so fun and whimsical that I can’t get enough of it. I would definitely recommend this series for young readers! I can’t wait for my kiddos to get to experience these books. This series will definitely have a place on our bookshelves!

Was this review helpful?

First of all, I absolutely adored the first book in this series!

Continuing on with the mc was like revisiting an old friendship and I adored it so much!

I will be passing this book along to my own daughter!

Was this review helpful?

This story is amazing and so magical, I really enjoy this second part, I always enjoy a good book with fantasy and lots of magic.

Was this review helpful?

"The girl with the whispering shadow" is the sequel to "The Crowns of Croswald".
Thank you to the publisher for the review copy.
🌬
This book begins right where the last one ended. Like its prequel,it is also a thrilling magic-filled book that is so much more than other typical middle-grade books. I think it can even be categorized as YA.
🌬
The only issue I had was no information about the previous book was gifen,it was totally on me to remember each event and character completely. Apart from that,it was really fun.

Was this review helpful?

Another fast paced magical adventure filled with excitement and fun!

This sequel answered questions and left others still open, I desperately need to get my hands on the next installment of Ivy's story.

This book was just as wonderful as the first and I once more fell into the world of Croswald, onto this time the stakes were a little higher as The Dark Queen was a much more visible threat!

I cannot wait to see where Ivy's story goes next.

Was this review helpful?

After the events of the Ball at the end of book 1, Ivy finds herself on the hunt for an address she was told to go to, but not how to get there. Once she arrives, she meets a group of friends who introduce her to a new game that could up her magical skills. It’s not all fun though, because Ivy is pursuing the pieces of a magical stone she needs to keep from the Dark Queen, and something shadowy seems to be stalking Ivy in return.
I must admit I did have trouble remembering the exact events and character names from the first book, as I read it so long ago! So, I was playing catch up for a while as the story just barreled on, with no real memory joggers in the first chapters. Once I got my head around the characters again, the story proceeded in the same whimsical, magical way of the first book. I know I mentioned in my review of the first book that these books have a very Harry Potter feel to them and that is still the case. There are SO many similarities, but that doesn’t mean I’m not recommending them, that means I’m saying ‘if you loved Harry Potter and are looking for something similar, this will fit the bill’. The characters are a lot of fun and I love the magical feel of the whole setting.
I felt like this book was a little faster paced than the first one, there were several little mysteries going on, that intertwined at the end. I really enjoyed the new creatures we were introduced to this time too! The friendships were a wonderful theme in this instalment of the story and having the characters spend time out of the Halls, and in the town of Belzebuhe, kept the setting from going stale.

Overall I’d recommend picking this magical series up and I’m looking forward to reading the next book!

Was this review helpful?

I received a copy of The Girl with the Whispering Shadow from Stories Untold Press via NetGalley in exchange for an honest review. All opinions are my own.

D.E. Night created something fun and magical in The Crowns of Croswald. The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a fantastic sequel that adds to that magic.

While this book does feel a bit different, it is still just as enchanting as the first.
The world building is expanded and readers get a deeper peek into the world of scrivenists. And as with the first book, I never quite knew what to expect and was excited to see what new creature, spell, or potion was waiting to be discovered on the next page. (There are times when I suspect D.E. Night’s imagination is in fact limitless.)

It is an absolute delight to follow Ivy’s story and uncover more of the secrets of her past and Croswald.

D.E. Night’s writing is still just as vivid and it’s hard not to imagine yourself alongside Ivy and her friends. Another aspect that made me enjoy this sequel even more was that D.E. Night gives you the information you need when you need it without completely retelling you what happened in the first book. This is something people who don’t reread, marathon read series, and/or read series as they are released can truly appreciate. (I know I did.)

I did have some issues with the pacing and occasionally got lost in the world building, but I was still able to enjoy the story. I actually think I enjoyed this one more than the first and am excited to see what happens next in Ivy’s story.

So, if you’re looking for a magical escape I recommend checking out this series! The third installment, The Words of the Wandering is available now too.

Thank you so much Stories Untold Press and NetGalley for the review copy!

Was this review helpful?

The second book in The Crowns of Croswald series starts right where the first one left off. We follow Ivy during her summer holiday and second year at Halls of Ivy.

This book elaborated more on relationships between Ivy and her friends. I really liked this aspect. I love how beautiful and innocent their friendships are. The storyline and world-building were just as strong as in the first book. The plot develops nicely and brings a lot of tension.

Was this review helpful?

I really liked this book, more than I enjoyed the first one. I enjoyed that it strays from the typical middle grade book and shows what Ivy is going to do over the summer. I enjoyed the magic and seeing Ivy grow. I also liked her banter with her friends. The characters are all very well developed. It was a great sequel

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed this book and it was great book. I couldn’t put it down and the storyline was great and I can’t wait to read the third book.

Was this review helpful?

Thanks to the publisher (Stories Untold) and NetGalley for providing a free copy of this ebook in exchange for an honest book review.

Synopsis: Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfilment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood. Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

I gave the first book of this series 3 stars, mainly because I couldn’t help but comparing it to another well known magical world. Book number two in the Croswald series however captivated me. The World of Croswald evolved in such a adventurous way full of magic and wonders, that I couldn’t stop reading. I thoroughly enjoyed getting to know the characters more and following Ivy on her quest on finding the second part of the Kindred stone. The town of Belzebuthe was described in such a charming and whimsical way that it is now a place I really want to visit!! The pace of the novel was much better than in the first one too. I am really looking forward to the third book in the series.

Was this review helpful?

📖Review: The Whispering Shadow By D.E Night
(Middle Grade, fantasy)
Rating:🌟🌟🌟🌟💫 4.6

Secret towns, whispering shadows, cunningly strategic quogo games with quizzical quills, haunting visions and comical characters... Its all here in 'The Whispering Shadow' (book 2 in the Crowns of Croswald series).

Plunged into a secret fairytale town 'Belzebuthe', Ivy seeks the second facet of the Kindred stone, while hiding from the dark queen's magic. But every corner Ivy turns, a mysterious darkness follows, as she delves deeper into the puzzling prophecy of the wanderers and the Moonsday promise.

The beginning briefly confused me but was quickly forgotten as I delved deeper into Belzebuthe's magical winter wonderland and its mystical matellers and scrivenist's. I swooned at the flights of romance filled with enchanted stargazing and was wonderstruck by 'Quintons Brews and Hodgepodge' - antiquated apothecary of potions and creatures. Hodge and Podge (both dwarves) are my new favourite characters with their sharp wit and sassy brotherly relationship, their magical battle made me laugh out loud! The fiercely entertaining quogo matches had me enraptured, especially by the ghostly visions and daring spells. I enjoyed that we got to learn more in depth about Ivy and the Quality Quill's Club members and their differing relationships with each other and the magical world outside of Croswald.

D. E Night has created a mesmerising world with lyrical prose, perplexing plots and heartfelt characters. I particularly enjoyed 'The Whispering Shadow' and its my favourite so far in the series!

Thank you to @danielastoriesuntoldpress @storiesuntoldpress @author.denight and @Netgalley for sending me this book to review.😊👍💙

Was this review helpful?

I am absolutely loving The Crowns of Croswald series
These books are just amazing reads!
D.E. Night has created such a fun, magical world & I cannot wait to see what happens next!!

Highly recommend this series!!

Was this review helpful?

I really enjoy this series and this second instalment really confirmed that. The plot always keeps me intrigued and the end of this one made me want to continue on with this series. The characters, especially Ivy, Rebecca and Fyn are the stars of this novel and this second book really made me feel really close to them and made me want to find out what will happen to them but hoping they get the best ending.
I can't wait to start the next one.
4 out of 5 stars.

Was this review helpful?

It’s not often you can say that the sequel was better than the first one, more often than not the sequel isn’t very good, but then they make it up by bringing out a third part which blows everyone away. However, this is book 2 and I’ve not yet read book 3…soon I hope to rectify that fact.

Book 2 in the Croswald series blew me away. In short it was everything that was great about the first book, doubling it and, if possible, making it even more exciting and intriguing.

I like that book 2 picks up right after book 1 finishes, so there’s no awkward gap where we have to rehash every singe thing all over again. We get reintroduced to our main character and quickly jump into the action. Then we get introduced to even more characters and the world they live in.

If we were painting a picture, the canvas - although already full of colour - would only be half done. I feel like there is so much more yet to come.

As with the first book, I’d say it’s still an easy and captivating read. And would definitely help with reading slumps. And the graphics are still gorgeous.

All opinions are my own. However, I was very kindly gifted The Crowns Of Croswald: The Girl With The Whispering Shadow as and e-book for the purpose of an honest review. But shall be purchasing a physical copy for my home library.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Netgalley and Stories Untold Press for the Advanced Readers Copy.
This is a middle-grade fantasy and as a child I would've loved this series. So much nostalgia was felt throughout this book. I love that the author went into so much detail about the Croswald world, and the Dark Queen particularly. It was fabulous!
I also love how the author named a character 'Derwin Edgar Night' when her own name is D.E.Night,
Everything in this series is wholly fantasy and that quality reminded me somewhat of Harry Potter, however this series is unique and magical in its own way.
Now calling anyone with children to buy this series. But everyone needs some magic so even if you don't have any children in the family, Read it yourself!

Was this review helpful?

This book is the second volume of the series The crowns of Croswald. I just love it. This book was better than the first in the way that its unique universe was more developed and it didn’t feel like a remake of Harry Potter anymore.
However, the beginning was a bit slow. It took me quite some time to go through the first hundred pages but the last hundred pages went very quickly. I finished the book in one-go. It was just so captivating with so much action that my heart was beating fast for Ivy, who I liked even more than in the first book. I so wanted to know what was going to happen that I sometimes skipped sentences just to get to the bottom faster. By the end of the book, I even had tears in my eyes.
I was sad that I didn’t get to read a lot about Fyn and Ivy’s romance but I’m hoping book three will be full of love. This slow-burn is killing me. Overall, the characters are all lovable, funny and inspiring. The story is full of twists and action and the universe created here is gorgeous. This series is definitely a must-read for all fantasy fans.
4.5/5

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow - Review (Engllish and Spanish)

Thanks again to the publisher for letting us read this book through NetGalley.

First of all, there is a big change between the first book and the second. Since we already know the characters, there is not that much confusion at the beginning. However, it is still rather slow. It's not until 70% of the book that it gets interesting or it seems that something is happening.

I have to say that I was expecting a bit more on that point, but I'm happy with the ending and somehow I really liked how it ended.

The characters are all the same, except for Fyn’s friends and Gretta, who has a big part in this book. I loved the idea of Fyn’s friends meeting Ivy and the Quogo game, but it just seemed to be something missing in the friendship. I don’t know what, honestly, but i would have loved to read more about their friendship rather than them playing with the quills or the cards.

The Gretta part was predictable in a way. I mean, I knew it was her from the beginning but I didn’t knew what was going on with her exactly. I liked what happened to her though.

Apart from these little things, the ending was very quick. All the action was completely packed in just a few chapters and I really, like, REALLY want to know what is going to happen next.

SPANISH
Gracias otra vez a la editora por enviarnos una copia a través de NetGalley.

Ante todo, hay un gran cambio entre el primer y el segundo libro. Como ya conocemos a los personajes, el principio no es tan confuso como fue en el primero. Sin embargo, sigue siendo bastante lento. Hasta el 70% del libro no se pone interesante y parece que es en ese punto cuando pasa algo.

Admito que esperaba algo más en ese sentido, pero estoy satisfecha con el final y de alguna manera me gustó cómo termina.

Los personajes son los mismos, excepto por los amigos de Fyn y Gretta, que es una gran parte en este libro. Me encantó la idea de que sus amigos conocieran a Ivy y el juego de Quogo, pero parecía que faltaba algo en esa amistad. Sinceramente, no sabría decir qué exactamente, pero me habría molado leer más sobre sus relaciones que sobre ellos jugando con las plumas o las cartas.

La parte de Gretta fue bastante predecible en ciertos puntos. Quiero decir, sabía que era ella desde el principio, pero no sabía qué pasaba exactamente con ella. Me gustó lo que le pasó, eso sí.

Aparte de estas cosillas, el final iba bastante rápido. Toda la acción estaba completamente comprimida en unos pocos capítulos y tengo muchas, MUCHAS, ganas de saber qué va a pasar en el próximo.
-L

Usually the first book is slower because you still have to meet all the characters and get used to a new world, and when you get to the second you’re familiar with almost everything, so the story should have a quicker pace. And yet I think I liked the first more than this one.
This book should have had me excited since the beginning, but I actually couldn’t get into it until almost the end of the story.

I really like the ideas in this book, and the writer does a good job at telling the story, but I think there’s a lack of surprise and adventure, at least for me. I like that there’s a secret Town that can’t be named to stay protected, and Ivy living with Fyn and getting to know his friends, but not much happened in the Town.
The idea of the Quogo game was interesting, but a little too absorbing. They focused too much on playing the game and those scenes got a little boring at times.

As for the big mystery, was it really a mystery? I think it was pretty obvious from the beginning. There are clues every step of the way. Although I have to admit that it wasn’t exactly as I’d imagined it, which was nice. And the search in Derwin’s memories was also interesting; getting to know more about the royal family.

So even if I didn’t enjoy this book as much as I thought I would, the ending was good and I want to know more about what will happen with Ivy and Fyn, and their fight against the Dark Queen.

SPANISH
Por lo general, el primer libro de una saga es el más lento porque tienes que conocer a los personajes y acostumbrarte a un nuevo mundo, y cuando llegas al segundo, estás familiarizado con casi todo, por lo que la historia debería tener un ritmo más rápido. Y, sorprendentemente, creo que me gustó más el primer libro.
Este libro tendría que haberme emocionado desde el principio, pero no me metí en la historia casi hasta el final.

Me gustan mucho las ideas del libro y la historia está bien escrita, pero en mi opinión faltan sorpresas y aventuras. Me gusta “la Ciudad” secreta que no puede ser nombrada para protegerla, y que Ivy viva con Fyn y conozca a sus amigos, pero no pasó gran cosa en la Ciudad.
La idea del juego de Quogo era interesante, pero demasiado absorbente. Creo que se centraron demasiado en el juego y esas escenas se volvieron un poco aburridas a ratos.

En cuanto al gran misterio (¿era realmente un misterio?), creo que fue bastante obvio desde el principio. Hay pistas a cada paso, aunque tengo que admitir que no fue exactamente como lo había imaginado, y eso me gustó. Y las escenas en los recuerdos de Derwin también fueron interesantes; descubriendo más sobre la familia real.

Así que, aunque este libro no me haya gustado tanto como esperaba, el final estuvo bien y quiero saber más sobre lo que pasará con Ivy y Fyn, y su lucha contra la Reina Oscura.
-Ali

Was this review helpful?

In this second installment, Ivy visits the Town. A place where magic and mystery abound. She makes friends, connects with those who knew her ancestors and uncovers more of the wandering curse. Exciting and thrilling part two.

Was this review helpful?

Picking up where the first book left off, we follow the adventures of Ivy Lovely once again! This book has more adventure and whismy than the first one, if that's even possible. The world that D.E. Night created in the first book comes to life in this second book, which doesn't fall prey to the sophomore slump that happens to some authors. In fact, this book might even be better than the first!

While the first book has hints of other children's fantasy novels, what I like about this installment is that it's able to break from the mold. We get to meet more characters and see more of this magical world that Night has created. I loved meeting the new characters, and can't wait to see more in later books. Ivy is such an excellent role model for young girls, and I would definitely recommend this to middle grade leaders looking for fantasy with strong female leads!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow was full of adventure and magic from the start. I really enjoyed this second book and I am curious to see what happens in the third story. Ivy has gained much more confidence in this book and has started to use her magic for the good of Croswald. I loved watching Ivy learn more about her past and the magic she contains. I found this book to be much easier to relate to and I loved the relationship that Ivy has established with her best friends Rebecca and Fyn. I also loved how there was a ton of mystery elements within this book, about Ivy's past and the future of Croswald. This book had me much more captivated and I could not put it down, especially at the end. I highly recommend reading this book if you are looking for a young adult fantasy read with tons of magic and creatures!

Was this review helpful?

Blurb:
Even a secret town cannot protect Ivy from a mysterious darkness...

Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

Before it’s too late...

Review:
“You let go of that stone, I let go of his life.”

“The most wondrous things, the most impossible of things, are often just ordinary things doing what they are best at.”

This book picks up where the first book picks off, and let me assure you, Ivy’s adventures are just as exciting and thrilling as in the first book. I usually find that a sequel is less interesting and though out as the first in the series. However, I can definitely say that I enjoyed this book a little more than the first book!

The world of scrivenists, royals and the Dark Queen is so interesting! The magical creatures, studies and places that are explored over the course of this novel are completely unlike any fantasy system I have read before and I cannot wait to see how the story progresses in the third book. Damn these cliffhanger endings!

This series is a definite must read for anyone who enjoys fantasy worlds, perfect for middle grade readers and older readers alike. Ivy Lovely is a perfect main character, as her development over both books is fascinating to read, and she is not presented as the all-powerful heroine. She still has a lot to learn, and she uses the help of her friends, including Fyn and Rebecca (my favourites!), in her battles against evil. She is the heroine that everyone needs to read about.

Was this review helpful?

A fun sequel that picks up right where we left off! The adventures that we follow Ivy and her friends make an accessible and fast-paced read for middle-grade and YA readers alike. Definitely a great instalment to the series!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a great second instalment of The Crowns of Croswald series. This series is perfect for middle graders, and even the younger reader. The world DE Night creates is unique and fun. While reminiscent of other magical novels this book carries its own personality, quirky language and interesting plot. I enjoyed it and found it easy to read.

Was this review helpful?

This book was received as an ARC from Stories Untold in exchange for an honest review. Opinions and thoughts expressed in this review are completely my own.

I absolutely loved the first book The Crowns of Croswald and had high expectations for The Girl with the Whispering Shadow since I have not found my fangirl YA series since P.C. and Kristin Casts' House of Night Series and after reading The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, I could not be more happy and excited than I am right now. The drama, suspense and exhilaration was all the more reason to stay in the book and stay in the zone. I love books that take you alongside the journey and you can feel Ivy's dilemma and how she wonders the mystery behind this shadow and what it wants from her as well as all of her friends she meets at the Hall of Ivy and the adventures she entails. I can't wait to read The Words of the Wandering and will love that one too and be in high anticipation of a potential book 4.

We will consider adding this title to our YA collection at our library. That is why we give this book 5 stars.

Was this review helpful?

“The wanderers no longer wander.”

Scaldrony maid-turned-scrivenist-turned-royal is back in the second installment of D.E. Night's infamous work. After meeting new friends, discovering her own great prowess and engaging in adventures unimagined---Ivy Lovely's character has improved and continues to. She's become more confident, more powerful and stronger after weathering the Dark Queen's wrath in book 1.

We see more original devices, ideas and systems in the second book. I love the Suitcasery System, the quogo matches, programs, the idea of the Star Shoppe and...oh let's just say all of Belzebuthe? This girl is especially fond of the description for moonsday milkshakes and dying to try one! Very creative.

On the other hand, I was surprised to find very little emotion in most of this book. It felt detached and hasty, if that makes a single sense: especially the starguster parade. The scene indeed fed my imagination. My feelings? Not so much.

The plot has took so many dazzling turns. The Wandering family's history is slowly unfolding, the events leading to Ivy's complicated life unfurling.

Like many decent writers, D.E. Night gives her readers puzzles to solve, mysteries to answer and thoughts to ponder.

Was this review helpful?

5/5

- I enjoyed this more than the first book, it wasn't as hard to follow and there wasn't an overload of information.
- We really get to learn more about Ivy and we are introduced to more magical aspects and even a new magical sport. It was all extremely fantastical. We also learn more about Croswald.
- The writing flowed well and the plot was a rollercoaster, leaving you wondering what could happen next!
- This novel is not as fast-paced but it does pick up in a few chapters, but mostly it's a relaxing and fun read, especially in the more serious chapters, there is always something to lighten the mood.
- Ivy is an absolute sweetheart and a great bookish role model for young girls who read this book, like a Hermione Granger. And Fynn is a great male bookish role model for young boys who would read this.
- I like that it included some silliness on the part of the characters because it keeps the target audience (middle grade) enthralled and makes the weight of the events that occur easier to digest.
- Definitely recommended for middle-grade students and anyone feeling nostalgic for that familiar magical feeling.

Was this review helpful?

Okay, first things first: I need to air my grievances. Or, just one, rather.

I miss the anxious, flatulent porcupine.

There. I said it. And I meant it. That little ball of noxious gas provided some well-needed comic relief in the first book and was a critter I was most anxious (pun not intended) to see brought back in this book. Oh, well… I guess some things just aren’t meant to be.

Now that that is out of the way, I will move on.

So… we know the name of the Town now. I, however, will keep its name a secret in this review (partly to retain its mystery if you haven’t read these books and partly because I am utterly convinced that I am–mentally–mispronouncing the name and would like to spare myself the indignity of it). I really liked that the beginning of the story took place here because, as readers, we knew about the Town and–vaguely–what it is like, thanks to the prologue of the first book. But Ivy? Our trouble-attracting heroine? This was her first trip there and that was exactly the experience we got.

At first, I was a little afraid that Ivy would spend the entirety of what was supposed to be her second year at the Halls of Ivy–in the Town, but that fear righted itself out not too long after I’d had that thought. I mean, how else was Ivy supposed to get into near-death situations while developing her budding romance with a certain fourth year sqwinch? Oh yeah, speaking of said sqwinch, you’ll never believe where Ivy stays when she goes to the town. I may or may not have squealed when that certain someone opened the door. But seriously, all of their interactions are that cute and it’s just not fair.

Before I move on from the Town, I just wanted to quickly mention (because I don’t really think that this counts as a spoiler, so you can uncover your eyes) that I loved the realism of Ivy needing–and acquiring–a job shortly after the beginning of her summer vacation. I’ve read so many stories like this where the protagonist somehow never runs out of money (though it was stated that they were not of wealthy means) and somehow manages to always buy the biggest and the best of everything. I don’t know, I guess I just liked that little detail thrown in there.

And the dwarf war? Amazing.

So, when Ivy arrives back at the Halls, everything was pretty much as you’d expect: an escaped quill wreaking havoc, a shadow lurking around without it’s human, and a fun, yet entirely illegal, club of sqwinches battling it out in the dungeons with, yes, even more stolen quills. Ahhh… fun times.

Also, Professor Night? Yes, please. We all know the poor man deserves it by now.

Since this brings us to roughly the middle of the book-ish (?), I should probably refrain from speaking any more about plot-related things. *nervous laughter* But I can–and will–tell you that Silius is the cutest little huge invisible creature I’ve never seen! We get exactly three scenes with the sweetheart and that is more than enough to make you love him. Speaking of lovable creatures, our beloved Humboldt, is back and the lazy little lizard is as content as can be (I say with the utmost affection).

You may be wondering about the cutest (this is indisputable) almost-couple to ever grace the halls of the Halls of Ivy (pun… unintended). It wasn’t until the *beeeeeeeep* of the book when Fyn finally confessed his feelings. To himself.

I screamed. My family worried–it was a whole thing, but don’t worry.

And then this little *beep* *beep* *beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeep* had the nerve to just up and graduate? I have half a mind to not read the next book out of spite because ya girl needs some Fyn Greeley. Though, at the same time, I kinda need to read the next book because… same reason. But if he’s not there, ooh!

*deep, calming breath* Okay, I’m better now; moving on.

The Dark Queen is just as evil as she was when we last left her and she’s just as, if not more, keen to reclaim the Kindred Stone. Poor Ivy. She just can’t seem to catch a break. Between the beautiful baddie on her tail, the thing with Winsome (which I am still not over, thank you very much!), and her friend-hopefully-soon-to-turn-sweetheart graduating, it’s just been a lot.

“Empathy is drowned out by fear, leaving only self-interest. Courage is suffocated by fear, leaving only cowardice. Doubt and self-loathing grow stronger, larger. Anger, too, has its roots in fear.”

All in all, I genuinely enjoyed this sequel. You know how sometimes the first book is the best and every book that follows pales in comparison? I am thrilled to say that that is not the case here! Night’s craft is more finely honed and the effort clearly shows in the pages of this book. So, if you want a potion war between feuding dwarves, an inevitable swan, and, yes, even more evil unicorns, I’d say you came to the right place.

The Book Stats:

Feels: yeah… some

The Funnies: Fyn and Ivy are an incredible sarcastic duo, so, yes.

Continue-the-series-ness: OF! COURSE! If nothing else, I, for one, need to see what happens between my ship *ahem* the kingdom of Croswald, of course… *nervous sweating*

Cute Things: all of them.

My rating:

⭐⭐⭐⭐
Rating: 4 out of 5.

Was this review helpful?

This was a great sequel! It included all the great characters from the 1st book and some new great characters in the Town and the QQC. The pacing was good and I literally can't wait until I get the final book.

This is a great YA series for a few reasons:
1. I really appreciate that the characters seem like realistic teenagers. They aren't superhumans who are never scared. They do risky things and get freaked out when things go wrong. They are also adorably awkward at times like most teenagers.
2. I love how Rebecca and Fyn support Ivy. They really are the greatest best friend and friend/more ever! They don't get jealous of her abilities and they just want to make sure that she is safe and happy. When they have the group hug at the end I almost cried.

I 100% recommend this series!.

Thank you to the author and Netgalley for the free copy!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl With the Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald Series. For my opinion on book one, please see my earlier reviews.

Following the exciting events at the end of book one, the school year has come to and end. Having been firmly advised that she is unsafe at the school halls, Ivy plans to spend her summer in a secret magical town, at the guided instructions of the one adult she knows she can trust – her family scrivenist.

On arrival, Ivy sets out to the accommodations she was provided an address for, and not much else. She is more than surprised to discover it is also the home of one of her fellow students and they are just as surprised to see Ivy. But Ivy isn’t there simply to lounge around and have fun (not that she doesn’t also partake in both). She also has a task that has been set for her – she must find a missing item and she doesn’t know where to begin to look. Furthermore, it has been broken into parts and they are each hidden separately!

When all of the other students head back to school, at the end of the break, Ivy stays put. While remaining at the job she secured during the summer, Ivy continues to try and figure out where the parts of the missing item might be.

Then the day comes when she receives a letter from the school inviting her back and letting her know that the halls are once again safe for her. She finally gets to go back to the only real home she has ever known, be reunited with her friends and family scrivenist, and enjoy being able to attend classes again. The only thing is, she hasn’t found the missing item yet and danger is actually still lurking.

This second instalment in this series introduces some new characters and experiences for Ivy. It sets up a dynamic between Ivy and some of the characters that wasn’t yet developed in the first novel and continues the fight against the Dark Queen.

Although there are many differences, the atmosphere in these books feel like they are inspired by the magical world of Harry Potter. Based on this, I believe that the same group of readers, both young and old, will find something enjoyable in D.E. Nights series as well.

While I admit that there are a few points that could perhaps benefit with tweaking, there are others that would no doubt think I am being fussy. I can say that the world is full of action, loveable characters and a well thought out magical format that will appeal to many creative minds. If you’ve not already done so, The Crowns of Croswald is definitely worth checking out.

A well earned 3.5 stars out of 5 from me.

Thank you to Netgalley, the publisher and the author for a free copy of this novel in exchange for an impartial review.

Was this review helpful?

The last time we were with Ivy Lovely, she had just been told she could not return to the Halls of Ivy as the Dark Queen knew where she was there. The Girl with the Whispering Shadow brings us to the Town. Ivy’s journey is just as entertaining as her journey was to the Halls of Ivy. Somehow Ivy always gets into some kind of trouble when she leaves the Hall and this is no different.

I found The Girl with the Whispering Shadow to be even more entertaining than D.E. Night’s Crowns of Croswald, which I absolutely loved. I think that it’s because we get to know more about Ivy’s friends, such as Fynn’s background, we get to know where he comes from, who his friends are and we get to know a ton about The Town.

Speaking of The Town, or the name I can not speak because right now it’s a secret to all of you readers. what a great place! To me, it feels a bit like Seattle or London with its low cloud cover, but what an adventurous way to get to know it. Ivy ends up taking the serendipitous route to arrive at the address that her Scrivenist gives her before she leaves the Halls of Ivy.

Where she ends up is a pleasant surprise! My favorite part of this adventure is the amazing places Ivy has to visit to further the education and learning of her power and the backstories that give even more depth to where Ivy comes from besides as a Scullery Maid.

What I won’t tell you is whether evil or good prevails and how the adventure proceeds. I will tell you though that if you have fallen in love with Ivy, with her friends and the adventure, then you definitely need to read this second book in the series! I look forward to reading the next book in the series that came out in May 2020- The Words of the Wandering!

D.E. Night has done a wonderful job at creating tension and terror at the hands of the Dark Queen and her cohorts and has continued building darling Ivy into the heroine that we love and cheer for. Ivy has her challenges, she has her weaknesses, but she also has the strength to keep fighting for her heritage, her friends, the people of The Town, and her role into the future.

Buy this book from your favorite Indie book shop in-store or online, or if your shop doesn’t have a website and you need to buy online buy from http://www.Bookshop.org and support your favorite book shop by linking your favorite shop to bookshop.org’s option to do so.

I plan on reading this series to my granddaughters when they are older. I see myself reading this series over and over. The Crowns of Croswald series is definitely a fairytale that will become beloved by current and future readers all because of a girl named Ivy Lovely!

Thank you Netgalley, D.E.Night, and Untoldstories for the opportunity to read and review this book!

5 stars!!

Was this review helpful?

Just like the first, the second book did not disappoint as I enjoyed the continuation of Ivy's story. In the previous book Ivy faced the evil Queen, but the darkness and her broad are not vanquished yet.
This series is a must read for fans of Harry Potter, especially young girls so they can see themselves in the protagonist. D.E creates the story world with Ivy’s scrivenist journeys of finding yourself, recognizing the power within you, and finding your inner being. I could not stop reading this book once I started and I cannot wait to see where Ivy's journey goes next.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in a four-book series full of conjuring, creative creatures, and colorful characters. Book 3 is out now and Book 4 will be released this year. If you follow D.E. Night on Instagram, you have already gotten a sneak peak of her writing the fourth book.

A novel that is a thoughtful, action-driven fantasy and will leave you clamoring to find out what happens next.

Was this review helpful?

Just like the first book, the second didn't disappoint. I love the continuation of Ivy's story. This series is a must read for fans of Harry Potter. Especially young girls as it allows them to see themselves in the protagonist.

I couldn't stop reading this book once I started and I cant wait to see where Ivy's journey goes next.

I will say despite following a slightly older protagonist (16) this story does read more like a middle grade novel. As an adult, I still greatly enjoyed the book regardless.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow
Discover the enchanted world of Croswald with our young scrivenist Ivy Lovely.
In the previous book Ivy faced the evil Queen, but the darkness and her broad are not vanquished yet. For her safety and for the town of Croswald Ivy has been whisked away into hiding in the town of Belzebuthe, however this time a shadowy presence is shaking the town of Belzebuthe and bringing along with it havoc for our young heroin Ivy Lovely.
Ivy’s friendship with Fyn is definitely one piece of the book I cherished the most and we got to expand on it in fyn’s wonderous hometown of Belzebuthe. Right before Ivy is drawn back to the Halls of Ivy, she forms new friendships with Fyn’s members of The Quality Quils Club, a secret Quogo society. While new friendships formed, we learned more about the history of the scrivenists, how powerful a quill can truly be and the crown and it’s legacy in Croswald.
Ivy and her friends Rebecca and Fyn evolved immensely as characters throughout the book which give Ivy the strength and guidance, she needed to find her true powers and face the Evil Queen.
D.E lights the story world with her scrivenist journeys of finding yourself, recognizing the power within you, and finding your inner being.
As I mentioned in my previous review for The Crowns of Croswald if you love the universe of Harry Potter, the vivid magic, the friendships, and the adventures in The Crowns of Croswald series will light you with scrivinist passion. the intrigue of the mysterious shadow and the shining magical experiences in Belzebuthe made this book my favorite so far out of the series and I’m eager to see how Ivy fairs in the Halls in the next book without Fyn, and where the challenges of the Dark Queen will take her.
Thank you to the Publishing Team – Stories Untold and the author D.E Night for the opportunity to review yet another brilliant Croswald chapter.

Was this review helpful?

*ARC received in exchange for a honest review. All opinions are mine*

What I liked

It was really nice to be back in the world of Croswald! This is a strong sequel to a first book that really surprised me and I ended up enjoying it more than I thought.
The setting and the magic system are, in my opinion, the strong points of the series. I just want to visit this world sometimes, it really is that magical.
This second book had so much more plot and felt more high stakes. Ivy has found her place, she knows who she is and she knows what she has to do in order to win (spoiler alert: friendship is important!)
Nothing can stop Ivy and I love this about her! It’s so fun to follow her through all the mischiefs and adventures. It keeps reminding me of Harry Potter and I love that!

What I didn’t like

I realised that I didn’t mention this in the review of the first book, but the only critique I would give to this series is the age of the characters and the genre of the book. The characters are between 16/18 years old and they act like children because it’s a middle grade. It really bothers me sometimes. I also feel like sometimes they can’t get the depth they deserve because of the genre. Either the characters should have been younger or the genre should have been YA so they could act their age.

Final thoughts

This is a strong series that I’m really liking and would definitely recommend. I’m for sure continuing reading Ivy adventures!

Was this review helpful?

I received this book from the publisher via netgalley in exchange form my honest review.

I'm reading this series along with my son and he absolutely loves it.

This book is fantastic, it picks up exactly where we left off. The school year is over and Ivy needs to stay hidden in the town for her own safety. We get to learn a lot more about living there and we also spend a lot of time with Ivy, Flyn and the gang.

Ivy has matured a lot since the first book. She's goal oriented and determined to find the missing pieces of the kindred stone. She makes awesome new friends and realizes what it feels like to be part of something.

I got to say I loved the Quogo matches. The whole idea of a ghostly magical duel is fantastic.

We spent quite a lot of time in the town. Learning the layout, it's history and getting to know the people.

I can't wait to keep reading this series with my son.

Was this review helpful?

This series gets better and better the magical aspect will keep you enthralled throughout your time reading it.
Looking forward to reading more from this author.
The characters are enchanting.
Ivy really comes into her own in this book showing how she is a perfect heroine. Delving deeper into characters we already know but also ones that we meet along the way.

I will be recommending this middle grade series to people who are looking for a some escapism.

Thank you to Netgalley and the publisher for sending me this arc.

Was this review helpful?

I was given a copy of the second Crowns of Croswald book, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, from the publisher, just like I did with the first book. It was pretty good, but I didn’t like it as much as the first book, so I gave it four stars! I felt like the pacing was off. There wasn’t much that happened that during the summer and yet a good chunk of the book was spent in The Town during summer. Then at the school, again not much happened, and then suddenly it was the end of the year and the book was over. I am still curious to see what will happen in the third book, but I just wish the pacing in this book had been a bit better!⁠

Was this review helpful?

My My My!!! This story si so full of curiosity that I literally binge read it. D.E.Night has done justice to the genre. Love this story! Highly recommended to all who love fantasy novels! :)

Was this review helpful?

I received an ARC of this book from Netgalley in exchange for an honest review.

This series is just so good. I loved book 1 and this sequel took everything that had been set up in that story, added to it and made it even better! I am very excited to see what happens next, but after the events of this book, I'm also a little anxious and worried for all my favourite characters.

This installment picks up after the climatic ending of the first book with Ivy leaving school and setting off to spend the summer in a place called The Town (the real name of this place is known only to residents, in order to protect its secrecy). Amongst the interesting inhabitants of this magical place, Ivy makes news friends and also gets to see and spend time with a familiar face. However, when school resumes, Ivy is initially unable to return. Instead she must go on a mission that only she has the ability to complete to save herself, her friends and all the places she holds dear.

The worldbuilding in this book is fantastic. The descriptions of The Town are so fascinating that I could read a whole book just about everyday life in this place and explore the wide variety of magical shops. Everything in this story is so engaging and well-balanced that I never find myself getting bored, I just want more of all of it. I loved learning more about quills and the ways in which they can be used. I loved finding out more about Ivy's abilities and the secrets that surround her. I loved the scenes at the Halls of Ivy (yes, don't worry, there is more magic school adventures) when we get to experience magical lessons, the dining rooms or sneaking around at night. I loved all the friendships, rivalries and new characters. The villain is even more menacing in this book and the threat they pose is just becoming greater as the story progresses.

This book is a great sequel and this series is perfect for readers aged 10 - 13.

Was this review helpful?

I continue to enjoy Ivy’s story. I can’t wait to read more. I enjoyed the evolution of the magical world and all the new things we got to learn alongside Ivy. This one seemed to start off bit slower, but ones it picked up it had me hooked. It continues to remind me of Harry Potter, and all the magical discoveries add to the fun. I can’t wait to see where the story goes.

Was this review helpful?

I received an e-book from the publisher in exchange for a honest review.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second volume of The Crowns of Crosswald series. And i really loved it.

At the end of the first volume, Ivy finds out who she really is and that The Dark Queen is after her. So she has to go to a town with no name and find the next part of the stone. But things are happening in the town, quills are being stolen and strange shadows appear in the dark.

This volume reminded me, like the first one, of Harry Potter; we have a game played by the scrivenists and a group of friends who are trying to learn more things on their own. In The Girl with the Whispering Shadow we meet new great characters, we discover more magic places and meet new challenges. New secrets are discovered and things are happening all the time. Is more captivating, the universe is more developed, it's paced and you don't have time to get bored.

I really liked it, i liked the friendships made in this volume, the interesting creatures and Ivy is finally embracing her magic, becoming a real queen. We have a cute and innocent love-story, which i love and the slow burn is quite amazing. The ending was perfect and i'm so so curious about the last volume. Can't wait to read it.

So, if you're a Harry Potter fan, please give this a chance. I know is for YA, but it's so cute and so interesting to follow Ivy's adventures. It was a perfect sequel and i can't wait to have the last volume.

Was this review helpful?

This sequel to The Crowns of Croswald picks up almost exactly where its predecessor left off. Ivy Lovely recently learned that she's the true Queen of Croswald and the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise and, at the instruction of her family's scrivenist, makes her way to the magically-hidden town of scrivenists. Like The Crowns of Croswald, and other fantasy school series, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow follows the frame of the school year as Ivy searches for pieces of the stone that will grant her her true power.

In my review of Crowns, I raved about Night's magic system. The sequel shows us so much more of this world of crows and quills, and I was as eager to learn about it as the students in The Halls of Ivy. Despite hitting some time-tested tropes of middle-grade/YA fantasy, this magic system keeps the book fresh and interesting.

There are a couple shortcomings to this book, though none are detrimental. The first part of the book was a little slow and difficult to push through, and might be even moreso with younger or slower readers. Still, I liked learning more about the world of Croswald, and this section widened the readers' world. Second, the frame of the school year seemed rushed. There are allusions to recurring events but not enough exploration of them--the timeline and pace sometimes seemed jarring. Still, as I said, none of these are significant enough to detract from a purely delightful visit to a smart and intriguing fantasy world.

Was this review helpful?

This book moved at a much quicker pace than the first one. The world has now been established and we know where things stand. Now Ivy is in a race against the Dark Queen to save the kingdom and its people. Ivy has become stronger and more self confident, her friends have her back, and more of her past comes to light. The ending was intense and though devastating it left hope for the future.
I can’t really say to much without giving away key points of the story so I’m just going to say that I enjoyed it immensely and can’t wait to read the third book. I’ve come to really care for Ivy and her friends. I love how they interact and the world is so original and imaginative. I can’t wait to see what they all get up to next.

Was this review helpful?

*I received this book (via eArc from NetGalley) for free from the publisher (Stories Untold) in exchange for an honest review* Yet again I had a whole lot fun in this world!! Ivy, Fyn, and Rebecca are still the best friendship trio and always protect each other. Thought it felt a tab bit all over the place I loved the ending and the battles between Ivy and the Dark Queen! I wonder what they will do next? A huge thanks again to the publisher for the ARC!! It was positively magical and I can't wait to read the conclusion to this trilogy :)

Was this review helpful?

It had been months since I read the first book, so I was really praying that I’d remember enough to read this. Thankfully, D.E. Night did a great job of recapping the major events of the first book without making it feel like we were reading a textbook.

The Girl With the Whispering Shadow picks up right where The Crowns of Croswald left off. Ivy is determined to find the second piece of the Kindred, to prevent the Dark Queen from amassing any more power. Even though she’s supposed to be safe in the Town, she is being shadowed by something, and no one knows what it is.

Although this series is very simplistic, I really love the world. It’s as magical as it could be, and with every single book, it’s developed even more. The descriptions of Belzebuthe were luscious, and it was insanely fun to imagine. I’m super excited to learn even more about this world in the third book!

I also really love the focus on friendship. Romance is non existent in this series, and I’d really like to see one developed, but I love the friendship between Ivy and Rebecca. If you like middle-grade fantasies, this is for you!

Thanks to D.E. Night and Netgalley for providing a free copy in exchange for an honest review!

Was this review helpful?

This book is the second in The Crowns of Croswald series and picks straight up from where the first book left off. Starting with the summer holidays away from Ivy Halls. With the events and revelations of end the first book fresh in her mind, she travels to a secret protected town for Scrivenist called Belzebuthe, in hopes to discover more about the location of the second piece of the Kindred stone. Whilst she is safe within Belzebuthe, the Dark Queen has other ideas to draw her out from the protective bubble and draw her back to Ivy Halls where she intends to steal the Kindred stone from her. In the process endangering everyone and everything Ivy holds dear.

I enjoyed this book a lot more than the first. The plot was much faster pace and more action packed. There are still elements where the strong Harry Potter vibes are present but less often than the first book and quickly absorbed into the Coswold setting. We learn a lot more about what happened to Derwin in the past and hints about who the Dark Queen really is. We also get introduced to Quogo (Quill duels), secret club meetings, Invisitaurs (Invisible creatures), an owlery and much more to the magical world outside of the school setting which was great. Imagine being able to catch the stars in the sky and actually getting wishes granted! There is also a more obvious love interest going on in this one which is very cute! I love that Ivy is getting to realise more of her strengths and weaknesses in this and we get to become more familiar with the other characters in her new "found family".

I really enjoyed this book and glad I got to continue with this series. This ended on a bit of a cliffhanger though and I can't wait to pick up the next one. Going to put it on my Wishlist.
Thank you to @netgalley and @storiesuntoldpress for a copy of this book in exchange for an honest review.
This review has also been posted on Instagram and Goodreads.

Was this review helpful?

When we left Ivy Lovely at the end of The Crowns of Croswald, she had just defeated the Dark Queen at the Ball, had learned her true identity, was given part of a Kindred Stone, and had discovered that the pirate she kept being drawn to in glanageries was actually her family's scrivenist, Derwin Edgar Night.

In this book, Derwin then sends Ivy off to "The Town" (the enchanted magical city of scrivenists, called Belzebuthe) to search for the second part of her Kindred Stone and stay hidden from the Dark Queen. It just so happened that the address Derwin sent her to stay at in Belzebuthe belonged to none other than Fyn Greeley and his mother! Ivy spends much of the book running around with Fyn and his friends, getting into trouble and dodging a creepy shadow figure.

We got to see more of how the magic in Croswald works in this book, which I really enjoyed. Ivy spent most of the story either in Belzebuthe or on other adventures, and only a very small part actually at The Halls of Ivy. It was quite fun to get to know some other settings! The whole world of Croswald still gives me major Harry Potter vibes, and I enjoy it quite a bit.

In the first book, I didn't find that there was much character building of the secondary characters, like Fyn and Rebecca, but I found that was improved in this book (however I still don't much care for, or trust, Fyn). I did have a bit of difficulty keeping the members of the Quogo Club straight, but that is likely more a personal thing than the characters themselves.

I don't have much to say on the side of criticism - there were a few grammatical errors here and there, but nothing too serious. This second book also reads like a middle grade novel, which is great. There were moments when Ivy did act a bit more like a 16-17 year old girl than in the first book, but I still feel like she should be around 14, so her age still throws me off and is still a bit of an issue for me.

One of my favourite aspects of The Girl with the Whispering Shadow were the stars in Belzebuthe. I love that the stars are wishes, and that a person can rent stargusters to putter around among the stars, and that if one were to catch a star, the wish inside would be granted...! Such a romantic and lovely idea! If I lived in Belzebuthe I would most definitely buy wishes/stars on a very regular basis. I also really love that because this magic system uses quills instead of wands, spells are actually written as well as spoken, and so good penmanship is of quite high importance. I have always loved penmanship, and taken pride in having legible handwriting - I think I would get along quite well in the world of Croswald!

I continue to recommend this series to others, and am looking forward to reading the next two books at some point!

Was this review helpful?

Great follow up book to The Crowns of Croswald. Fast paced read is hard to put down. I really enjoyed the world building in this series. The hidden town Ivy is spending her summer feels like a Diagon Alley permanently stuck in a winters night. There is still a heavy influence in my opinion from Harry Potter but again, not enough to dissuade me from thoroughly enjoying the story.

Was this review helpful?

A great continuation to the story of Ivy and her search for the pieces of Kindred Stone that will defeat the Dark Queen. She is surrounded by friends with unique magical abilities as she battles shades and shadows who are trying to destroy her.

Was this review helpful?

I love Ivy’s world it is so fascinating. I enjoyed being able to enter it again. I found Ivy a little childish in the first book, this one I found she had grown up and it was more acceptable that she was seventeen. I had also struggled with the first book keeping track of all of the side characters and I found it easier to keep track of them all. I it was a fun novel to read and it was great to learn about more of Ivy’s adventures.

Was this review helpful?

This second book is way better than the first one! I love the scenes, the Town and its different shops and new characters, the Quogo game is wonderful and most of all the star-fishing and wish-granting idea is epic. Love that! Also, I still love Rebecca's character, how she can turn to something useful when needed the most. Fyn and Ivy's building romance is something I look forward to, their friendship along with the other members of the club makes me kind of emotional. Ivy being the heroine, doing the adventures while breaking all the rules is basically like Harry Potters! (sorry for the comparison)

I wish there's more to each chapter though, I feel like it's too short for me. I wanted to know more about what it's like to be in the Town, Belzebuthe. I definitely would like to read the next book, the Selector's character is suspicious to me.

I received this ebook in exchange for an honest review by Stories Untold LLC. All opinions are my own.

Was this review helpful?

I really enjoyed this book!
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow was engaging and pulls you along for the adventure. In the first book in this series I felt like it was a little slow to start, but this one jumped right in (and I know that has something to do with already knowing Ivy and some of her story). This book took you to The Town, a secret scrivenist "lair" where magic is practiced freely and no Dark Queen can enter. Ivy spends most of her time here through the book until she gets asked back to The Halls of Ivy where both fun and danger await. At the end of the book there is a magical battle that takes place and friends band together to fight. The end also leaves you (sort of) on a cliffhanger, that is if you are wanting to know what happens next!
I also enjoy D.E. Night's fun and fantastical places and creatures! If you love fantasy (or even if it's not all your style), this book is worth a try. A good middle-grade read too!

Was this review helpful?

Review also posted on Goodreads, Amazon, and will be posted to my instagram.

“You can be trapped in a castle, trapped in a scaldrony. Trapped by people. But the worst is being trapped by fear.”

In The Girl with the Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night, the book picks up where The Crowns of Croswald left off. The school year is complete and Ivy is whisked off to a secret town for only those with magical blood. She reunites with Fyn, and spends her break with him learning even more about him and about her own magical heritage. She sets out to learn more about her prophecy and how it ties to the Dark Queen. When they return to school where she should be safe, it quickly becomes evident that not all is as it appears and something dark is at play again. Ivy does not want to be part of putting anyone in danger again, but it becomes clear that she is going to have to face evil again to protect those she cares about most.

I loved delving even deeper to this magical world. Ivy and her friends are fun to read about, and I especially like her growing relationship with Fyn. I feel like they are well suited to each other and love that he stands up to her but supports her at the same time. This series is perfect for anyone who enjoys middle school age reading, books like Harry Potter, and magical worlds. I give this installment 4 stars.

Was this review helpful?

Ivy Lovely and her friends are back for more adventure in The Girl with the Whispering Shadow! After the events at the Ball last year, Ivy has been told that school and the Halls of Ivy aren’t safe for her anymore. Her scrivenist Derwin leaves cryptic instructions telling her to seek refuge in the mysterious Town while she searches for the remaining pieces of the Kindred Stone.

My favorite scene in the whole book is where Ivy and Fyn are fishing for stars on Fyn’s rooftop in the Town. If you catch a star, whoever wishes on that star has their wish come true! There was just something so sweet about that particular scene.

If you love stories with magic, adventure and strong friendships, then definitely check out the Crowns of Croswald series!

Goodreads: https://www.goodreads.com/review/show/3627629593?book_show_action=false&from_review_page=1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/p/CHvP93bgS9S/

Was this review helpful?

Welcome back to the world of Croswald.

This review contains spoilers if you have not read Book 1: The Crowns of Croswald.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow the second instalment of D.E Night's The Crowns of Croswald series. And like the first book it did not disappoint.

The book basically starts days after the events of book 1, Ivy and Rebecca are getting ready to leave the Halls of Ivory for the summer. One going home the other, Ivy going to the town with no name, well it has a name but it is a secret and only those who live there or are going there know it. You can not find this town on your own you have to go by cabby. It is protected from the outside world, it where the many of the scrivenist live in safety to practice magic.

But things are happening in the town, shades are being scene and quills are being stolen. Ivy has been sent there to find the next stone and to keep her safe from the Dark Queen but how safe can she be if things are happening in the town that hasn't happened before. Is the Dark Queen getting closer to finding her? To find the stone?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow like book 1 screams Harry Potter vibes, we are introduce to a game that that scrivenist play involving their quills and and the quills of past scivenists. With that we get introduced to a greater cast of characters, ones I'm sure we will see again in future books, ones that play a big role in this particular one.

So back to the Harry Potter vibes, I can see this series blowing up. This could be the Harry Potter, and it should be,I hope for D.E Night and all booklovers and Harry Potter fans it does.

Over all I really enjoyed this book, and I love this series thus far. One day they will be at home on my bookcase.


*I was given a copy in exchange for review

Was this review helpful?

Oh my gosh Night just gets better. This is a great follow up to the 1st book. The story pulls you in from the beginning and you just want more and more. I loved having favorite characters return and meeting new ones. You learn a lot more about the magic in this book. I think this series is going to be something big. I look forward to the next book. I recommend for any fan of Harry Potter series.
*I was gifted a copy for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

After the crazy whirlwind that ended book 1, we’re back with our favorite secret princess and her dragon sidekick in this sequel of Crowns of Croswald.
Fearing for Ivy’s safety after the intense events at Crosswald, her family’s scrivnist, Derwin, urges Ivy to go hide in the safety of a secret town known as Belzebuthe.
Being in Belzebuthe was so charming and whimsical. Imagine a town that has the biggest and brightest at stars, the most peculiar yet enchanting food, and the most amazing people you could ever meet. As soon as Ivy lands in Belzebuthe, I was immediately entranced in by the magic in this whimsical world.
Although this town is known to be safe, strange things have been arising and it is up to Ivy to follow her destiny and figure out a way to put an end to the dark queen while figuring out the path to finding the missing pieces kindred stone.
My favorite things about this book:
-Ivy’s character development and seeing her go from a lonely girl who constantly doubts herself to a QUEEN who conquers her fears
-Quogo!!! A magical competition kinda like Quidditch but super unique and different! Quogo ended up being super important to the story and I LOVED that
-the friendships (Rebecca and Fyn- I would literally die for y’all 🥺)
-the world building!! I love seeing it through Ivy’s eyes and growing/learning with her
-the way D.E Night always manages to connect the beginning of the book and the title of the book to the entire story.
Filled with mystery, magic, adventure, enchanting world building, and amazing characters, the girl with the whispering shadow was a great sequel that will keep you guessing and wanting more!

Was this review helpful?

Ivy learned about her past and her Queenly bloodline, and now has been brought to Belzebuthe, a secret town for those with magical blood. She has to find the second part of the Kindred stone while avoiding the Dark Queen, all while feeling she is being followed. If she can’t, she might not be able to return to the Halls of Ivy.

Despite her bloodline, Ivy is still new to magic, magical items, and the town itself. This means the reader is now brought into the town itself, and we’re exposed to new types of scrivenist magic. Being so isolated in her early years means people growing up with magic see her as naïve, but she remains our entry into this world. Summer proceeds with making more friends and some covert magic practice, especially because Ivy isn’t returning to school right away. Of course she does return for her second year of classes, and it’s a trick meant to draw her out into danger. It’s hardly the first time that happens over the course of the year, until we get to the final quarter of the book. Now we’re at the end of the school year and the Dark Queen makes another appearance, facing off with Ivy directly.

All in all, Ivy is a fun middle grade heroine. Some of the actions she takes and the mistakes she makes seem younger than her sixteen years, though her relative newness to magic and the customs of the scrivenist culture explains part of that. She has the best of intentions in mind as she and her friends do their best to find the Kindred Stone, as well as her attempts to discover why she is so important. There are consequences to Ivy’s actions as she tries to fight off the queen, all of which will ripple down into future novels of this four book series.

Was this review helpful?

Book two of The Crowns of Croswald certainly delivers! I liked the first book but it just gets better with book two - filled with magic, critters and adventure! (I adore the idea of the Hairies- little cousins to fairies with bright hair that light the way in and around Croswald. Especially in the Halls Of Ivy. The school in which Ivy and her friends attend to learn magic and the ways of the Scrivinist)

We return to the familiar world and characters of Croswald but its much more in depth and developing. Pieces of the last book come into play and frequently I stopped in an "ah-ah" moment as the books and ideas linked. Sorry... no spoilers!

The world is full of delights including wishing stars and it's own game called Quogo - where scrivinists battle with quills and specters of the quills former owner ~ spell binding.

"Have you ever fished for a star before? It takes hours, and I'm not leaving here until I catch one"

" The act of catching one (star) is like wishing on a star, just in reverse. Meaning, you net a star, you get to help grant the wish inside, for whatever the star setter wished"

Well thought out and a good pace, we follow Ivy and her friends as she tries to find the 2nd piece of the Kindred stone before The Dark Queen can get there first.

What's brilliant about Ivy is that her character is developing. She doesn't just know she's the rightful heir to the throne - she's starting to believe it too.
A quick mention of her friend Fynn here; always following and supporting her. I really can't help liking him and his growing love for Ivy.

I thoroughly enjoyed wondering around this world in my minds eye. The descriptions are wonderful too - they are detailed; and bring the reader up close with the characters such as : "The wet, cobbled street that Ivy walked down reflected the colorful lights above: bright pinks, yellows, oranges and purples"

Book two is a magical roller caoster- I just don't understand why I haven't seen this book around more. I really can see why there's a comparison to Harry Potter; but it really holds it own. Great ideas- would love to see them continue to flesh out. Its delightfully spell binding- so much depth to the Croswald world and its characters. ( I want to play Quogo too!!!) Would definitely recommend to those who love to get lost in a magical world.

Was this review helpful?

I am falling completely in love with this world and Ivy's story. The second book in this series has just concreted what I felt about the first. The world building so far has to be my favourite part; everything is so magical and you feel like you're right there with Ivy in the book.
The friend group in this book has great character development. It is nice to see more than just the main character getting that development in a series and makes you feel closer to the group as a whole. So often in middle grades I feel the stakes are never high enough to keep me on the edge of my seat but these books have definitely presently surprised me with that.
This series so far has just got better and I’m excited to get to the 3rd book in the series to see where it takes me next.
A beautiful magical world filled with all kinds of creatures and spells with a story that feels straight out of a fairy tale, a must read if you love magical middle grades.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in the series after the Crowns of Croswald, continuing the life and adventures of Ivy Lovely. After what happened at the Ball at the end of the first book, Ivy was asked to spend the summer at The Town in a place called Belzebuthe, a secret place only a magical can have access to. Derwin Edward Night, her family’s scrivenist, sent her on a mission to find the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone. While she was here and up until she came back to the Halls of Ivy, a shadow is trailing her and wrecking havoc.
While at school, she continued to be friends with her Belzebuthe acquiantances in The Quality Quills Club. How will she solve the puzzle of the shadow and avoid the wrath of the Dark Queen?
.
I’ve thoroughly enjoyed this book than the first one, I somehow have finally let the Harry Potter similarities out of my mind. There are areas in the book that I still find to be like Harry Potter although not directly, this book still have created a world of it’s own. I’ve finally known how these quills are different from the wands we have been so accustomed to. There are additional characters in the story, from the QQC, all of whom are endearing. I like Belzebuthe too. Overall, this is a great follow up to the first book.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with a whispering shadow has the same magical feel as volume one.
I love that there are so many parallels with Harry Potter.
I love the plot twists and the world created in both books. The atmosphere is just pleasant and dreamy.
Since that part the characters feel like family and I like to read more and more about the city of Belzebuth.
Conclusion: This part is even better than the first. The atmosphere and characters are great. The cover is very good just like the writing style. For everyone who loves Harry Potter and fantasy, this book series is something.

Was this review helpful?

This book is a wonderful addition to the first novel in this series. The expansion of the world made me feel like I was a part of the world of Croswald. Ivy and her friends find themselves dealing with the aftermath of last years festivities. Throughout the journey of Ivy's second year at the Halls of Ivy, more things happen is enjoyable and immersive. I highly recommend this to any fans of magical high school settings and new worlds that are fantastically brilliant.

Was this review helpful?

This is the sequel to The Crowns of Croswald and I actually enjoyed this one more than the first. I think part of it is that I’m invested in the story now but I also think most of it is how much more developed the world of Croswald seems in this book. I got to delve deeper into this world and learn so many new things. This world is so unique and fascinating! I loved how this book picked up right where the last one left off and we were thrown into action from the get-go. The background romance continued in this book and I enjoyed it a lot. I definitely ship Ivy and Fyn, they’re so cute! Even if they just stay friends (which I hope they’re more than that) I still really like the relationship they have going. I felt like this book had more action in it and I enjoyed that a lot. However, there were some slow bits here and there. They were scenes that helped establish the storyline but sometimes they felt a bit too dragged out. Maybe I was just antsy to get back to the action. I will say the ending threw me off a little. I was expecting a little more or something different? I don’t know how to talk about it without spoiling it. But other than that I throughly enjoyed this book and I can’t wait to learn more about this world and Ivy’s adventures in it!

Was this review helpful?

My rating: 5/5 stars

Even a great town cannot protect Ivy from a mysterious darkness...

Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen's wrath. But even when she's supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

Before it's too late...

I was so happy and grateful to receive a copy of the second book in this magical series. The copy was sent to me via NettGalley approved by the author.

I find this series so magical and whimsical! The magical creatures and magic system are so fantastic and the characters are so much fun. The friendship between Ivy, Rebecca and Fyn is the most precious part of this series.

In book 2 - The girl with the whispering shadow, Ivy Lovely's adventures begin right at the end of the previous story. Ivy has a lot to learn, and despite the fact that the Dark Queen is looking for her, Ivy wants to spend summer with her best friend Rebecca.
Troubled by a letter left by her family's scrivenist Derwin Edgar Night, she must find the secret town Belzebuthe, where she can hide from the Dark Queen who wants her dead. That is also the place where she can continue her quest to discover the next piece of the Kindred Stone.

This was such a great story with wonders and little mysteries going on that intertwined at the end. And I really enjoyed the new creatures we were introduced this time, too!
Now, I'm dying to seek at the third book to discover if order can be returned to world of scrivenry.
Enjoyed it and cannot recommend it more!

Was this review helpful?

What a great continuation of The Crowns of Croswald. It began right where the first left off which is great. There was even more action and adventure and I couldn’t get enough. I really liked how there were references to events from the first book, enough to remind you of what happened but not repetitive. Ivy continues to grow as a character and I am all for it, but what I really loved was the development of the secondary characters. We got to know them more and they are friends I’d like to have.

The club Ivy joined was so refreshing. It was another way to learn about the quills instead of just through classroom lectures. I would like to learn a little more about the jewels the royals carry. We learn so much about the quills and now I find myself wanting to learn more about the stones.

This is such a fun story and the magical world is wonderful. I would love to be able to fish for stars and play Quogo. There is so much to love about this series and I can’t wait to see where it goes from here. Thank you to the publisher and Netgalley for the gifted copy.

Was this review helpful?

Can book 2 live up to the first? In this case yes it can and in my opinion tops the 1st book.

We get to explore more places and see Ivy grow with confidence. The subtle love story that’s simmering in the background is a lovely touch, one that isn’t over powering but makes you route for them to realise their friendship is more.

The added element of the Quogo is fabulous and an added bit of humour. If this little known series gets made into a film (which I believe it should) Quogo would be great to see on the big screen.

I find it a shame these books aren’t well known, as a teenager I would have loved to immerse myself in the Ivy’s magical world. I hope they start to build in popularity and get the recognition they deserve.

Was this review helpful?

The return to Croswald drops us back into the adventures of Ivy Lovely in the best possible way. After spending the summer in The Town, Ivy finally makes her way back to the Halls.
Surrounded by Fyn, Rebecca and the rest of the QQC, Ivy's second year leads her into ever more, thoroughly enchanting misadventures.
As mysteries unfold, danger arises and the tiniest hint of love blossoms, readers are welcomed back into the treasure of Croswald.

Was this review helpful?

Book two is just as good as book three. I really would love to be able to get my own wishing star ⭐✨, change like Rebecca 🐲 and meet the cute Fyn.
I can't get enough of the Croswald univers.
I'm gonna fall into book three straight away ⛪

🐶🐾Dobby enjoying the heat 🔥

#denight #croswald #booktwo #star #dragon #quills #stone #queen #NetGalley

Was this review helpful?

👑 In the first book of the series, The Crowns of Croswald, we discover that Ivy is part of the Queenly bloodline. To keep her safe and far from the Dark Queen, in the second book, Ivy is sent to the secret town of Belzebuthe and has been told not to go back to school for her own safety. Suddenly, though, she receives a message that allows her back. She can't be happier, but is it really safe? And will she find the second piece of the Kindred Stone?⁠

♥️ I liked:⁠
📚 Belzebuthe. This amazing town, secret and known only to those with magical blood, sounds incredible and is described in every single detail. I wouldn't mind going there just for a bit of shopping at "Quintons Brews and Hodgepodge" or at the bookshop. ⁠
⭐ Star fishing. One of Fynn's hobbies in Belzebuthe: fishing for stars that grant people's wishes. It just sounds so magical that I decided I have to try it as well!
⚗️ Hodge and Podge. The dwarves that run the potion shop where Ivy works in Belzebuthe are my new favourite characters! Their magical battle was probably one of the funniest scenes of all book. ⁠
👨 Ivy, Fynn and Rebecca. You can see the characters are growing up in this second book. They are still teenagers, of course, but it's good to witness how they change, becoming more mature and even more attached to each other. I especially appreciated Fynn in this second book, the character that I liked the least in the first one.⁠
🪄 Quogo. It's a magical game, where scrivenists duel with quills left behind by their owners. The game was super interesting, but sometimes I felt like there were too many details in those scenes. I also loved the fact that this game actually plays a role in the development of the plot.⁠

⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ 5/5 Once again, I have to thank @netgalley and @danielastoriesuntoldpress for letting me dive in this amazing magical world. I loved this book as much as I loved the first one and I can't wait to read the third. If you love fantasy, you have to give it a try!⁠⁠

Was this review helpful?

I received this book for free in exchange for an honest review.

The more I read middle grade, the more I wonder why I stopped reading middle grade. Its so sweet and fun and refreshing and is such a nice break from homework in my college classes. This book was just as fun as the first! The plot with this one did throw me off a little bit, because when the book started I thought it was just going to be about Ivy's summer in Belzebuthe, but as soon as it began it was over and people were back at school and then all of a sudden the school year was over too. So I thought the settings were kind of funky. I think it would have made a little more sense to spend more time in each location as it was a bit jarring to have time pass so quickly and suddenly. In spite of this, I still really enjoyed the book and I kind of doubt that the weird timing and setting stuff would be noticed by most middle grade readers. I also love the magic system in this series, I don't think I've read anything like it before. I'm loving reading about Ivy and I can't wait to find out more about her story!

Was this review helpful?

I received and voluntarily reviewed a complimentary copy of this book from the publisher and NetGalley in exchange for an honest review (thank you!).

The first book in the series, The Crowns of Croswald, was an enjoyable read but not anything that stood out to me. I'm glad I continued with the series and read The Girl with the Whispering Shadow because I enjoyed it more than its predecessor.

The story picks up where the first book left off, which helped me feel as if I was thrust right back into the action. After Ivy learns she's descended from the last true queen of Croswald, she's sent to the secret town of Belzebuthe, and it's there she starts to come into her own. Ivy begins to embrace her magic and her destiny, which is to collect the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone and defeat the Dark Queen.

The world-building and magic system, which I enjoyed in the first book, continue to shine and build in this book. Although there were still some spots that read slow to me, there was an improvement in the pacing from the last book as well.

What I enjoyed most were the relationships in this story, and it was satisfying to see Ivy's friendships with Rebecca and Fyn grow. I'm also a sucker for the potential of romance in any capacity, so seeing the stirrings of (what I hope to be) first love in all its innocence was really sweet.

While I did enjoy this book more than the last, the characters still continued to read really young; I felt as if I were reading about preteens instead of teenagers. My personal preferences still run more mature, but this is an admittedly enjoyable read that should resonate really well with a younger audience or those who want a low-stress reading experience.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow will whisk you away to a magical world. I highly recommend reading book one to fully enjoy this book. Ivy is back with a new quest and a familiar enemy. Watching Ivy grow not only into her powers but her confidence just makes you love her more. A brilliant second installment you'll find yourself lost in the pages for hours.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is book number 2 in the Crowns of Croswald series.
If you haven’t read the first one, Id do yourself a favor and let your imagination run wild and get hooked like I have.

Book 2 dives deeper into the magical realm of “The Town” as Ivy Lovely becomes more mature with her newfound magical powers.
You get to see the friendships she’s building and how important the friendships become to her. You really would be nowhere without your friends. And this book shows just that.

I cannot wait to see where book 3 takes her, especially with how this book ended.
Also, you can find me fishing for stars with Fyn in the near future.

I’m in love with this series and how it transports me to a complete world of imagination.

Was this review helpful?

I received this book from the publisher via NetGalley in exchange for an honest review.

After reading the first book, I was excited to see where The Girl with the Whispering Shadow would take the story. This book picks up at the moment the first novel ended, so there is no time jump or explanation of events that the audience needs to catch up on. Ivy has a slightly better grasp on the magical world and her place in it, but there is still much of her past that remains in the dark. Half of the book takes place outside of the school, which is a fun departure from the previous book and introduces us to more of the world. This is pretty obviously a mid-series book and as such, spends time world building which I assume will be necessary for future installments, but can slow the pacing down a tad.

Fantasy is not typically my first choice in genre, but this series has me hooked and I will definitely be on the look out for the next books. I loved the little easter egg of the author sharing the same initials/last name as a mysterious central character, and could see kids wondering if they are holding in their hands a volume written by the famous scrivenist!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with The Whispering Shadow follows Ivy as she moves to Belzebuthe, a secret town for those with magical blood, to find the next part of the Kindred stone. But even in a town that should be safe, something is shadowing Ivy and she will need all of her magic as she battles to find the rest of the kindred stone.

The setting of Belzebuthe was very enchanting. I loved the fact they could fish for stars to grant wishes. And I loved the game Quogo that Ivy was introduced to here. It allowed us to see more quill action and different types of magic scrivenists used. The Halls of Ivy also felt just as magical as the last book, I loved the invisotaurs we were introduced to.

We got to learn more about the characters, especially Ivy, we got to find out a bit more of her past. It was great to see her growing as a person and learning to accept her magic. One of my favourite characters ended up being Rebecca, she’s such a great friend to Ivy and I love her shapeshifting abilities. There is also a really sweet romance developing between Fyn and Ivy that I’m excited to see evolve.

Again the plot was full of action with plenty of quogo matches, flying on invisitaurs and fights with the Dark Queen. There weren’t any moments where I felt bored and it all led up to the ending really well. It definitely wasn’t a disappointing sequel and I’m excited about the final book!

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series. I loved the first book, so when I got the chance to read book two I jumped at the chance.

This one carries on where the first book left off and I was so happy to delve back into this world.

I get major Harry Potter vibes from this story which is a big plus for me. The magic system is quite straightforward and I love the world-building. This author has put so much detail into the story.

I love Ivy and Flynn. Their characters have developed even more and I have loved watching them grow so far.

This was a nice, quick read and roll on book three!

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series and I was excited to read it but also a bit apprehensive that I might not enjoy it as much as the first. I can safely say it’s every bit as good as the first book and was a joy to read.

Once again you join Ivy Lovely, who is now in her second year at the Halls of Ivy, on more adventures to find the other parts of the Kindred Stone. There is also the mysterious shadow, who does it belong to? what does it want?

I really do enjoy these books the detail in the characters, the places, the beasts everything is so eloquently written. It’s a world I enjoy visiting.

Looking forward to the third book.

Was this review helpful?

The second instalment to the Crowns of Croswald is full of adventure, suspense, and magic.

I was looking forward to reading this book so much! I loved the first book in the series and couldn't wait to read what happens next to Ivy and her friends.

It is super easy to get into this book now that I know the world of Croswald and all the magical things that can happen. This book is even more interesting than the first as it is action and adventure packed from the start. There are things that you guess at the beginning but that isn't a bad thing and the whispering shadow curse makes the book so much more interesting.
I really like that the Halls of Ivy are still the main milieu for this book. I really like the Quogo matches as well, it brings another level of magic into the book plus it totally brings up my Quidditch feels from Harry Potter.
I also like that there aren't too many new characters introduced in this book but that you get to follow your old "friends" in their journey to try and bring down the Dark Queen. Of course, Ivy is special, but I really, really like Fyn as well and I so hope that he is part of the third book. There's no way that he isn't :)

All in all, it was an interesting second book to the series. I now understand a lot of the things better and I cannot wait to read the third book!

Was this review helpful?

The adventure of Ivy Lovely continues with more action and fun!!! This series is proving to me it’s one of those that get better as it goes on. I liked this more than the first book because unlike the first book which felt familiar, this book felt new! I love reading about new and unique stories, so I really liked this one. This was more predictable (but not super!!), but I still felt chills when everything was finally revealed.

Some parts of the book made me feel nervous and say, “IVY STOP BEING CURIOUS AND JUST RUN!” But, of course, where’s the fun in that? I was also very suspicious of everyone. I don’t know who to believe and who to trust! Even until the end, I was still having trust issues with some of the people around Ivy. If I were Ivy, I would probably run away. LOL

I’m so excited to read the next one and witness Ivy make more scary decisions that always lead to fun (and life threatening lol) adventures!!

Was this review helpful?

This is the second installment in the Crowns of Croswald series and I’m falling more and more in love with this middle grade level book series of magic and mayhem. In this book, you see the main character, Ivy Lovely, grow into her personality and find a community of friends at the Halls of Ivy. The world that D.E. Night has created is so creative, magical, and charming. While magical high school books are pretty common, D.E. Night’s world continues to stand out as unique.

My only critique of this book is that D.E. Night is the Queen of Cliffhangers! I finished this book and I MUST read the third now! The ending is jarring because of the cliffhanger, but it just means that I need to get my hands on book 3.

I’ve really been enjoying the Croswald series, it’s been great to take a break from work or heavy reading and dive into this amazing middle grade level fantasy world! I recommend this series for middle readers, teachers, parents, and anyone who enjoys a fun story and a world of magic.

Was this review helpful?

This is such a huge improvement from the first book, The Crowns of Croswald. I loved how magical the first book was but The Girl with the Whispering Shadow has taken its reader to even more whimsical places like Belzebuthe! The hidden town is everything that I fell in love with in the fantasy genre. This is one of those books that I wish I read as a chold because I would have enjoyed it a thousand times better.

Like the first one, this has some Harry Potter feel to it. Specifically, some crucial elements of Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets. However, this similarity does not take away from the original parts. My personal favorites are fishing for stars and Quogo.

I'm about to start the third book and I cannot wait to see where the story takes me.

Was this review helpful?

Ready to enter a world of magic, spells, curses, and mystery? This adventure awaits in Book Two, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, a story about royal lineage and the battle between good and evil.

The Dark Queen is relentlessly tracking first year-student, Ivy, following her first schoolyear at the Halls of Ivy. For her own safety, Ivy is sent to the Town for the summer. This is a hidden place where the Dark Queen cannot find Ivy, or so we think! While there, she begins to learn about her heritage, while staying with a fellow student's family, Fyn Greeley. Fyn's mother has an important job in the Town; she is preserver of records at the Quill Keep, a facility to study quills that are highly dangerous and no longer being used. At one point, Ivy ask Fyn why these quills are not totally locked up and forgot about. Fyn is quick to say that being able to observe the nature of these dangerous quills allows us to learn from their harmful nature and past. It is as though the author of this book is saying that through studying history, we learn how to not repeat errors and mistakes.

During this summer, Ivy begins to learn why she is an orphan and about her royal background. She senses natural magical abilities and learns that the safety of all Croswald might depend on her strengthening in character and fearless nature. Fyn seems to be one of Ivy's best advisors, yet also we see signs of a budding romance! The greatest event of the summer is when Fyn introduces Ivy to the Quogo League and its secret activities. Ivy makes some true friends there and begins to learn that the game may serve a bigger purpose in teaching her to be fearless and fight evil.

Good will battle evil throughout this book. There are monsters, shades, the whispering shadow, and the Dark Queen and her brood that want to suffocate Ivy's courage and force evil upon her. Finding an all-powerful magic stone, the Kindred Stone, is in the constant minds of many throughout this story. Join Ivy in search of its pieces. Hopefully, she will do so before the Dark Queen does!

This story has an unending list of spells, curses, stones, creatures, potions, secrets, magical rides, and more surprises. The author has a miraculous ability to stir up magic in her storytelling. She weaves mystery and suspense and drops hints of what's to come along the way! These are the type of stories you might want to read again and again to solve mysteries and guess at what's to come. But how can readers wait till Book Three?

And as student grads at the Hall of Ivy are offered this final thought at graduation, "May your magic bring you even more delight and your mind grow in wisdom." So the author offer this thought to us in her stories.

Was this review helpful?

I’m sure all my fellow MG fantasy fans know how much the genre is saturated with magical, whimsical, and witch-and-wizardy reads that it’s not often you find a book or series that really stands out from the crowd. But let me tell you, The Crowns of Croswald series by @author.denight is absolutely, fantastically unique! In the first book I enjoyed the wonderful world building, the out of the ordinary creatures, the magic system that’s both distinctive and well thought out, and the charming characters...overall it was a big hit for me. Book 2, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, fully complemented, expanded upon, and solidified my love for the first book (ahem, entire series...so far, that is). It checked all the boxes that any amazing sequel should—more awesome characters, more depth to the magic, more creatures, more friends, more MYSTERY!! Not to mention all those cozy feel-goods that, if we’re being honest, all of us could use right now. I need Book 3 like yesterday! Absolutely recommend!

Was this review helpful?

This picked up right where it left off, and jumps right into some very descriptive, atmospheric and just FUN scenes for our characters. I like how the author expanded on the world-building and added more character development as well, even for some of the side characters like Fyn. This was nice to see, especially as more characters were introduced. I'm really excited to see where the rest of the story goes in terms of the story-building - the author's world is so interesting! Sidenote, the food imagery is so strong in this series - I adore it! The author's descriptions are perfect!

I loved that there was such a strong emphasis on the power of friendships and uniting with others. The thing about this series I have trouble with is how young the characters read - I believe Ivy is around 17 here, and Fyn is 19. Although there is an obvious romance budding between them, I'd rather the two just be friends, as the characters read so young.

I can't finish this review before I mention how strong Ivy is as a lead. I think she is a great role model for any children reading this series, as we watch her grow over time. She's trying to find her place in the world and sometimes we see her feeling like she's not enough, which is something that we all experience. We aren't always going to be confident and feel ready to tackle the obstacles in life - sometimes we need support and encouragement from our friends. I think this is a great message for all readers. On the other hand, I love that some of our side characters like Fyn and Rebecca are so kind and loyal to Ivy, showing how important it is to be there for our friends - we don't always know what they're going through just because we're friends!

Overall, this was yet again another really fun read with even more exciting world-building and adventures for Ivy and her friends! Looking forward to seeing what happens next with the Dark Queen's plans!

Was this review helpful?

The sequel to The Crowns of Croswald has the same magical ambiance and makes a fun middle grade read. I love that we find out more about the secret Town and how the magic of the quills can work. My favourite scene was when Ivy and Fyn go star fishing. Fishing for a star, and when you catch one the wish someone made upon that star comes true, is such a lovely idea! The QuoGo game also sounded fun, and it was good how everything came together in the end.
I am looking forward to read the third book in the series, I hope to find out more about the history of the Dark Queen!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you again to the publisher for reaching out to me for an opportunity to read this book through NetGalley.

This book continues on from the previous book following Ivy who is looking for the missing pieces of her stone.

Once again the world was so magical and I loved the magical creatures in the book. I loved seeing her relationships grow with her friends. I found it very endearing, especially when she and her friend joined the Quills club.

This book was a lot slower than the previous one. I was a bit bored until about the last third of the book when the action finally started. The rest of the book may have been about Ivy and her learning more about herself and her friends, but I feel like it focused so much on that and the school that the main focus of the story was lost and I even forgot what the sequel was actually about.

Other than that, I found it entertaining. The kids are pretty hilarious around each other. Like true friends. I did find Fyn annoying at times. He seemed to try to hold back Ivy a lot which I wasn’t a fan of, but other than that, I really enjoyed the characters and the world of course.

This definitely would have been a series I would have loved when I was younger. Definitely up my alley and if you enjoy magical books such as Howl’s Moving Castle like I do, then I’m sure you’d enjoy this series too 😊

Was this review helpful?

I've enjoyed this one considerably more than the first one. I was correct in my assumption that side characters would be fleshed out. They are more realistic and I was invested in them the entire story. I liked the additions to the world. Croswald now has a sport and in The Town they have lore about shooting stars. I can appreciate that everything is being fleshed out with unique ideas. There were still a lot of HP references but I noticed them less. I think the addition to the world and the character development make it fade to the back. "The Girl with the Whispering Shadow" is considerably more fast paced once it takes off. I think this would be a great series for a middle school aged kid. This is incredibly fun and attention grabbing. I'm still interested enough to continue with the series which is rare for me.

Was this review helpful?

I received this e-book for free from the publisher (Stories Untold) in exchange for an honest review.
Ivy Lovely, fresh out of her first year at the Halls of Ivy is now homeless. An orphan, banished from her school, this second book on the series finds her in the town of Belzebuthe. A magical town found only by those who know it's name, and merely "The Town" to everyone else. This girl is on a mission to find the second segment of the Kindred Stone and defeat the Dark Queen. Or maybe not defeat, just stay alive until graduation?
The growing friendship between Fyn and Ivy was a highlight. D.E. Knight expands Ivy's circle in this book and introduces so many fun characters. World building is clearly a strong suit for her.
I would recommend for upper grade to young adults. A wonderful alternative to the HP series by a lovely author who is also a woman of color!

Was this review helpful?

I love sequels because you can jump in, and you already know the character. 's. Same with this book. We continue to follow Ivy on her adventure in the pursuit of the Kindred Stone. This is such a wonderful and imaginative world to get lost in. I really have come to love the work of Scrivenist's and what they do. All the characters from adorable dragons and to the town. We see friendships building ( just like any other school). We follow Ivy from the secret town back to the Halls Of Ivy, where she will battle shades and shadows on the way.

We watch Ivy grow into herself in this book with the support of all characters. Anyone who loves magic and royalty will love this book. I am not the demographic for this book, but I enjoyed reading it, and I think it would be a great book for kids to read. Even a book to get them to start their love of reading. Thank you NetGalley and Stories untold for providing a copy of this book.

Was this review helpful?

I loved the first book and thanks for providing me with the second!
And I loved this even more!!
Ivy’s character grows beautifully in this sequel and I loved the villain too. Can’t wait to finish this series!!

Was this review helpful?

Another fabulous fantasy read by D.E, Night! Book 1 didn’t disappoint, and book 2 definitely didn’t either! Continuing Ivy’s story continued on an adventure that kept you engaged throughout. Subtle clues throughout the book keeping you on your toes and trying to guess what was to come next! I loved every second of this book and love how the characters contribute to develop in the series. I can’t wait to have my students read this one!!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the publisher stories untold press, net galley, and the author for this e-Arc in exchange for an honest review. The series is quickly becoming a new favorite. The second book in the series I enjoyed just as much as the first, maybe even more. I loved that we got to explore more of the Croswald world. I can’t get enough of Ivy Lovely, her friends and Ivy’s adventures. I can’t recommend these books enough. I can’t wait to find out what happens next in Ivy Lovely’s story. If you love a great well written middle grade fantasy with fantastic world building, this is definitely the book for you!!

Was this review helpful?

Harry potter meets Alice in Wonderland in this second book of the Crowns of Croswald series!

"The girl with the whispering shadow" starts exactly where the first book left off.
Ivy, our Mc, has to deal with the aftermath of her encounter with the Dark Queen, so for a while, she has to leave Ivy Halls, the boarding school of magic where she has been studying to become a scrivenist, but that doesn't mean that the story gets any boring! There is still plenty of magic, potions and adventure, since Ivy seems to be a magnet for troubles! It may also have to do with her mischievous friends, which I loved to read more about (especially Fyn and the whole Quality Quills club).
And, of course, when she does go back to school, things get even more interesting! (I mean, as a fantasy lover I have a penchant for Hogwarts like settings 😍)
I also enjoyed learning more about the mysterious town whose name can't be said out loud: I loved the fishing for a star thing, it made me wish that such a place existed in the real world too 😟
I would have appreciated more mature dialogues between Ivy and Fyn, since they are 16 and 19 years old respectively, but I understand they fit the book's intended target audience, which is middle grade children. Even so I think any fantasy reader would enjoy it, no matter their age!

This series is perfect for Harry Potter fans who love reading about magic, adventures and a touch of romance!

Many thanks to Netgalley, D.E. Night and Stories Untold for the free Arc ❤

Was this review helpful?

Set outside the prestigious magic school the Halls of Ivy, and following on from the Crowns of Croswald, our heroine Ivy sets to spend her summer holidays at the Town - a secret scrivenist town where Ivy will hopefully be safe.
Reading this book would benefit from having read the first book in the series (which luckily I have).
This magical story about a school aged girl who has been asked not to return to school for her own safety leads us into realms of dark magic, into a story about friendship, kindness, overcoming odds and battling the Dark Queen.
Something lurks in the shadows, and this anticipation will have readers gripped.

Was this review helpful?

𝐁𝐨𝐨𝐤 𝐑𝐞𝐯𝐢𝐞𝐰 - 𝐓𝐡𝐞 𝐆𝐢𝐫𝐥 𝐖𝐢𝐭𝐡 𝐓𝐡𝐞 𝐖𝐡𝐢𝐬𝐩𝐞𝐫𝐢𝐧𝐠 𝐒𝐡𝐚𝐝𝐨𝐰 𝐛𝐲 𝐃.𝐄. 𝐍𝐢𝐠𝐡𝐭
✨I was thrilled to receive the second instalment of this book series, this one , The Girl With The Whispering Shadow. Thank you to @netgalley, @danielastoriesuntoldpress and @author.denight for another magical experience.
✨This story started where the first book left off and was just as amazing. Sometimes I find books in a series can become quite repetitive as they go on but to be honest this one , in my opinion was better than the first. I loved the magic to it, the sketching and the description of the town, Belzebuthe. I want to go there , the way the author has described it is nothing short of beautiful.
✨I found this one to be a lot more in depth in terms of characters, that being in book one we were only introduced to Ivy and this book we learned so much more about her. She is a fantastic character.
✨This book is perfect for young readers and sets a lovely example of friendship. It is a great fantasy book and had a super ending. During the book you have parts of mystery in it which will keep the reader guessing. To keep guessing keeps the reader engaged and it is always fun to see how it turns out.

My rating ⭐⭐⭐⭐ / 5.

Was this review helpful?

I'm going to start by saying this is my new favourite book series.

I read the first novel, The Crowns of Croswald by D. E. Night back in March when the lovely Netgalley and Stories Untold Press gifted me an eARC.

The age range they give for this book is 13-17 years old, however, I honestly don't think you can give a maximum age limit on art, because no matter your age, you can be young at heart, and enjoy these things just as much as a child (if not more as you can appreciate the work that goes into it).

'After the events of the previous year, Ivy Lovely is anticipating her arrival back at the Halls of Ivy. However, with the Dark Queen still at large, Ivy has been told not to return to the Halls, and to stay somewhere hidden where the Dark Queen cannot find her.
After arriving in a place called The Town, Ivy sets upon finding the remaining parts of the Kindred Stone, the only thing that can stop the Dark Queen from destroying everything she loves.'

I really enjoyed every single aspect of this book. The blossoming friendships between Ivy, Fyn, Rebecca and some new characters, such as Gretta and Glistle were heart-warming and left me aching for more (I really want some romance to happen, either Ivy and Fyn or Ivy and Glistle; either is fine with me!).

The description of The Town, the Quogo game and the creatures (including the Orbis) were magical and I could picture everything.

The world that D. E. Night has created is just beautiful.

There are some similarities again to Harry Potter, but nothing at all that felt like she was copying it, everything has been made her own and unique and I am so impressed.

I am so excited to read the next instalment in the series when I can get my hands on it; I need to know what else is in store for Ivy Lovely!

5 out of 5 stars!

Was this review helpful?

I love the magic in this book. I also love following Ivy as she learns even more about who she is and grows into her own. Full of lots of little adventures that just keep getting better and better.

Thank you NetGalley for a copy of this book in exchange for my honest review.

Was this review helpful?

I think this book was even better than the first, and i loved the first book. The character development in this showed so much growth, not only in the characters themselves, but also in the author. I really loved going back to the world of Croswald, and being there this book made me feel as if I never left. I cannot wait to read this to my little ones when they get a bit older. I think this series would be a perfect introduction to the fantasy world.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to NetGalley, D.E. Night and Stories Untold Press for sending me a copy of this book in exchange for my honest review.

“The Girl with the Whispering Shadow” is the second installment of the “Croswald Series” by D.E. Night. The adventures of Ivy Lovely, the last of the royal bloodline, continues in this book. The Dark Queen’s threat is growing across the land and the Town (which we now find out what it’s called, but I won’t spoil it for you!) is now facing her wrath. Ivy’s friendships with Rebecca and Fyn develops further in this book and we are introduced to a number of other students at the Halls of Ivy including Gretta and Glistle, sister and brother. Their love of the game of Quogo brings them together and Ivy is now surrounded by a larger group of close friends who are sqwinches. Ivy is determined to find the other two pieces of the Kindred Stone but danger is lurking everywhere, even in the shadows! Gretta’s shadow becomes cursed and causes chaos and havoc for the Town, Ivy and her friends.

The continuation of Ivy’s adventures opens up new locations in the Croswald world including the Town, the Hex beneath the Quill Keep and the trip to see the Occulyst, which will grab a young reader’s attention and really entice them to want to find out more about the kingdom. I really enjoyed the expansion of the characters within the series and the relationships and dynamics between the main characters and this new cohort of figures.

More magical creatures are introduced by Night in this book. These creatures are one of my favourite parts in the author’s books, as she makes them come alive on the page. The description of these characters, especially the Invisataurs, BogDogs and Shades really makes you feel as if you can see them standing before you. Night’s imagination when it comes to magical beings seems to have no limits and I can see how this book is so appealing to children and their own never-ending creative minds!

The themes of loneliness, doubt, grief are all explored in this book with Ivy feeling like she is left behind when she has to stay in the Town and the impact of loss not only for Ivy but for young Fyn when we realise his father disappeared without a trace when he was very young. The way in which these issues are dealt with and discussed by the characters in the book makes them very relatable for a young reader. The book also focuses on inner strength, confidence and bravery which are all positive attributes and qualities to be promoted for the younger audience.

This book is darker than the first, and there is a real sense of the building tension and danger throughout the novel. Ivy is getting older and I think the darker elements matches well with the ageing of the characters into older teens. Similarly to the first book in the series, Night brings the novel to a crescendo with the battle against the evil forces of the Dark Queen and her cruel & vicious servants. Ivy has to be brave again and stand her ground against those who threaten not only her life but those closest to her, the only family she has- her friends.

I would highly recommend this book and series for the middle grade age group. It has everything a young reader loves: magic, mystery, adventure, danger and a wide assortment of creatures to make their imaginations go wild! I look forward to reading the remaining book in the series.

Was this review helpful?

The second installment in this series was just as enchanting as the first book! I loved seeing Ivy learn to use her magic and grow in her confidence. It was also so cute to see the relationship between Ivy and Fan grow throughout this book as they went on adventures together! The chapters spent In The Town were so vividly described and I had so much fun reading about all the magical adventures Ivy and her new friends got into! I also love the small detail of the illustrations at the top of each chapter because the drawings are always so beautiful and help me connect more to the story. One of the reasons I love this series so much is that the plot for much of the books are super focused on immersing you into the world and then towards the beginning and the end the action really picks up so it ends up being a cool combination of imagination and action!

Was this review helpful?

A fantastical, whimsical story.

Book two of the Crowns of Croswald did not disappoint. We are thrust right back in after the events of book 1 and continue our fantastic journey.

This book has a lot of world building and really draws you in to it. The characters have some great growth and the interactions between them felt authentic. I did feel that for the length, the plot wasn’t as jam packed as the first, but I still enjoyed the ride.

Was this review helpful?

It’s the beginning of summer and Ivy’s plans to spend it hanging with her friend Rebecca gets ruined quite quickly, the only safe place for her is the secret Town, a place only the ones with the town’s true name can enter. She’s searching for something that might stop the Dark Queen, but she’s searching for it too, so in a race to find it first and avoid her traps, Ivy must find what belongs to her and fulfill the prophecy.

The world expands and we learn about Croswald’s traditions and customs like birthdays and entertainment games like Quogo. We’re introduced to more characters, I love the QQC crew and their banter. Ivy is a smart protagonist and we can see her growing into her power in every chapter. I’m so invested in the story, I have to know what happens next!

Was this review helpful?

D. E. Night does it again!
I always worry with sequels. They don't usually live up to the hype of the first book but there was none of that here.
This sequel was as fantastic as the first book. I simply cannot wait to find out what happens to Ivy and company.
I really hope they manage to defeat the dark queen!
Wonderfully written and so incredibly immersive. One of my favourite book series by far!

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in the crowns of croswald series. this book felt physically longer than the first book, but definitely included more magic, adventures, and secrets. i love how we see action throughout the book and not just in the last couple of chapters. the dark queen and mentioned throughout the whole book, leading us up to the last chapters.

we also get a peek a fyn, and his home life. in this book ivy meets new friends/creatures, joins new clubs, and has lots of mysteries she must solve. I give it a 4/5 since it felt confusing / boring a couple of times BUT it helped to build the plot :)

Was this review helpful?

There's a lot less going on all at once in this second novel, which makes it easier to follow along with. Ivy is still learning to make her way in this new reality, which leads to some embarassing moments. She's ignorant of the routines that are well-known to those who have grown up in this world, though she begins to navigate the unfamiliar with the help of her new friends.

I enjoyed the normality of Ivy's experiences in her second year at the Halls of Ivy. We got to see teenagers being teenagers, including secret club meetings in pantries, bonding over professional "sports" and prank gifts. It reminded readers that, despite the more serious events taking place, these were still just kids beginning to come into their own.

Overall, I enjoyed this book more than the first and look forward to finding out what happens in the conclusion of this trilogy.

Was this review helpful?

Like the first book this middle grade read hit all the fantasy bases it needed to! I loved it from beginning to end. I would recommend this to children of all ages!

Was this review helpful?

First and foremost, I find this book series exciting and adventurous as an adult. With this being a middle school aged book, I believe it should be incorporated into all middle schools across the world. It's good versus evil. It has friendship. It has how to handle bullies. It has the makings of that first time teenage love. It has all the features that every parent would want their middle school child to read about, to love, and to enjoy.

It's nice to take a time out of adult fiction to get lost into the world that D.E. Night has created for 9-12 year olds. Ivy Lovely is the rightful Queen being sent away from the Halls of Ivy where it is no longer safe to Belzebuthe, a secret town from only those with magical blood, to continue to find the other pieces of the Kindred Stone. The Kindred Stone is the one thing that will be used against the Dark Queen. Ivy leaves the town of Belzebuthe to return to the Halls of Ivy, but there is something shadowing Ivy. Ivy and her friends battle Shades and Shadows during their journey.

I love Ivy. She has grown since Book 1 and is no longer the shy, clumsy girl. She is a strong character that I look forward to seeing her relationships to evolve with her bestfriend Rebecca and could be teenage love, Fyn. I love the magical work in general. The critters, the plants that scream, the Bearded Cloud that shows your worst fears, and the game of Quogo-brillant! I absolutely love all of it. I get lost in the world of Croswald every time! I will be waiting patiently for the third book to be published.

Thank you to Stories Untold and Netgalley for the e-ARC in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

For sure I like this book much more than "The Crowns of Croswald". I gave first book 4 stars, here it's definitely 5 stars. I still see a lot of elements from Harry Potter and Nevermoor series which are really visible and if you know both series, you will catch them very quickly. Plot is interesting, dynamic and you don't have time to think a lot about similarities to another middle grade series.

World building is amazing. We have location descriptions which have a lot of details. When I was reading about Belzebuthe, Halls of Ivy and even every single classroom, I was involved and felt like I was there with Ivy and her friends. Belzebuthe is for sure one of my favorite magical place, I would like to visit this town.

In middle grade books I always have an issue with main character, but here Ivy is the person who you like from the first page. You cheer for her and want to support her. I like the way how she is discovering her magic and try to understand her destiny.
Fyn is ok for me, but a little childish sometimes, especially with his Quogo's love...but well, even adults have some passions which release inner child from our soul.
So far, I hope that Author will not do the same mistake which J.K. Rowling did and will not connect Ivy with another guy. I think she and Fyn match themselves.

I have my suspicious who the Dark Queen can be, but I will keep it for myself. xd To be honest I really like her as a villain. She is a little similar to the Red Queen from "Alice in the Wonderland", but she is focused much more on one specific thing.

This book will be great as a movie. I'll definitely read 3rd book very soon. I had a really great time with Ivy and her friends.

Was this review helpful?

The Crowns of Croswald book 2: The Girl With The Whispering Shadow - D.E. Night

At the beginning of this book, Ivy has now discovered that she is the one that the Moonsday prophecy is talking about, In her journey, she has to find the next piece of the kindred stone whilst keeping safe from the Dark Queen who is out to put an end to Ivy's bloodline. For her safety, she whisked away to a town with a secret name (only those in the town or those going there know it) and ends up staying with fyn and his mum. Ivy befriends a new group of people due to Fyn, learns more about 'quogo" ( love this sport) and even picks up a part-time job. This sequel lived up to the previous book and again the skill D.E. Night has at world-building is just amazing there is so much detail and care put into this world.

Was this review helpful?

Back at it with book two! This one is the sequel to The Crowns of Croswald and continues the middle-grade level fantasy story of Ivy, as she learns that her birth is the fulfillment of a prophecy before seeking refuge in the secret town of Belzebuthe. There she makes new friends and begins looking for the next piece of the powerful Kindred Stone while hiding from the vengeful Dark Queen. A shadow begins to follow Ivy. Soon she finds herself back at school and using her magic to fight to protect herself and those she cares about.

I’m not ashamed to say that I read this one quickly. It is action-packed! I am invested in Ivy’s story and appreciated the continued world-building and backstory development that the author put into this book. It is such a good mix of unraveling Ivy’s history and hope for her future. This part of the series came out in January 2019, and book three was published May 2020. The author just unveiled the title of book 4 last month (The War of the Woods!) and it is supposed to come out this year. I do still recommend this to anyone with children or those that just love whimsical fantasies at any reading level.

Was this review helpful?

I got this book from NetGalley, thanks to the publisher (StoriesUntold) in exchange of an honest review.


This book was even better than the first one! It was really hard to put it down.
Picking up where the first book left off, it really built up my connection to the story, Ivy, Fyn and Rebecca! I loved the way different characters were introduced and how Ivy’s friendships developed with them. The world created by the author gained more details, more magical creatures and more secrets. It’s escapism at its finest!
The length of the book is perfect, it ties in the things we learn in the first book and takes it to the next level, leaving you wanting more. Although, I do with it was longer just so I could keep reading! 😂

Can’t wait to read the next in the series to know more! Absolutely loved it.

Was this review helpful?

In the second of a four book series, we find Ivy Lovely whisked off to the secret Town with many unanswered questions. All Ivy has is an address and the imperative to stay in the hidden Town for her own safety. We follow Ivy as she explores her new surroundings, learns more about magic, finds new friends, and finally returns to school. Forbidden duels, magical creatures, mysteries to figure out, this book is stuffed full of adventure!

Once again, the storyline has me so excited! This new world and all the eccentricities in it are so imaginative and captivating. Ivy and her friends seem like a great group of teens to be around, with good hearts and such a sense of right and wrong (except when they’re sneaking around holding illegal magical duels!) the last half of the book, once Ivy is back at school, really picks up and I just couldn’t put it down! I love this story and am excited to see how the next couple books play out!

That said, I still have quibbles with the writing. This book was better about editing out the world building that wasn’t necessary for the plot that plagued the first book. I didn’t experience as many characters or settings that were unnecessary and pulled focus. However, the descriptions are still static, not vibrant. I keep hearing my high school creative writing teacher’s voice “show! Don’t tell!” That was her favorite motto! And her advice is still just as good! I think it bugs all the more because I’m so excited about the story! I don’t have patience for the sometimes clunky writing. I want it to be perfect!

Bottom line 3.5 stars. If you can overlook the static writing, and get lost in the plot, you’ll enjoy this! I know book 3 is out, but not the final installment, book 4. I’ll keep reading—I have to find out what happens!

Was this review helpful?

This book picks up right where The Crowns of Croswald ends, and sends you on all new adventures with Ivy Lovely and her magical pals. She is still on the hunt for the remaining pieces of the kindred stone, and her family Scrivenist Derwin Edgar Night sends her to The Town to (hopefully) remain safe from the Dark Queen.

I found this book more exciting than the first, which may be due to the fact that I was more familiar with the magical terms and characters. I loved the introduction of the game Quogo, and the suspense that it carried.

One thing I did find disappointing about this book is that the romance between Ivy and Fyn is so...meh. Her character is 16, and his is 19, and although the author touches on the chemistry between them, it never seems to go anywhere...which is sort of unusual for kids their age! Now, I understand that this is not a romance novel, so why not just leave the romantic aspect of it out? Since this is not the case, I am hopeful that the relationship between Ivy and Fyn plays a bigger part in the next book of the series.

Was this review helpful?

I was given a copy of this book by D. E. Night’s team in exchange for an honest review.

Book 2 of The Croswald Series follows Ivy as she embarks on her second year as a student scrivenist at the Halls of Ivy. Following along from the end of Book 2 and her encounter with the Dark Queen, Ivy visits The Town, a city who’s name cannot be spoken otherwise it’s protection spell will be broken and the Dark Queen will find it. Ivy must find the final two pieces of the Kindred stone to stop the Dark Queen and bring peace to her people.

I THOROUGHLY enjoyed this book! Fast paced and world driven, I found this instalment so interesting. My favourite character continues to be Rebecca, who is fun, quirky and loyal.

Whilst reading, I always picture Ivy to be early teen years however she is meant to be 17 in this book. I’m not sure why I keep picturing her to be 14, maybe the writing style makes her seem younger?

As I said in my review for book 1, D. E. Night has some incredibly interesting and unique ideas in the stories. My particular favourite for this book was the concept of fishing for stars (yep, I said fishing!) in order to grant the wish of another person. Such a sweet idea and something I’ve not come across in a book before.

The world and magic system are detailed and complex. There are two types of magic in this novel: royals who use magical stones, which each complete different tasks, and a scrivenists who use their quills to complete magic spells and protect the royals they are assigned to. I think it’s a fantastic magic system but I do wish there was a deeper explanation as it can be confusing at times when new concepts are introduced. Sometimes I would need to reread a paragraph to check I understood what was happening correctly, as the explanation would be brief but the magic would have a huge bearing on the storyline.

Im so excited to read Book 3, The Words of the Wandering Book. Need to get my hands on it. If you enjoy middle grade fantasy books set in a school, surrounding a group of close friends battling against evil, I think you’ll love this series!

Was this review helpful?

Returning to the world of Croswald, we continue with Ivy Lovely and her quest to find the stones that contain Princess Isabella’s magic to keep it from the dark queen! Now there is an added obstacle that the dark queen has added for Ivy and the Scrivenists to defeat, but will they be able to? The camaraderie between Ivy, Rebecca, Fyn and their fellow classmates is so endearing! This sequel was full of edge of your seat action, cute innocent first crushes, and magical learning. Crowns of Croswald is quickly becoming one of my new favorite fantasy series, and I look forward to the rest of the series. I need to know if Ivy will defeat the dark queen!!

Was this review helpful?

This book is magical, mystical, transcendent and filled with adventure!

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series. In this book, the story and adventure of Ivy continues as she finds the rest of the Kindred Stone while trying to elude the Dark Queen.

This series keeps getting better! I'm already soo invested in the story!
After reading the first few chapters, this nerd in me who wanted to figure out things already have a hunch as to who the girl with the shadow would be but I wasn't able to confirm it yet 😂. A couple of what and who questions arise as I continued reading which piqued my interest to read more.

Along the way, new otherworldly creatures (the fun part for me) and new characters were introduced in the story - another reason to read this book. Not just that, D.E Night also presented the readers with new magical powers, mysteries and adventures which I'm sure everyone who loves magic and adventure will love!

Also, can I just mention this? It amazes me how D.E. Night has managed for the attraction and chemistry between Ivy and Fyn to be very subtle but also noticeable at the same time. I find it cute because it pops up in the story when you least expect it, it will bring a smile on your face and maybe a few giggles 😉.

Overall, I loved this book! I was just a bit hung up at the end, but I think that's good because as a reader it made me curious and want to read book 3 right after finishing book 2. I questions I needed to be answered.

Can't wait to know how the rest of the story will unfold in book 3 and 4. I'm thrilled and excited to read book 3 and already waiting for book 4 to come out, especially now that D.E. Night has revealed book 4's title. Sooo excited!!! 😁

Lastly, I guess this book teaches us how important it is to be brave and to trust ourselves, that we can. Also, it teaches us the importance of friendship, how it helps us get through tough times - that no man is an island. 😊

Pick up this book! Highly recommended, even for kids. 😁

Thank you Stories Untold, author D.E. Night, publicist Daniela Barrera and Netgalley for the opportunity to read this book!

Was this review helpful?

The second i have read from D.E.Night series, The Crowns of Croswald. As expected it was a amazing, whimsical read that really dragged you into the book with the characters. It was fun to jump back in and follow ivy on her quest, very relatable characters, an cant wait to start the third book. I initially read this books to see if they were suitable for my 9 year old, now i cant wait to introduce her to Ivy and Rebecca, Ravenshollow and Belzebuth!

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed reading the first book in the series, and the second one was even better!

We really see Ivy coming into herself in this installment and get a deeper look into her relationships with Rebecca, Fyn, and Derwin. Night also introduces us to several new friends, including the ever charming Glistle!

Night continues to expand Croswald for us with wonderful new additions---Belzebuthe chief among them. What I could say about it without spoiling anything wouldn’t do it justice, but suffice to say that it makes my shortlist of fictional places I’d love to visit! With Quogo, Night has invented a magical form of recreation both more appealing and interesting than Quidditch. Should the world of Croswald ever end up on screen, I would look forward to these scenes with great anticipation.

I don’t want to spoil anything plot-wise, but (unencumbered with the task of worldbuilding from scratch) Night really delivers this time. I devoured this one in a day!

Ivy’s journey is a little darker this time and by the end of the book, she has matured more than a little. Younger fans of the series can grow up with her as a role model of courage, tenacity, and ingenuity.

Star Rating : 7/10

Would I recommend? Yes
Similar Titles? Harry Potter, The Paper Magician, The Enchanted Forest Chronicles

Was this review helpful?

4/5 Stars ⭐⭐⭐⭐

Thank you to @danielastoriesuntoldpress and @author.denight for the opportunity to read The Crowns of Croswald, along with NetGalley.⁣

While reading The Girl With the Whispering Shadow I kept thinking "This is much better than the first one". Actual action, world building, new characters and powers, along with the most interesting town till date.

Ivy has had room to grow from the naive girl she was, to someone who knows she has a mission and that there is danger out there. Along with Fyn and Rebecca they make the cutest friendship, but this time we get some new friends.

I specially loved the imaginary in the Quill Club, the game itself is like nothing I have heard before in a fantasy novel. The personality and knowledge of every Squinch who owned it is inside the quill itself, and that gives way to many fun matches.

Every character and monster has a reason to be, something that bothered me in the first one, and it's one of the main reasons I loved it. Some characters are suspicious, while others look harmless, and at the end we learn that looks can deceive you.

The adventure is exciting, new powers to discover, an actual mission with dangers and a new squad to fight with.

The four stars are absolutely earned for this exciting adventure!

Was this review helpful?

“We just have to see that star inside of us. I think that’s why the stars hang above Belzebuthe. They remind us that even in our darkest times, the bright spot in each of us can never be totally extinguished.”⁣⁣
⁣⁣
One of the quotes that really stood out for me. Such a beautiful writing. ⁣⁣
⁣⁣
The second book of the series to The Crowns of Croswald. The magical feeling of reading this friggin’ series continues. I had really high expectations of the second one and it did NOT disappoint! ⁣⁣
⁣⁣
The friendship in the book especially between Ivy and Rebecca is just so sweet.⁣⁣
The setting is as magical as the first. The names of the places in the book made me smile while reading, like ‘Lie Buries’?! I’m sure you can figure that out. 😍⁣⁣
⁣⁣
I love how the author took her time in introducing new characters AND places in the story without rushing it. You get to visualise the places and get to know the characters with some backstory. ⁣⁣
⁣⁣
The love aspect between Ivy and Fyn is sweet and realistic that it didn’t distract from the main storyline. ⁣⁣
The writing is beautiful and the magical creatures continue to fascinate me! ⁣⁣
I could go and on but I rather not spoil the magic for anyone. ⁣⁣
⁣⁣
It’s not the end though, the eviillllll is still lurking around. ⁣⁣
Really looking forward to the third book. ⁣⁣
I’ve decided that this series is now a favourite of mine!⁣⁣
⁣⁣
If you enjoy reading about magic, dragons and other magical creatures, I highly recommend this lovely series! ⁣⁣
⁣⁣
Thank you NetGalley, D. E. Night and Stories Untold Press for the free copy in exchange for an honest review. ⁣⁣
All opinions are my own. ⁣⁣

Was this review helpful?

This is the second in the Croswald series and like the first I really enjoyed this book. Written so that all ages can enjoy I particularly liked the world-building of Belzebuthe.

Was this review helpful?

In Book 1, the world building was just being set up, so at times, it was a bit hard to understand, but in book 2, it was solidified and I really enjoyed reading this. Ivy, the protagonist, is a lot more developed and I really enjoyed reading about her adventures. And I have to say, the Dark Queen really scared me at many points in the book. The climax was pretty intense too, and I was on the edge of my seat while I was reading it.

Now, I'm excited to get into the rest of the series!

Was this review helpful?

After everything that happened in the first book, I wasn’t quite sure where the story was going to go with this one. I must say I was very pleasantly surprised by the direction it took! I felt like this one went in more of its own unique direction. Ivy seemed to grow a lot as a character throughout and I enjoyed getting to learn more about The Town and all the unknown connections it has to the plot. I think the best part of this series is that it holds a certain intrigue that’s good for any level of reader, from a middle school level up to adulthood this is a story that everyone can find some magic and enjoyment in.

Was this review helpful?

I actually liked this book better than the first one. It had higher stakes, and was packed with adventure. Again it follows our protagonist Ivy, but unfortunately, she gets kicked out of her dream magic school and adventure ensues.

Was this review helpful?

Another brilliant whimsical fantasy, picking up where the first book left off. This time, we travel with Ivy Lovely to new places and meet amazing new characters.

Really enjoyed the idea of the game 'Quogo' and how they use their quills. In this book you can see how the characters have grown and developed their own style.

From the first chapter, the plot was fast moving and you'll get sucked into the story right away. I really don't want to giveaway too much.

I liked the way how the book was split up between Belzebathe and the Halls of Ivy. The chapters were small and I think that helps. You can't help but compliment the author on her writing skills and narration.

This book was full of adventure, danger and mystery. I can't wait to introduce this series to my daughter.

I want to thank Netgally and @storiesuntoldpress for giving me this ebook to read in exchange for my honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Title: The Girl with the Whispering Shadow.
Author: D. E. Night.
Publisher: Stories Untold.
Publishing Date: 23rd January 2019.
Genre: Middle Grade/ Fantasy.
Goodreads Link:https://www.goodreads.com/review/show/3867462163

Thank you to NetGalley and Stories Untold for the opportunity to review this book.

This is the second book in the Croswald series , it picks up the morning after the events of book one's ending. Ivy is leaving the Hall's of Ivy to travel to the Town (Belzebuthe) a secret town for people with magic blood. Here she must locate another piece of the Kindred Stone in the hope's of for-filling the Moons-day promise. Even though she is told that she will be safe here all is not as it seems and Ivy may need all for her natural magic and her friends to be able to return to the Halls of Ivy in time.

At the start of this book i was kind of confused, I didn't understand why if Ivy was in so much danger she was left to get to the Town by herself ? IT also felt like Ivy did not learn anything from her experience in the first book, not telling people what she is doing or going alone and her friends coming after her.

All that aside I did really enjoy the new world building, especially the Town. It was easy to imagine the Town through the beautiful descriptions and the experiences that Ivy had their were fun.As for the whispering shadow if felt like revisiting J. M. Barry's Peter Pan as the shadow caused so much trouble, but unlike in Peter Pan things only became more dangerous later. I also loved the node to Care of Magical Creatures in this book as it was one of the best subjects in Harry Potter too.

I can see that there is so much more world building that can be done and can not wait to read the next installment

Was this review helpful?

@storiesuntoldpress @author.denight & @netgalley, thank you so much for the gifted copy of the next book in The Crowns of Croswald series - The Girl with the Whispering Shadow.

I didn’t think the first book could be topped but this was even better - the world outside the Halls of Ivy was even more intriguing and intense and I just couldn’t stop reading to find out more

Ivy is a formidable character and I loved her growing friendship with Fyn and his friends, they make a perfect duo and gang.

I genuinely loved this book and I cannot wait to read the next in the series.....
⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️

#bookstagram #ukbookstagram #bookstagrammer #thecrownsofcroswald #denight #storiesuntoldpress #netgalley #magic #thegirlwiththewhisperingshadow #booktography #bookphoto #lovereading #bibliophile #lovebooks #stars #magicbooks

Was this review helpful?

5⭐️

“He, she, who dare dart a quill,
Swears be the silence,
Or blood will be spilled.”

I really enjoyed the first book in this series...and I absolutely loved the second!

Once again I was thrown into the magical world of Croswold, following Ivy Lovely through the highs, lows, adventures and dangers of being the last in the Queenly Line. Ivy develops so much as a character in this book, she is so strong and so selfless, the ultimate young heroine, willing to take on the Dark Queen to save the world.

There was a great introduction of side characters in this, who join Fyn and Rebecca in supporting Ivy. They each bring a new dynamic to the story, sharing such a loyal and beautiful friendship. And of course, not forgetting the intriguing scrivenist, Derwin Night!

I am desperate to know what happens in book 3, can’t wait!

Plot - 5/5
Character Development - 5/5
Pacing - 5/5
Escapism Factor - 5/5
Emotional Connection - 5/5

Was this review helpful?

How would you like to spend a day under the Belzebuthe sky, nibbling on cracker hats, renting out stargusters? Or ride an Invisitaur to go star fishing on your birthday? Round it all of with a feast at Bramble's Fritter & Nosh or get a WInky Drink, that chases away the foggy blues. Hm? No? Yes? What's it gonna be?

If it doesn't sound appealing, you need to read this book. Or your kids need to read it. Or both of you together!

We continue where we left off, following Ivy through all her adventures. Navigating summer without school, staying away from the Dark Queen, stumbling into danger, learning about new things and creatures, getting to solve a few more mysteries, but also have some fun along the way.

Ivy as the characters was again, adorable, inquisitive, kind...But I felt she was even more shy in this book. She was scared all the time, filled with self-doubt, hesitation and insecurity. But, at the same time, she was constantly curious, going down dark alleyways and dark stairwells when she was curious, even tho it was obvious that danger was looming at every step. I expected a bit more growth in that sense, but maybe in the next book?

If I were to say what I didn't like is that I felt like Derwin would play a bigger role in her life. I feel like we only got a superficial insight into who he is and what he is doing in this book.

I also expected the whole book to be a quest for the parts of the stone, which it was, but in the middle part there was no talk of it, but mostly talk of the shadows. While I liked that the plot was multilayered, I also felt like for a while there, we completely drifted off from the main track and goal.

Unfortunately, I also felt like the story had so many similarities to HP, and although not obvious at first glance, but it was definitely there. It's not that big of a deal, but the whole Quogo thing, along with the diving into glanagerie to live through memories, the whole Gretta situation was similar to the Ginny situation... I hoped it would be a little bit more authentic, and not reminiscent of the Harry Potter world.

Anyways, brownie points for this book showing us that we have to overcome fear to shine and thrive. I will definitely read the next book, because I can't but not follow through with Ivy until the very end.

Was this review helpful?

Book Review:

The Girl With the Whispering Shadow by D. E. Knight
⭐⭐⭐⭐
She range 10-13

Book 2 of The Crowns of Croswald sees Ivy Lovely's adventures continue. She has one piece of the kindred stone but there are two more to find. The Dark Queen believes that Ivy has the stone and is determined to take it from her. After the events at the ball showed that the Dark Queen could gain access to the school, Ivy is sent away to The Town for her own safety. The Town is not only protected by magic but is also impossible to find unless you know it's name. A name only known to those with magical blood. But is Ivy safe from the Dark Queen's machinations any where?

If anything I enjoyed The Girl With The Whispering Shadow even more than The Crowns of Croswald. I feel the author writes more confidently and the world building is excellent. I enjoyed watching Ivy develop, make friends and become more confident in her magic, as well as her new found identity.

I loved The Town with its eccentric shops and it's own weather system. The descriptions of the permanently night sky and it's stars was delightful. Who could help being entranced by the idea of fishing for stars? Or that catching one means that a wish comes true for the person who placed it in the sky? Then there is Quogo a game played with quills that has some unexpected outcomes.

All in all this is a lovely book with enough danger and adventure to keep the reader turning the pages until the very last one. I look forward to reading book 3 of the series.

Thank you to NetGally and Stories Untold Press for my E copy in return for my honest and unbiased review.

Was this review helpful?

Thanks again to storiesuntoldpress and Netgalley for providing a free copy for me to review. This is the second installment in the Crowns of Croswald series, and like the first, this book did not disappoint! In fact, I actually thought this book was a bit better than the first! The characters are just as layered and well-developed as the first novel, and it’s fun being able to follow Ivy and Fun and Rebecca and the others through their journeys. This book still has those strong, strong Harry Potter vibes (like the game Quogo), but there’s also places where it is a little different which I really appreciate. I am a HUGE Harry Potter fan so I don’t mind books that have similar vibes, but I also like it when each book takes paths of its own to achieve it’s own original story. So although there were a lot of HP feels, the book was also unique in its magic and characters which was needed. The love story, although not in the forefront of the book, is also super cute, and I really like Fyn and Ivy’s slow-burn relationship. There’s adventure and magic and great character development, so if you liked the first, I think you will absolutely love this. Consensus: 4.5/5

Was this review helpful?

I just finished this book 2 of Crowns of Croswald and I am in love! This series is amazing. In this book Ivy has learned the secret of who she really is and what happened to her family but she is still in danger from Dark Queen. Because of this danger she isn’t allowed back at school right away and has to stay hidden in a secret town. She also needs to find the missing pieces of her stone. This world is so whimsical and magical and we experience a lot more of it in this book. I just adore everything about this book and this series. I love the characters and really enjoyed getting to know more characters and also getting know some characters even better (Fyn). I can’t wait to see where this story goes and how things develop. So excited for book 3 now! Also just a side note I think these books would be so cool to do illustrated versions of.

Was this review helpful?

First, I want to thank @author.denight @danielastoriesuntoldpress and NetGalley for the free digital copy of this book in return for my honest review.
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, Book 2 in the Crowns of Croswald series...."You can be trapped in a castle, trapped in a scaldrony. Trapped by people. But the worst is being trapped by fear." This book was so good! Roo stayed up super late to finish this book! This book was entertaining from the minute that I picked it up to the minute I put it down. D.E. Night has an incredible talent, she can transport her readers right into the story! I honestly feel that readers of all ages will love this series! I cannot wait to see what happens with Ivy next!
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐/5 stars I recommend this book to everyone! If you want to be taken away on an adventure, this book is for you. You will most definitely fall in love with Ivy and her friends.

Was this review helpful?

In the second book of the wonderfully whimsy world of Croswald, the story seems to branch out and really add more flesh to the world whilst still retaining all the magical feels of the 1st book. The story starts to become it's own with more depth, rather than being affiliated with another story (cough, cough, Harry Potter). As a reader we really get to travel more deeply into the story and the world. It takes place exactly where the first book finishes off. The author has such a whimsical with words and names that make them so one of a kind! We get to see Ivy Lovely flourish and grow as main character whilst still remaining as the likeable protagonist. The imagery is vivid and magical, and the pace is more progressive than previous. A fun and fantastical read.

Plot includes: a magical game called Quogo, a runaway luggage, a secret society called the Quality Quills Club, a Dark Queen, and heartwarming friendships. An all round solid sequel to the series.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you so much to NetGalley and the publishers for a copy of this book in exchange for an honest review!

Another beautifully written book by D.E. Night! If you are a fan of fantasy and whimsical books, this one is a must.

It is not often that the second book lives up to they 'hype' of the first book, but this one did just that! The story sucked me in instantly with all of the new characters, new places, and new adventure.

This book picks up right where the first one leaves off. We follow Ivy to the town with no name, only those who go there will know the name. When Ivy gets there, there are so many things happening in the town. Ivy was sent to find the next stone, but also to be safe from the Dark Queen. However, suspicion arises that the Dark Queen may be getting closer to finding her and the stone.

I very much enjoyed this book as I did the first one. I mentioned in my review of the first book that many feel these books have a resemblance to Harry Potter, which I think is even more true with this book. Although there are definitely factors that are completely different, I would love to see Croswald break free of some of these similarities in the future.

I can definitely see so much potential in these books. I think that this author is going to go big in the YA world. I cannot wait to hear what else is in store for Ivy and for this author!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you NetGalley for giving me a copy of this book in exchange for an honest review.

Shortly after discovering that she is the one the Moonsday promise speaks of, Ivy Lovely is sent away from school to the hidden town of Belzebuthe.

Ivy is sent on a mission to discover the second portion of the Kindred Stone while trying to stop the Dark Queen from obtaining it herself. But even though she is supposed to be safe within the boundary of the town Ivy is shadowed by something. She will need all of the magic she has and more to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to school before time runs out.

What I liked about this book

I liked the introduction of new characters, who each brought a new element to the story.
The description of Belzebuthe was complex and with each new part of the town that was described I was eager to read more.
The unique creatures which (even when the name was an animal that I have heard of) had their own abilities which made them magical.
Ivy discovers new aspects of magic in this book which brings new situations to the story.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series. I love this series and can't wait to read the next book. I would recommend this book to anyone who enjoyed the Harry Potter books.

5 Stars
✮✮✮✮✮

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the sequel to the Crowns of Croswald by D. E. Night.

“The most wondrous things, the most impossible of things, are often just ordinary things doing what they are best at. Think about a real star. They soar untouched and shine like diamonds, yet they are simply just balls of gas. The ordinary turned extraordinary.”

I get excited when I enjoy a sequel more than the first book. That was the case for this one. I enjoyed the pace and turns this book took more than the first book. In this installment we get to meet new characters and become immersed in the magical town of Belzebuthe where our main character Ivy Lovely is sent to be protected from the Dark Queen. I liked this book because of the way it answered my questions after finishing the first book. This series seems to only get better as it goes on and it’s a whimsical, adventurously fun escape for all middle grade readers as well as fans of the Sister’s Grimm series.

Thank you to the publisher and NetGalley for providing me with this book in exchange for honest feedback.

Was this review helpful?

Wow. The ending of this one was a solid 5 stars but it took awhile to get going. I really enjoyed the way the story played out and it ended on a cliffhanger which is perfect considering it’s a series. I do wish the beginning would have been quicker but overall I really liked this book and I love the story!

Was this review helpful?

I really loved the first book in this series, so this sequel had a lot to live up to and it definitely didn’t disappoint!

The lovely illustrations at the beginning of each chapter continued in this book and the writing style was still brilliant and gripping. The writing style is more mature, which I believe reflects Ivy’s own personality at this moment – in the first book, the writing was, even though I really liked the writing style, reflected Ivy’s naivety in this world, but now Ivy has been in this world of magic and fantasy for a year now and she has had to experience many situations that even the adults don’t deal with.

This book continues immediately after the ending of the first book, which is great because the same story lines are continued. In other series I’ve read, storylines are forgotten between books, leaving plot holes which are extraordinarily frustrating! I also really liked that the structure of the first book, in which the reader learned about this magical and fantastical world along with Ivy throughout, continued in this book. This structure makes the descriptions more informal and conversational, instead of the normal long and boring descriptions in other books. However, I don’t particularly like the speech, although it isn’t awful and it does the job, I just think it’s a tad unrealistic and blunt and doesn’t mimic regular conversations in real life. It’s frustrating because I love the descriptions.

I’m really happy that this book followed Ivy, Fyn and Rebecca as a trio – if you have read my last review, you would have seen that I wanted more interaction between the trio because I really loved their friendship, and my wish was granted! New characters are also added to this friend group, mainly Glistle and Gretta, and I enjoyed meeting these new characters and reading about their friendship. The only issue I had was that for the other new friends introduced, but in a minor role, I forgot who each person was. It would have been nice to have a reminder throughout of who was who, and would have really added to their developing relationships with Ivy. Another issue I had with the book was that there were some magical bits that confused me and I don’t think were explained well, I’d really appreciate a dictionary like the students have to keep me on the right track when I get confused! And I’d love to see more illustrations throughout, so I have a picture of, for example, the magical beasts. However, this confusion was a very rare occurrence and overall I’d say the descriptions were just right.

Again throughout this sequel, Fyn is mysteriously always there when Ivy is about to do something or when she needs someone, even at the strangest times and oddest locations. It’s like Ivy and Fyn are constantly being pulled together by strange forces, why do they need to be together? I’m really looking forward to reading the next book, because Fyn will have graduated and won’t be able to be mysteriously always there when Ivy needs him or when Ivy is about to do something dangerous.

Overall, I really enjoyed this sequel and I’m so glad it didn’t disappoint after how much I enjoyed the first book. I even had the same childish excitement I had when reading the first book and I’m sad that this book has ended. This book is just as magical and fantastical as the first book. I’d love to see this series turned into a movie, it sounds like it’d be a great watch. Ivy is a really strong female heroine, she’s brave and determined and a great role model for the target audience of this book. I can’t wait to get my hands on the next book and see what happens, because this one has cruelly ended on a cliff hanger! I’m really enjoying learning about this world and exploring it with Ivy and her friends, battling evil and ignoring teachers!

Thank you to @author.denight, @danielastoriesuntoldpress and @netgalley for giving me the opportunity to read this book in exchange for a honest review.

Was this review helpful?

I thought this novel, was a fantastic sequel to the first book.

The reader gets an in-depth understanding to the inner mindset of Ivy, and a clearer picture of how she interacts with her friends. Now that she has a better understanding of the magical powers within her, the reader can truly see the potential she has to become as powerful as the Dark Queen.

Also, the battle scene at the end was beautifully written, and the ending leaves the reader wanting more.

Was this review helpful?

It’s a wonderful YA fantasy book for middle-grade readers that’s packed with adventures, friendship, & my favorite -🄼🄰🄶🄸🄲-!

I adored the first book of this series, and this is true with the second book as well. The second book gives you a much deeper look into this magical place called Croswald, and the magic that lives there. While reading this book I couldn’t decide which I wanted more, to play in a Quogo match or be a teledetecting matteler 😂 I’m still debating that one.

💭Final thoughts: This book is absolutely wonderful. I throughly enjoyed reading it. I loved everything about it: the characters, the adventures, and the magic. I have no doubt that all ages could enjoy this series. I was hooked at the beginning of book 1, and I’m still waiting to see what will happen next for Ivy and Croswald. Overall rating: ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️/5 stars

♥️ A huge THANK YOU to @danielastoriesuntoldpress & #UntoldPress for this e-copy of The Girl with the Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night in exchange for my honest review.

Was this review helpful?

I loved it cant wait for more books :) I had forgotten to write a review here on Netgalley as I had posted on my bookstagram so make sure to go check it out on @onlyforthebooks to see more.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second volume in The Crowns of Croswald series, and they just keep getting better. I love that the series has a strong female main character - think Harry Potter but focused on Hermione. (I never knew how much I wanted that til I read this series.)

I loved the first book, but I think I liked this one even better. Picking up almost immediately after the first book, the action never lets up. Ivy really grows in this volume, accepting her true identity. her magical abilities and destiny, and working out her new reality. She is flawed and still scared, and needs the help and encouragement of her friends who are there to support and back her up, which I love, and I think will really appeal to kids feeling just as overwhelmed. The relationship between Ivy, Fyn, and Rebecca is my favorite part of the book and the series.

I'm definitely looking forward to reading Ivy's next adventure! I am so grateful to NetGalley, D.E. Night, and Stories Untold for offering me a copy of the book in return for my honest opinions.

Was this review helpful?

i finished the second installment of d. e. night’s crowns of croswald series, the girl with the whispering shadow. this sequel ups the ante from last year’s adventures at the halls of ivy, with protagonist ivy lovely told to stay in the mysterious Town instead of returning to school. (not sure if ms. night meant to be so damn relatable in the prediction of remote learning but “i don’t think sending me assignments through a notebook is nearly as good as being in person” hit different during a global pandemic!!)

in my review for the crowns of croswald, i wished for more interactions between ivy and fyn and rebecca. happily, i got what i wanted!! i enjoyed reading about ivy’s time staying with fyn’s family over the summer and exploring the many intricacies and quirks of belzebuthe during her time there. (also found family QQC? love them all, they’re my kids.) the world of croswald is becoming richer with each book, and as the pieces (heh) start coming together, i look forward to finding out what happens next!

thank you again to stories untold for sending me this arc and netgalley for providing me with the way to read it.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is Book 2 of the Crowns of Croswald Series.

While there are definitely parallels between this series and other magical series’— Crowns of Croswald has its own unique spin with some well developed characters and whimsical details.

I actually enjoyed this more than the first book. The second book (Girl with the Whispering Shadow) packs in much more adventure and is faster moving. This is probably because the author needed to set the stage in her first book in the series.

This book has some great elements of suspense and answers a lot of the unanswered questions from the first book.

As a middle grade novel, this would be a fun read for kids on their own or parents with their kids.

Thank you Net Galley, DE Night, and Stories Untold for the copy in return for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

I went back to Croswald with Ivy. She is such a wonderful girl to spend time with. The Girl with the Whispering Shadow by D. E. Night is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series. The best thing about this book to me, is that we get to see even more of this marvelous world. The world building in these books still feels me with wonder! I would love a chance to visit Croswald! But the world is not all that I like about this book. The characters are lovely. Ivy makes new friends and I love all of them! Even though some of them make some questionable choices 😂 It wasn’t the most surprising plot to me, but I still loved seeing it unfold. And I need to know what happens next!

I give this book 🧚‍♂️🧚‍♀️🧚🧚‍♀️🧚‍♂️/5 (hairies, not fairies)

Was this review helpful?

The second book in this series did not disappoint! D.E. Night successful followed up the Crowns of Croswald with an even more exciting adventure in The Girl with the Whispering Shadow. I love the new cast of characters that I’m hoping we get more time with in later books.

I love the concept of the town protected by magic. It screams mystery, excitement, and allure if you ask me. This is where Ivy ends up after the events in book 1 and unfortunately things don’t go as planned.

Ivy is a strong female main character, one that I think makes a great role model for middle age readers. She was brave, but needed assurance, proving to reader that sometimes it’s okay to ask for help and need others behind you!

While I still found this series simple at times, I had to remind myself it’s supposed to be! The target audience isn’t particularly me, a 26 year old woman, but it is for anyone who loves the world of creativity and magic.

Was this review helpful?

*I received this book from Stories Untold LLC in exchange for an honest review*

I am enjoying this series so much! It’s a fun, magical adventure that draws you right in.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow starts off right where book one in the Croswald series ended. Ivy has just finished year one at the Halls of Ivy after narrowly escaping the Dark Queen’s attack. She is sent to Belzebuthe, a hidden, secret town for those with magical blood. Bezebuthe is the only place that can keep Ivy safe and away from the clutches of the Dark Queen. With the help of Fyn and some new friends she makes in Belzebuthe, she sets out on her mission to find the next piece of the Kindred Stone. While Ivy is supposed to be safe in Belzebuthe, something seems to keep shadowing her. She must embrace her natural-born magic and her courage as she battles to find the rest of the stone and return to the Halls of Ivy, in this action packed sequel!

I absolutely loved the town of Belzebuthe! It was winter there, even though it was summer for everyone else. It’s filled with matellers, the keepers of the quills, and the scrivenists. Ivy meets some amazing new friends, including her employers, Hodge and Podge, two dwarf brothers who are absolutely hysterical. Ivy even gets to attend some Quogo matches there, which were quite fun to read about. She also learns more about her past, and Fyn’s past as well. I really enjoyed learning more about Ivy’s world and her magic. The author really did a great job of expanding upon everything we learned in the first book.

If you haven’t checked out this series yet, I highly recommend it! Can’t wait to read book three.

Was this review helpful?

As the sequel to The Crowns of Croswald we immediately jumped right back into the story and picked up where we left off. Ivy Lovely is on a journey to figure out who she truly is. As she did in book 1, the author does a great job at world building and creating a magical whimsical feel to the book but it became a bit much. With The Girl with the Whispering Shadow, we didn’t really get into any of the main story until almost halfway through. I loved how magical it was though and really appreciate how innocent Ivy is. Because of that, this series is truly perfect for those middle grade readers. Thank you to Stories Untold, NetGalley, and the author D.E. Night, for the eARC. After reading the ARC of book 1, I went ahead and purchased books 1 - 3 for my classroom, so I was happy to hold a tangible book in my hands as I read book 2.

Overall: ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️(4)/5

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed this book a lot. The series inevitably will draw comparisons to other magical series but I felt that the story really came into it's own in this book and the characters really developed and came into their own.

I absolutely loved the description of Belzebuthe and the shops and people. I thought it was lovely and really added character to the magical world that Night has created.

Ivy and Rebecca's friendship is delightful and the introduction of the QQC added a lovely 'friendship' dimension to the story. The characters seem fairly young but that's probably because it's aimed at a much younger audience.

Looking forward to seeing what Ivy does next!

Was this review helpful?

I LOVED this book. I was instantly swept back into the world of Ivy Lovely. We get to go to new places, and meet new characters. This series is a must for anyone who likes whimsical worlds. We really get to explore more of Croswald, and how unique it is getting to be. With ingenious and original magical concepts, with subtly chilling foreboding and hilarious moments, this second book really outshines its predecessor. One of my favorite new things, is the game called "Quogo". So much fun! There were a lot of twists and I never really expected what was to come. I highly highly recommend this series. I am very excited to pick up the next book.

Was this review helpful?

I got to read this book through netgalley. The girl with the whispering shadow is the sequel of crowns of croswald. I really enjoyed the first one and the second one might even be a better. The world that is created is so unique and the main character Ivy is so lovable. Sweet but fierce. I love the attention to detail that D.E. night has in this serie. The world is really sketched and you can imagine all the weird things going on in that world. I really enjoyed it and look forward to the next book.

Was this review helpful?

I had this book for a while before I got around to reading it due to too many deadlines from school but I'm glad I then took out the time to read it because I thoroughly enjoyed it. As I've said before in my review for Crowns of Croswald, this series is very unlike the usual books I read but interesting, nonetheless. The story picks off exactly where the previous story ended. We find out a lot more about Croswald than we knew in this book. We find out about the creatures that reside there, its history, and a lot more. I loved the adventurous aspect of this book the most, loved reading what Ivy and her friends got into and what they did. I was extremely fascinated by everything and must say that D. E. Night is an amazing writer for writing the story so well and building the world of Croswald just as well. It was purely imagined, unique and thoroughly fascinating.

Was this review helpful?

Love the magical world created by the author. Definitely a must read middle-grade series.
Ivy continues her journey to get the next pieces of the kindred stone that helps defeat the dark queen. The major focus of this book is on “The Town” I.e Belzabuthe, which I absolutely loved and adored.
The book did felt just a tiny bit stretched at the beginning as it was mostly about world building, which was useful later in the story. But as usual, loved the ending. Also, it had a dragon(spoilers.! Sshhh) so you have to love it.
The only thing I felt a bit out of place is the age of the characters. They seem much younger than their age. They don’t look like 17-19 years old. But more like 13-14 years old. But apart from that, I loved everything about the story. The world created by d.e is really magical. It’s one of the best middle-grade books I have read and really excited to read the remaining books in the series.❤️

Was this review helpful?

Picking up after the rather disastrous events of the first book, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow picks up right where we left Ivy and her friends. I am so glad I decided to continue with the series because I found this book to be even better than the first one.

In this second book in the series, we get to know more of Croswald, more of its places, more of its creatures and human inhabitants, more of its pass-times and more of its history. The world-building continues in the same magical and whimsical way that started in the first book. I loved the magic of stars and also really enjoyed some of the mischief Ivy and her buddies got into.

I was perched on the edge of my seat for the entire duration of the book, feeling the imminent danger and curious to find out how it would all unfold. I laughed with the characters and was scared for them. I can't wait to find out what happens next....

Was this review helpful?

Thank you for my copy of this book to review.

It took me a little while to get through this book due to work commitments but when I finally managed to sit down and read it, I devoured it!

This is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series and picks up right after the end of the first book.

Ivy Lovely is a great character, I genuinely love her character development.

D.E. Night does a great job at world building, I’m probably not the target audience being 29 but I still thoroughly enjoyed the writing and story.

I would happily read this series again with my little sister and I think it’s a great book for kids who are interested in fantasy without it being overly complicated but still painting and absolutely beautiful picture of the world and story.

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed this book immensely. The writer has this amazing ability to build fantasy worlds that make sense and are exciting and fun. Everything is well explained within the story. Initially I thought that the book might be too long for a middle grade fantasy book but I was wrong. It's fun and amazing and every page makes sense. I love the characters and their development. This book is even more exciting and fun than the first one and I loved the first one as well. 😊😊

Was this review helpful?

Ivy, rightful Queen and heir of Croswald, must find the second piece of the long lost Kindred Stone. But with the Dark Queen out to get her and a shadow that seems to be lurking everywhere she goes, can Ivy find it before someone she cares about gets hurt or even killed?

This is the second book in “The Crowns of Croswald” children’s fantasy series and I was so thrilled to return to this magical, snow filled world! In this novel, I loved visiting the secret town of Belzebuthe where it is always night and you can literally “fish” for lowly hung stars (to make a wish on). How amazing is that?

I adore Ivy’s friends but Fyn and Rebecca are my favorites, and this time, Rebecca won me over because she can turn into a dragon! I also loved the new creatures we meet in this one. The Invisitaurs are so cool and I love the fact that they are invisible!

Honestly, this second book was superior to the first! It was full of adventure, danger, and mystery! You get to learn all about a new magical sporting event, called Quogo, and the tournaments are much like attending a football game with family and friends!

I thoroughly loved this story and highly recommend it if you are looking for a wintery, magic school, middle grade series! The characters are lovely, the settings are beautiful and the Dark Queen is mysterious! I can’t wait to see what happens next in this amazing fantasy world!

Thank you so much Netgalley, Stories Untold, and D.E. Night for a copy of this book in exchange for my honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the publishers for sharing the second book with me, because it didn’t disappoint! I enjoyed this story just as much as the first book.

I still had a distinct impression of Jessica Townsend’s Nevermoor, and the whole series so far has been very readable, with new dramas around every turn of the page.

In this second book we join Ivy Lovely after the events of the first book. Ivy travels to The Town, a place unmentionable for fear of being discovered by the Dark Queen. She’s on the hunt for the other two pieces of the Kindred Stone, but this is only part of the plot of the book. From the prologue you get the impression that something else nefarious is going on, and you get hints of this throughout the book. I felt there were two plotlines going on at the same time, and they connect together at the end of the book.

I truly enjoy the unique world building. We had more of it in the second book, with the game Quogo and other fantastical creatures, which were introduced to us through the learning at the school and at The Town.

The story was easy to follow, just as the first book, and I did find myself wondering what was next on more than one occasion, which was a surefire way to keep me on my toes. Wondering what was next kept me reading, and I would say that although I guessed Ivy would discover the answers to the shadow plot, there was still a lot happening that I didn’t guess, so that was a big tick for me.

I still enjoyed the character of Ivy. I feel she’s - quite rightly - becoming more confident as the stories go on. I missed Rebecca a bit in the story, as she has quickly become one of my favourite characters in the series. I like Fyn, but there were a few times I was considering his appearance at certain plot scenarios as a definite device intended to bring both Ivy and Fyn together, with the lead up to potential romance at a later date/book. Now he has graduated, I do wonder who will fill that plot device gap or whether the author will bring Fyn in, in some way.

Overall, I enjoyed the book a lot. I give it 4 stars out of 5.

Was this review helpful?

Ivy Lovely’s adventures continue in a magical place known as The Town and the Halls of Ivy. Only those with the actual name of the Town can find and gain access to it. Ivy is on a mission from her family’s scrivenist, Derwin, to find the other two parts of the Kindred Stone. The Dark Queen wants the stone more than she wants Ivy...but how can Ivy keep the stones safe and all of Croswald?

Goodness!! I thoroughly enjoyed this book. Never a dull moment and it was entirely unique. Ivy makes new friends in this story that become a big part of her life and helping protect the magical world. It’s just a book with so much detail and the story comes alive for you as you read it.

Was this review helpful?

Rarely is a sequel to the first book in a series like this just as good, and yet here we are!

Picking up right after the first book, we follow Ivy through her second year of studies and search for the Kindred Stone, whilst trying to stay safe from the Dark Queen. We meet some wonderful new characters, and return to some favourites from the first book too. This book is just as whimsical, magical, and fun as the first, and now I'm desperate to read the third.

There were some elements that were a bit predictable, though this happens in nearly all books as its impossible to make everything a complicated mystery all the time, but there were far more that weren't particularly predictable! It's exactly the sort of magical escapism I love to read.

I'm kind of in awe of the author's imagination after two books like this, so I hope the third lives up to my expectations (I have no doubts that it will!).

Was this review helpful?

It's a rare occasion for me to find a second book in a series that is better than the first one. I thoroughly enjoyed the Crowns of Croswald, and was so excited for the second book in the series. I am so thrilled to say that I loved every single second of it.

Ivy Lovely is back for her second year of magical instruction at the Halls of Ivy. After the disastrous ending of her first year, she has not yet been invited back, much to her dismay. She spends her summer in Belzebuthe, the most magical town I have ever read about and would give anything to spend time in. Shortly after the school year starts, however, Ivy has been invited back by the Selector and she is thrilled to be able to join her friends once again. Once she gets there, however, she realizes that perhaps it wasn't the Selector who invited her back, but the Dark Queen in an attempt to capture her and part of the secret treasure Ivy keeps with her. There is a lot at stake, but Ivy, along with her friends, must do what they can to save Croswald and the Halls of Ivy from a dark fate.

D.E. Night does such a great job pulling the reader right into the story. She expands on the world she built in the first book, and it's really where she shines. Croswald becomes more immersive and more enchanting. Ivy and her friends are wonderful characters, and Night also shows Ivy's life learning magic within the Halls of Ivy but never lets the reader forget that there is a dark presence lurking underneath Ivy's daily life. This book is clean and wholesome YA, with no profanity, romance, or violence. It is pure magic, pure fun, and pure joy. I can't wait to read book 3!

Was this review helpful?

I really enjoyed this book. I definitely going to read more books by D.E. Night.

Review will be posted on my website.

Was this review helpful?

This review will be short but mostly because the story was really fast and I don’t want to leave a lot of spoilers.

Ivy Lovely now knows who she really is, she knows she has magic within her, and she doesn’t know what to do against the Dark Queen, who is currently on a desperate search to destroy once and for all the the true royal line.

Similar to Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets, but at the same time not, Ivy decides not to return to school for her own safety, choosing to stay in the hidden city with other scrivenists learning and documenting their life. But just like how real life works, nothing usually happens the way you expect it to.

This sequel was equally descriptive in such a beautiful and captivating way, the author has a way with words, but I did feel that the ending was a bit rushed. I loved how the author introduced us the name of the book (The Girl with the Whispering Shadow) within the story, and I truly did hit myself in the head when everything is revealed and I didn’t see it coming. That’s how concentrated I was.

The adventure is a lot more calm, slower than the first novel, but given that the stakes are now much higher, you can truly see how Ivy isn’t just some lost student discovering this new world, but knows that her actions have consequences yet there are still some risks still worth taking.

Ivy has matured since we got to know her as a scullery maid in some lost castle, she is more confident in her magic, who she is and she learns to trust and rely more on her friends and those that surround her.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a great sequel to this new world and I’m very excited to continue with Ivy’s story and how the story concludes with this lost queen.

Was this review helpful?

3.5 stars!
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series. This book follows on nicely from the events of the first book. It felt nice to jump right back into the story without a big time gap. At the start of this book, Ivy is sent to Belzebuthe, a hidden, secret town. There she stays with Fyn and his mother.

Firstly, I would like to say how much I enjoyed this book. It feels lovely to be in this world and go on journey's with Ivy, Fyn and Rebecca. Leading on from this, I love how we get to spend more time with Fyn and Rebecca in this book. It was something which disappointed me in the first book but this one allowed the characters to spend more time on the pages and develop further. I love seeing the relationship dynamics of these characters. Speaking of characters, it wad great to meet some new characters in this book. The author does a good job at introducing new characters and making them likeable.

The book was more intriguing than the first in the series. I think this was because it was easier to jump back into the action after the world building in the first book. Both books were enjoyable, I do prefer this one to the first, though. It went straight back into the action. It was much more enjoyable to feel familiar with the world so that I could enjoy the story instead of trying to figure of what certain things were.

The last 20% had a faster pacing than the rest of the book which allowed me to finish the last section in one sitting.

One of my main criticisms is that the characters ages don't really match how they act. Ivy is 16 in the first book and I'm guessing she turns 17 in this book, since we pass her birthday in the timeline. Fyn also turns 19 in this book. Yet, they act quite immature in the way they talk and act. I know this has more to do with the target audience being of middle grade age rather than older readers.

Overall, I would recommend this book to anyone looking for a middle grade book or the younger side of YA. Like I said with the last book, it still has the same fantasy/fairytale feel to it which reminded me of stories I heard when I was younger which brings a nostalgic feeling to the book for readers older than the target audience. It is perfect for those who enjoyed Harry Potter and want to experience the magic again, in a different world.

Thank you to NetGalley and the publisher, Stories Untold Press, for providing me with an e-copy of this book in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow takes Ivy away from school and into the Town, where she can hide from the Dark Queen.

We're introduced to new aspects of the world: Quogo (battling with quills), riding invisitaurs and exploring the past. All while in search of the second piece of her stone. Every page seemed to have something exciting and magical, so there was always something new to learn about the world and the story.

I loved the introduction of some new characters - and even the old characters were developed more in this second book - and I can't wait to see what parts some of them will play in the third instalment.

Overall, this was a great sequel!

Was this review helpful?

After Crowns of Croswald, this is the second book in a four-book series by D.E.Night.

It follows our heroine Ivy Lovely on her journey to defend the Dark Queen, rescue all of Croswald and find herself during this process.

While the first book is more of an introduction to the magic world and its characters, the second book is filled to the brim with action and showdowns.

Our heroine seems a lot more grown up in this book (even though she still infuriated me from time to time with her blind actionism) and while she isn’t always prone to making the smartest decisions, she is usually lucky enough to turn the situations around in her favour.

I liked that the second book focuses heavily on the people and their relationships. A few new characters are introduced and I absolutely loved them. I felt they were essential in this book and gave the story a lively and fun tone, despite the quite tense and heavy topic.

Even though it’s a book for children, I appreciated the gentle hint of our heroine having feelings for one of her friends and vice versa. It gave the characters more depth and made them even more real to me (and their innocence was stinking cute).

I had a really good time reading it and it got me hooked. I really want to know, how the story goes on and what will happen with our beloved characters.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow
By: D.E. Night
Rating: 4.7/5

This is the second book in the The Crowns of Croswald series.
Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood. Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and the help of her friends if she wants to return to the Halls of Ivy ever again

Having read the first book of this series, I just adored being able to read about the world of Croswald and to see their magic develop and grown with every word in every chapter. I loved the authors attention to detail continued in this book. When reading this book, you will get lovable characters, exciting magical Quill clubs, exciting action-packed scenes, friendships that grows. Oh, and how can I forget a potion war between two dwarves that will bring a smile to your face. I really liked how Night did not include a love story as a main part of this series, yes you get a perfect slow burn to Fyn and Ivy but nothing more than a crush right now. I did think that there were a few parts of the book that were slow to me, however I loved how Night leaves us with the unanswered questions and wanting more. I can not wait to see what the third book brings for sweet Ivy and the world of Croswald.
If you are a fan of Magical worlds, Exciting Magical game played with their Quills, Adventure, Friendships that grow, Fun loving creatures and some really creepy creatures, then this is one series you should definitely check out. If you like reading middle grade book – young adult, I think this series will be great for you.
Thank you to the publisher, Stories Untold and NetGalley for letting me read this book for my honest review. Thank you, D.E. Night for writing a lovely book series.

Was this review helpful?

Ivy Lovely is back again in book #2 of the Crowns of Croswald series with more magical adventures as she pursues her scrivenist studies and the Kindred stone. The author continues to develop Ivy’s magical world with new characters, a new game-Quogo, and a new “town”. The author’s descriptive writing brings the characters to life and helps you imagine the amazing, magical world of Croswald. If you enjoy middle grade/YA fantasy add this series to your must-read list!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second in the Crowns of Croswald series by D.E.Night and continues the adventures of Ivy Lovey in her magical and mystical world! Ivy's true identity has been hidden and protected, but she has discovered who she really is! The Dark Queen wants her dead, and has no problem endangering anyone who gets in her way. Ivy and her friends (Rebecca, Fyn, Glistle, Gretta and the others from the Quality Quills Club) from Ivy Hall realize it's up to them to protect the world of Croswald. In order for Ivy to regain her full power, she must collect the three pieces of a Kindred Stone which were broken and hidden from the Dark Queen. As Ivy tries to find the pieces, the Dark Queen is right behind ready to steal them away. A young adult book that this adult also enjoyed! The heroine, Ivy, is lovable, whimsical and has a knack for getting in trouble! The book is full of interesting characters and magical creatures with just the right amount of suspense for middle school readers. This is the second in a series of four books (the fourth being released in January 2022!), and I look forward to continuing along on this adventure with Ivy and her friends.
Thank you @NetGalley and @author.denight for the opportunity to read and review!

Was this review helpful?

Wow! This book was even better than the first one. The chapters involving the town were my favorite. It was so nice to move away from the school and get to know more about this incredible world. I enjoyed this story so much I found myself thinking about it when I wasn't reading it. I could not wait to pick it up again. I highly recommend this series.
I received a free digital copy of this book from the publisher in exchange for my honest review.

Was this review helpful?

After her acceptance into the school where she can develop her till now hidden magical powers, something strange and unexplained is following Ivy.

After reading the first book I was so happy of the chance to read the second one. As I started to read I noticed better character and a world development. I love how its easy to read and easy to follow what's happening with the main girl - Ivy. This time, #thegirlwiththewhisperingshadow is more detailed than the first book, author includes more action as well. Strangely I also loved that this book doesn't have romantic atmosphere ( even you can slightly feel it).

While reading its so easy to imagine everything that sometimes it feels like you're watching the movie - its so vivid !!!

Everyone who loves easy magical reads, fairytales, action and ( I would say - a bit of mystery) will love this book.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the publisher for giving me an ebook copy in exchange for an honest review.

This book started basically right where the first one left off. I really enjoyed the character growth of Ivy. She really starts to open up and embrace her magic. The world building and magic systems are expanded and it makes for a much more intriguing book. While I enjoyed the first one this one was even better. The side characters are really great and I think the slow burn small romance with Fyn is perfect for middle grade. Ivy and Rebecca’s growing friendship is a great addition too. The Dark Queen feels more threatening and real in this book she isn’t just mentioned and I enjoyed getting to learn more about her and her dark motives. My only critique is again the middle felt like it dragged on a bit and the action didn’t really start until the end. Overall I enjoyed this book even as an adult. If you enjoy middle grade fantasy books this is for you!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in this series by D.E. Night. I enjoyed the first book a lot and couldn't wait to read through this one.

Ivy Lovely discovers she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, and within no time at all, she is taken away to a secret town reserved only for those with magical blood. We pick up exactly where she left off in the first book as she's in search of the Kindred Stone. As with the first book, I loved the way the author depicted this magical world. It was similar to Hogwarts in some ways, but in other ways it was so unique. The descriptions of everything from the characters, the plants, the town and everything in between was done very well - I felt as if I was experiencing everything myself.

Ivy is the perfect main character and wonderful in so many ways, she is the definition of what you want in a heroine. It was a book that I managed to read through quickly and I wasn't able to put it down after getting into the first few chapters. I really enjoyed this book.

I give this book 4 out of 5 stars for it's originality and captivating storyline.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl With The Whispering By D.E. Night is the sequel to The Crowns Of Croswald! To give a bit of a recap The Croswald is about a young girl named Ivy and she receives the chance to attend a special magic school. However, There are dangers for her more than she may realize. In this book Ivy doesn’t return back to school because she is in danger. I won’t say anymore on that. This book as overall sequel was great and better than the first book! All of the characters are maturing and we as the reader get to know them a little better. I really liked the introduction to the game Quogo and the introduction to The Quality Quills Club which is a secret club of Quogo players. This book is full of whimsy and it just puts me in such a better mood! I don’t think I could ever get tired of reading about Ivy and all of her adventures! Thank you so much. To Netgalley for giving me this book to review!

Was this review helpful?

*This ARC was provided by the publisher through Netgalley, in exchange for an honest review*

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a genuine example of an author greatly improving their writing.

The main improvement I noticed, and truly enjoyed, was the growth in character development. Characters had their own voices and were easily distinguishable throughout the book and the point of view changes. They were much more well-rounded and this made them more relatable for the reader.

One of my favorite things throughout this book was how we were able to see Ivy grow in confidence, but also be vulnerable and talk about her fears. She allows friends to be there for her and also offers comfort to others where she can.

We also had Gretta playing a major, yet slightly overlooked, role throughout the book. It was an interesting use of character, given that she only shows up mainly in the beginning and in the end, but we are given enough clues at that beginning scene to piece together the puzzle and grow anxious at Ivy's obliviousness. Very well done usage of a secondary character.

With Derwin, we got a scrivenist who is now a shell of whom he once was, and is afraid of not being enough to be Ivy's protector. Rather than play the parental figure, he becomes somewhat of an older brother (or perhaps a young uncle) to Ivy, working through things together.

Then we have Fyn, who tries to be the savior and boyfriend, while also working through his own trust issues. He is not afraid to speak his mind, and we are able to understand him much more than in the previous book.

On the topic of boys though, something that felt a bit forced was the love triangle. There was no real reason to make Glistle like Ivy in order to have him play a major role in the plot because he was already part of the Club. Especially given that it was left unexplored. It didn't really add anything to the story, or to Ivy's blossoming romance with Fyn. If anything, it served as a distraction from the main plot.

I still had an issue with how sudden the POVs were, particularly during the battle closer to the end. It felt unnatural and unnecessary to insert a single POV sentence after mentioning characters (for example, Glistle or Fyn), to then revert back to Ivy's.

Despite all of this, we did learn more about what the Dark Queen is, and how she operates. Truthfully, she is quite a scary character, but also an intriguing one. A part of me feels like she is just misunderstood, so it will be interesting to see how she continues to develop.

Overall, this book was super fun to read and definitely continues to be an addicting series in terms of plot.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Netgalley and the publisher for an e-book to review!

I was hooked on the first book and the second one pulled me in even more. I loved the new character additions and I really thought they helped to further the plot. Ivy is still a great protagonist and I enjoy seeing her friendships and relationships grow. Evil was still lurking in this book and I need to read book three. the plot, details, magic system and setting are all enjoyable and I really think the series is developed so well. It was a quick read and I still can't believe I'm only reading this trilogy now. I also would love more of Fyn's perspective and I hope even though he was older and graduated he'll be a present character in the third installment. Rebecca is also important and I love how far her and Ivy have come and will continue to grow. Great series so far and I'm glad book two didn't hit the dreaded sequel slump.

Was this review helpful?

**spoiler alert**
I’m ashamed that it took me so long to read this second installment in the Crowns of Croswald series, but I’m glad I finished it. This second installment starts very differently, with Ivy staying outside of the Halls of Ivy in The Town (hidden unless you know its name). All these safety precautions to avoid the wrath of the Dark Queen felt initially restrictive, but thankfully not for long. D.E. Night provides us with imagery of a beautiful town to fall in love with—complete with fake stars you can make wishes on and the ability to go “star-fishing” to grant the wish of others who have released their stars into the sky. The book felt a bit slow to start but after a few chapters, I found myself mesmerized and ready to be back in this delightful world Night has created. The wonder and magic from this book feel almost like I’m back in junior high school reading Harry Potter for the first time and being swept away. In this second novel, Night has successfully broken away from a lot of the initial fantasy/magic school tropes. I’m thrilled to say that this book stands on its own and I can't wait to read the next one.

Was this review helpful?

I am writing on behalf of my daughter, who is 11 years old. She has an IG account (@paige.s.reading), and thanks to Stories Untold Press, she received a free e-book in exchange for an honest review.

Rating: ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ , she loved it and wants to keep reading the whole series.

Plot: Ivy Lovely is an orphan living in Castle Plum as a Scauldron dragon maid. One day she is kicked out of the castle with her Scauldron. They wind up in the Halls of Ivy, a magic school. Ivy is curious about an empty journal that she found at the school, but she is forbidden to read it. Will she find out the truth behind the journal?

Feelings: I was curious and Anxious at the end of the book because I am afraid that Ivy might get in trouble, and I want to know what happens next! It is written with magic and mystery; that’s what kept me reading the book. It also reminds me of Harry Potter.

Fun Facts: This is my second book on kindle (on my Ipad). I enjoyed reading an ebook for a change. It also has an electronic bookmark.

Recommendations: I highly recommend this book if you like fantasy or magical worlds or Harry potter.

Was this review helpful?

I’m really glad I decided to pick up the second book since the first book was just so-so for me!

Once I stopped comparing it to another fantasy/magical/wizardry book, I enjoyed it much more! As with the first one, I enjoyed the world building (I’m need to fantasy, so the middle grade style is PERFECT) for me! While the book did seem to drag at times, I enjoyed it so much more than the first book! I will definitely be finishing the trilogy!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Netgalley and D.E Night for this free copy in exchange for an honest review.

Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfilment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.



After reading the first book, I thought this was a good series but nothing special. Second books in a series tend to be worse than the first, however, this one is the complete opposite. I really enjoyed this book and the magical world is written in a way which is so vivid to imagine.

The characters are loveable - in the first book, I wanted more development of them individually and in their friendship, and this book does exactly that. Not only are they developed but expanded and a found family is formed. The relationship between Ivy and Fyn is adorable and I hope he sticks around in book three, after graduating.

There are books that are so good that when you finish them, you end up in a slump. Then there are those which make you realise why you fell in love with reading, and are excited to read more, no matter what genre or type of book. And this is one of those gems.

I can’t wait to read book three!

Was this review helpful?

The second book lives up to my hopes. It tides over in many ways the first book.
Ivy is the last heir to the throne and the only one with royal blood. That explains why the Dark Queen wants to destroy Ivy.
I do not want to write more about the content. Because I am afraid that I mistakenly spoiler something.
The world-building and magic are as awesome as in the first book. I extremely enjoyed all of it. In this book we visit more places in the world, we meet old and new characters in the book. D. E. Nicht improves the old ones and I adore all of them.
I recommend this series to all who like HP, Keeper of Lost Cities, or who are a fan of middle grade/ fantasy.
Thank you to Stories Untold for provided me the copy in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow
(The Crowns of Croswald #2)
by D.E. Night

I received a complimentary copy and am voluntarily leaving a review.

A magical story beginning basically where the first one left us with the experiences of the Masquerade Ball still a vivid recollection in everyone’s mind, which is only to be expected. Who could forget that?
A mysterious girl who can’t claim rest from sleep, a wet ball gown from a ball she can’t recall attending... has the Dark Queen managed to penetrate the unseen protection of Belzebuthe? Would life ever be the same in Croswald?

Ivy Lovely is again the centre of attention in this second book by D.E. Night. With the fear that the Halls of Ivy will no longer be safe, what alternatives remain available to her? This is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series, that stands out and shines all by itself. It continues the story perfectly but is also possible to read as a standalone without the confusion that ordinarily follows jumping in at a book two. I would recommend reading the first book nevertheless, as there is considerable detail to discover concerning Ivy’s background and it is again an exceptional read in general. We return to face the characters that charmed us in Book One, Humboldt the Scaldron, for example, plus we meet fresh ones along the way.
The author depicts beautiful imagery, evoking scenes that would fit perfectly on screen, in a movie or series. The descriptions are eloquently written, making it so obvious to envision each place or situation as the adventure unfolds. D. E Night has a fabulous narrative that enthralled me from book one; I was far from disappointed, fixed even further on the personalities and the world that surrounds them.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is full of vivid characters and detailed events that delight from start to finish. With an intense storyline that captures you from the beginning, mystery and intrigue, the ominous threat of the Dark Queen continuing to torment, a possible budding romance... all squashed between the pages and bound together with potions and spells.
Thank you to D.E.Night and NetGalley for allowing me to discover this amazing world.
I am a huge fan and can’t wait for more!

I rate The Girl with the Whispering Shadow 5 out of 5 stars.

Was this review helpful?

I'll star by saying that I liked this book a lot more than the first, but that's expected since we already know our characters and setting . The story develops at a good pace and the action was entertaining. The characters developed naturally and the magic aspects keep growing. I liked the inclusion of new friends for Ivy and the expanding of the world of Croswald. We get the resolution to one mystery but we get more to keep us hooked. I'm looking forward to read the third one and know how this ends!

Was this review helpful?

After reading the first book in this series earlier this year, when I was given the opportunity to read the sequel, I couldn’t pass it up. The first book reminded me a lot of Harry Potter, in a good way, and the sequel built upon that but also felt very unique.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow picks up from where the first book ends, so this review will have spoilers for the first book. After the events of the end of year ball, Ivy has been told not to return to the Halls of Ivy next year, and Winsome has sent her on a hunt for the other parts of the Kindred Stone. Her journey takes her to the Town, which only residents know the true name of. There she is reunited with Fyn and meets lots of new people and friends, and discovers a new game called Quogo.

‘Every book in here is a fantasy, and they consider fantasies to be just the same as lies.’

I really love the friendship in these books and I always forget that the characters are older than I think. The author tells an addictive story of magic and friendship and I couldn’t stop reading. Fyn and Ivy have such a good relationship and I really enjoyed reading more about them in this book. Also, Rebecca and the new characters introduced were interesting and provided moments of tension at points. This is such a fun read and I loved it even more than the first book! Despite being children’s fiction, this book and this series are definitely for all ages.

Throughout the course of this book, Ivy is constantly learning about herself and magic and growing into a great character, whilst the threat of the Dark Queen is constantly looming. If you love Harry Potter and books about magic schools with magical creatures and games, then this one is definitely for you!

Was this review helpful?

Rating: ★ ★ ★ ★.5

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second installment in The Crowns of Crosswald series.

I love the way Ivy’s personality developed from a shy, clumsy girl to a determined and matured one. Though she had doubted herself a couple of times, her persistence and willingness to become better made me admire her. I love how the author conjured the secret town, Belzebuthe. Though some of the events were predictable, the concepts in this book were unique and magical. The idea of Quogo and Invisitaurs were is fantastic, but my most favorite one is where one could make a wish upon a moondust star and be able to grant someone’s wish by fishing a star as well.

Moreover, I became ecstatic that when I got to know more about Fyn Greeley’s background story and personal life which made me ship him and Ivy even more. I also like how Fyn had Ivy’s back every time she went on a dangerous adventure, solidifying themselves as partners in crime. Ivy and Rebecca’s inseparable friendship, as always, makes me smile. I am glad that Ivy has Rebecca and Fyn in her life. Though there is not much information about the new characters, I still enjoyed their presence in the book, especially with Gliste and his outgoing personality.

Overall, I enjoyed this light and fun book. The plot, characters, dialogues, setting, vivid imagery, and concepts are very whimsical. The twist towards the ending about star solo is nicely done. I hope I will be able to read the third book because I am hooked onto this series.

Was this review helpful?

'The Girl with the Whispering Shadow': 4 ⭐

(Unpaid review: thank you to @denight, @netgalley and @storiesuntold for allowing me to read this eArc).

I've read the first book of this series last year. It was thrilling, yet soft and sweet. This one, however, was intense and mysterious, just how we like it!
The protagonist was stronger and more determined, which made me love the book even more! I absolutely love everything about this world and more people should read this series, as it is the perfect match between Harry Potter and Percy Jackson!

Was this review helpful?

*Disclaimer: I was kindly gifted an electronic copy of this book by Stories Untold via Netgalley in exchange for an honest review.

Enter a world full of magic and mystery in the second book of The Crowns of Croswald series by D.E. Night. The Girl with the Whispering Shadow starts where Ivy Lovely leaves the Halls of Ivy to go to a mysterious town called Belzebuthe, this is the only place where she is hidden away from the Dark Queen. No one can find this town unless they know the name.
School has come to an end and Ivy has to find the second missing segment of the Kindred Stone in order to defeat the Dark Queen and her time is running out. Ivy is supposed to be safe in Belzebuthe but unexplainable things are happening which can just mean the Dark Queen is behind it. In the streets there are whispers of the Dark Queen and fear is seeping into the residents after a break-in in the Quill Keep.

Apart from her mission to find the missing piece of the Kindred Stone, Ivy makes new friends while staying with Fyn and his mother, even celebrating his birthday and spending time together fishing for stars on the roof. Wait until you get to this part, it gives new meaning to ‘wish upon a star’.
I enjoyed the part where Fyn takes Ivy to her first Quogo match. Quogo is a duel between quills and their previous owners and the magic that takes place is exhilarating.

The town of Belzebuthe is quite intriguing with all of the different shops and their unique names. One being Quinton’s Brews & Hodgepodge where Ivy gets a part-time job when summer is over and Fyn is back at the Halls of Ivy.
After getting a letter from the Selector inviting Ivy back to school, the Selector is shocked when she sees Ivy in the halls. After explaining she never sent the letter, anxiety starts to creep in. If the Selector never sent that letter, who did? Is the Dark Queen luring Ivy into a trap?

To be honest, I liked the first book more. The second book is enjoyable and the characters are fun and magical, but the first book had my attention from the beginning. In the second book, Ivy embraces her magic and her identity and there are interesting scenes involving the Dark Queen.
The world-building is wonderful and all of the details makes it come to life and the reader is whisked away to a world with duelling quills, spells, magical stones, missing creatures and fishing for stars.

Was this review helpful?

The plot in this book was very adventurous and full, which is how I think a fantasy book should be like. I really enjoyed learning more about Ivy, Belezebuthe and the Crowns of Croswald world in general. This wasn’t too heavy on the fantasy world and still kept the aspects of day-to-day life, which I really like. The writing was amazing as well and the characters were unique. I totally recommend this book series for fantasy and YA readers, you won’t regret reading it.

Was this review helpful?

I think I loved this one more than the first. I think that is because there was more action in it. But regardless I am loving this series a lot and cant wait to get a hold of the 3rd book. I also wonder when the 4th book will be released. But before I go I have to say Ivy, Fyn, Rebecca and Professor Night (D. E. N.) are my favorites and that I really dislike the Dark Queen alot. I also want to get the books in physical form cause I believe I will want to reread them in the future. Also look out for my June Wrap up coming to my channel very soon.

Was this review helpful?

I'm still a bit lost but I can honestly say I like this better than the first book! One of the things that I love about his book is that there's young love but not the explicit kind that is so common, nowadays. Readers who like discovering new magical worlds will enjoying this book series!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you Netgalley and the author for giving me the opportunity to read this book. I love this world of magic so much.
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book of the Croswald series and I loved it. All the characters are amazing and I feel like since the 1st book Ivy’s character have grown so much and she  is more stronger and better.
I was really fascinated by the description of Belzebuthe, the old gothic buildings, the streets, book store,  food cart, Moonsday celebration. It just makes me want to explore a town like this. There is also a magical game called “Quogo.
The Map of Olglarion reminds me of the Maurauders Map in Harry Potter and there are so many magical elements in this book and I just cannot stop thinking about this world. I’m so excited to continue the series and find out what happens next.

Was this review helpful?

The Crowns of Crosswold is a series that any YA Fantasy reader can get lost in. The second book doesn't disappoint.

Was this review helpful?

Thankyou to netgalley and the publisher for allowing me a copy of this book. I enjoyed the first book and i hoped this would live up to my expectations and i have to say i enjoyed it more than the first installment, The world building is amazing and i loved the character development, The atmosphere was great and it was an emotional rollercoaster. such a magical world.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second installment in the series and it was just as good as the first.

D. E. Night has expanded the world as we saw it in book 1 and the magical systems as well. We start where the last book left off. Ivy Lovely is leaving school and has returned to The Town that now one remembers with a secret name. We get a host of new characters as she lives there during the summer. She returns to school and is immediately swept up into danger again as the Dark Queen tries to gain access to Ivy’s royal stone. With the help of her new friends, Ivy again defeats the Dark Queen’s plans to keep the world safe for a little longer.

One of my favorite parts of this book was the Quogo matches (some of which are illegal of course!). The magical students doing tournament style duels was fantastic. I will say that at late teenage years, these students do seem to act younger than they are and I wish they would have grown a little more as their ages in the book did.

Overall, an absolutely fabulous return to a magical world! 100% would recommend this book for those who love middle grade/YA fantasies and lovers of Harry Potter.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you so much to Stories Untold, D.E. Night, and NetGalley for providing this book in exchange for my honest review

My rating: 4,5/5 stars

I'm really grateful that I can continue to read Ivy's journey in the 2nd book!
I ended up loving this book better than the first one! There are a lot of magical things going around in the second book, and I love it!!

Here's what I love about this book without *trying to* spoiling it:
- The Town!! It's just so magical and it's written beautifully! I want
- I really want to see Ivy's character development in book 2, and I'm so happy that the author manages to give that.
- HUMBOLDT!!
- Ivy, Fyn, and Rebecca's whole relationships! Where can I find friends like them?
- Rebecca! I love her in the first book and I love her even more in this one!! (I won't spoil it)
- Quogo!! and the club!
- Amazing spells, characters, and creatures!
- I like the Dark Queen better in this book also (lol idk why)
- Chapter eight!!

It's blowing my mind (in a good way) that the second book does justice to what the first book was.
This is such a page-turner series and I recommend it for anyone who loves fantasy middle-grade books!
I'm so looking forward to seeing more of D.E. Night work!

Was this review helpful?

After reading the book 1 last year I couldn't wait to dive into Ivy Lovely's world again. Massive thanks to Netgalley, D. E. Night and Stories Untold Publishers for this ARC copy. I was hyper when my request was accepted. 📚

The 1st book is actually one of my favorite Fantasies and I couldn't wait to see what this one is all about. 🙌

It's an instant continuation from book 1, so i didn't have trouble understanding it. Ivy Lovely in this book is more matured, strong, now that she knows she has queenly blood and dedicated more than ever to save her country because she is their only salvation. 👑

There is an amazing world building here, the characters pretty much the same but with more secrets to unfold. Here we see Derwin Night in the flesh! He's back at the Halls as a professor and we even get to see a glimpse of him in a major trip back to when he was a child. 💜

The chapters moved steadily, there was more action and definitely more magic. Like the 1st book, it gave me major Harry Potter-ish vibes, which is simply incredible! I love Fantasies about students investigating mysteries about their school. 😍

Each chapter is carefully written, with precise details of everything. It was like watching a movie! An incredible fantasy movie, that is. ✨

Some of my fav characters were Fyn, who is going into his final year, the sassy Rebecca and goofy Glistle, who are all part of the Quill Club members who play an important part in the book, and humor us with their hilarious dialogues.🌟

The mysterious Belzabuthe only added more intrigue into the setting. Many questions filled my mind about it. Where is it? How did it become invisible? Soon enough, all my questions were answered. I love the view of the city, so magical and calm.

I could live there forever!

And let's not forget the Dark Queen. Woah. She's a real villain. A mastermind with an evil heart. Capable of creating unimaginable things including shadows just to mess with other people's brains. Just thinking of her makes me shudder.

I was sorta hoping the selector would be a hypocrite and actually be on the Dark Queen's side for real. Especially after the Gretta saga. But apparently, she's legit. Just doing her job. And besides, I think the Dark Queen is still alive, probably nursing her wounds somewhere. Far away, I hope. I also wanted Fyn and Ivy to be official! They're so cute together and totally deserve each other. Lastly, I hoped dearly for some drama to occur at the end of the book, where Ivy dumped the stones in the forgotten room.

Well, after going through this emotional roller coaster ride, I sincerely hope Author D. E. Night surprises us with another book in this series. It cannot be over. Pleasssse!

Was this review helpful?

Book 2 of the Crowns of Croswald. Book 2 follows As with the first book, this world is interesting and continues to build upon itself. It was amazing to go indepth into the town and meet new characters. Like book one it does suck you into Ivy's experiences and struggles. In all i thoroughly enjoyed this book like the first one and cannot wait to read the last book in the series and see how everything comes togther.
If you're looking for all things magical, adventure and a great escape for reality. Then this is your book.

Was this review helpful?

The second book of the series was, like the first one, very well written. I loved the atmosphere, I loved the universe in which the story is set. I think every part of this magical world is clever, it builds a strong identity around the book. I like how the main character has a defined ennemi. Since I don't ever spoil people,I am just going to say that I loved how we see the characters grow, the way they behave. The plot was addicting. Usually, second books aren't the best but it was not the case for The Girl with the Whispering Shadow. I totally recommend this book if you want to get lost in a wonderful and magical world.

Was this review helpful?

"What magic remains of a beloved heart is safe guarded by the double moon. The only thing that offers hope to this world lies within its box: a stone pure and bright. A fraction of the powerful queenly power reverberates in this crystal form." ~ D. E. Night (The Girl With the Whispering Shadow)

Another fun adventure with Ivy Lovely and her troop of friends. The second book of this series takes readers further into the magical world. I enjoyed the descriptions of the shops and streets, and starry skies, of The Town. This YA read is light and magical. I can't wait until the littles in my life are old enough to appreciate these books. I will buy the whole set so we can adventure within the Hall's of Ivy and across all of Croswald!

Was this review helpful?

The second installment in this series is just as good as the first. I loved Ivy's growth in this book. While the first book gives you vibes of other magical schools, this one sets it apart. And I am excited to see relationship between Ivy and Fyn grow stronger as they closer in this book. But my favorite part was the town! In Belzebuthe, it is always night and you can literally “fish” for wishing stars.

If you enjoy fantasy, I recommend this book AND the authors entire series. This is perfect for middle grade readers or anyone who was a magical adventure.

Was this review helpful?

As the second book in the series, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow picks up where book 1 left off and is just as fast-paced, action-packed, and descriptive as the first. The worldbuilding is creative and amazing. I love how the title goes along with a plot in the book. I loved Quogo, the QQC friends, and the creatures.
I'm so torn on the Selector and if she's good or not haha.
Again, there are plot devices that brought to mind another fantasy book's plot devices, but it's with enough of a twist that makes this book its own.
That last page! 'The Words of the Wandering'! I HAVE to know what's in there! Can't wait for the next book!

Was this review helpful?

I loved the first book in The Crowns of Croswald series and this one was even better in my opinion!

In The Girl with the Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night, we once again follow our lovely Ivy Lovely and watch her grow into a stronger and more confident character. We get to meet to new people and creatures and travel to new places in the second book. I just love the whimsy that this book has. It’s the perfect book for any younger kiddos who are looking to get into fantasy or for anyone older who loves a good timeless middle grade.

Was this review helpful?

The second book in a series and another fantastical, magical journey as we learn more about who Ivy Lovely is as well as her past.

We follow on from the dramatic ending of the first book where Ivy spends her summer in a location known only to those who need to know- The Town. When summer ends however Ivy is told not to return to school for her safety... But is she safe in the Town and can she keep away from school?
Can't wait for book 3

Was this review helpful?

In this book, you get to learn so much more about the world: it’s one of the top fictional worlds I wish I could live in. (I really want to try the drinks!) I loved learning about things like the Invisitaurs and Quogo.

We also not only learned a lot more about the characters we already knew, but a whole new cast of characters too. We got interesting backstory on Fynn and now I can really ship him with Ivy. We also got many cute Rebecca and Ivy friend moments, which I felt like book 1 was lacking.

This book is also much better paced than the first, which allowed me not only to connect to characters more but get a more clear picture of the setting.

As far as critiques, I still have some small issues with clarity. For example, I wish Ivy’s magic was a bit better explained or that we saw more of her practicing so we better understood its limits because it seems like she suddenly she can do a lot of things but then other times doesn’t use it at all. Also it’s kind of hard to remember who knows what about Ivy’s past and powers but that may be on me 😅. However, overall this book is much better written than the first.

MAJOR SPOILERS from here on———————-

Loved how the star solo came back at the end- I didn’t see that coming! These books are really good with setting up clues. I only wish Gretta’s story was set up in book 1, even if we just met her in some small but memorable way, because then it would have made a bigger impact of her being the one who let the queen in at last year’s ball.

Can’t wait for book 3!

Was this review helpful?

I have throughly enjoyed following Ivy on her magical journey. The detail these books are written in is captivating. Each book has gotten more whimsical, I enjoy the fantasy genre for this reason. Can’t wait to read more of Ivys journey.

I just reviewed The Girl with the Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night. #NetGalley
[NetGalley URL]

Was this review helpful?

In exchange for an honest review, I was given this book for free from the publisher, Stories Untold.

This was such a good sequel to the first installment and a huge improvement in both narration and plot development.
The book was fun, exciting, magical and I very enjoyed reading this second book to this series!
For magic, adventure, and a great escape I would recommend this book!

Was this review helpful?

I really loved the story line of this book. It was very well written and kept me interested til the end! Loved it.

Was this review helpful?

The second installment in ‘The Crowns of Croswald’ series is just as enchanting as the first. The descriptive writing and vivid imagery throughout made this a treat to read! The world-building and character development is fantastic. Everything I admire about the first book is true for the second too. Croswald is an enthralling, whimsical world. The unbreakable bond between Ivy, Rebecca, and Fyn is heartwarming. Ivy is such a strong, determined protagonist. A great role model for younger readers.

I think this series is perfect for middle-grade readers. However, given that I am 22 years old, I found the story to be a tad predictable at times and saw remnants of other fantasy series I have read, in this one. That has less to do with the book, and more to do with the fact I am an adult who lived and breathed fantasy when growing up.

The reason I love the Croswald series so much is because of how well written it is. The dialogue, description, world-building, and character arcs….it is simply superb.
Highly recommend this series to anyone looking to read more fantasy. It is the perfect introduction

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the publisher for providing me with a review copy in exchange for my honest review.

This is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series. In this book, Ivy has to face new challenges as she sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone without the Dark Queen's knowledge. She has to hide in Belzebuthe, a secret town for people with magical blood. But even when she's supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. Will she be able to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy before it's too late?

I enjoyed The Girl With The Whispering Shadow more than the first book. I found it easier to get into the book as I knew all the characters and there wasn't as much world-building. That's why the book wasn't as confusing for me and I was gripped from the first page. I really enjoyed reading more about Ivy and her friends and I'm glad that I picked up the second book! A few unique magical creatures are introduced in The Girl With The Whispering Shadow which is so cute!

What I love most about this book are the friendships, I adore Rebecca and Fyn. I also enjoyed the passage of the book where Ivy is in Belzebuthe, which is such a cool secret town. In my opinion, Ivy is a great role model for younger girls. I would recommend this series to anyone who loves whimsical fantasy series!

(My review will be posted to my Instagram account soon)

Was this review helpful?

This series is getting better and better. Book two kept me on the edge of my seat! The world building was much more descriptive and I was able to immerse myself in the setting. I also loved finding out more about the history of the world and magic system. I can’t wait to start book 3!

DISCLAIMER: I received this book free from NetGalley and the publisher in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

And we are back in the magical world of Croswald with Ivy Lovely, who has now learnt of her true identity. Armed with the first fragment of the Kindred Stone, which has been split into 3 pieces, she is on a new mission to recover its second fragment. For her safety, Ivy is sent to Belzebuthe, a magical town that is protected from the Dark Queen. While living with Fyn and his mother, Ivy also gained a new group of friends when she joined the Quality Quills Club (QQC), where Fyn and his friends practise magic using real quills. Haunted by strange shadows sent by the Dark Queen who also seeks the Kindred Stone, Ivy will need all her wits, magic, and close friends to stand up to her wrath.

This is book 2 of a middle grade fantasy series by D.E. Night. Picking up right where we left off in book 1, we continue our adventures with Ivy Lovely, who now has a lot more on her plate with the knowledge of her true identity and the responsibilities that come with it. The friendship between Rebecca, Fyn and Ivy is as solid as ever, even as they gained new friends from the QQC (although I was initially a little overwhelmed by the introduction of so many new characters. It took a while to sort the names and characters out). The relationship between Fyn and Ivy also seems to be very slowly inching towards a romantic direction - a development I’m rather looking forward to. I loved the magical creatures introduced in school in this book - the invisitaurs (Silius is such a dear ❤️).

Towards the last quarter of the book, the pace really picked up and I found myself on tenterhooks journeying alongside Ivy and Fyn in their frantic search for the stone fragment while fighting against the Dark Queen. D.E. Night’s writing is smooth and I definitely enjoyed the magical adventure that this book has brought me on. I’m looking forward to Ivy’s search for the final piece of the Kindred Stone in the next book.

Thank you D.E. Night, her publicist Daniela, and Stories Untold Press for the e-copy of this book via NetGalley in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Author D.E. Night did it again with the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series, while I thought the first book, for me, had the Harry Potter magic world, magic kid goes to magic school comparison vibe going on, the second was uniquely its own.

We pick up with Ivy in the Town and then going back to school to meet up with her friends Rebecca and Fyn. The second book was much more focused on the plot and had a higher thrill than the first. I rather enjoyed the new magical creatures presented in this point and the deeper dive into the magical game of Quogo, which plays a bigger role in the second book.

Again Night does an amazing job of transporting the reader to a whimsical place, where you can go fishing for stars and ghosts are chefs at a beautiful mysterious school, all the descriptions are beautiful and fun, they just make you smile when you read it.

There is a budding love story taking place in the second book as well, I won’t say with who, because well, there could be more than one! It is a bit strange though that some of the characters who are graduating school in this book are written like much younger kids then young adults who are going to be full time scrivenists after graduation.

I am excited to read the third book (and anymore Night cooks up) because now I am attached to Ivy and her friend Rebecca. I need to know how they will defeat the Dark Queen and, because I am a sucker for the love story, who she will end up with!

Overall I gave the book 4 outta five stars as it entertained me. I enjoyed the regal and bookish aspects of the story and I was hooked by the end of the first chapter like the first book, but then got pulled in by all the new aspects of Ivy's story that happened.

Was this review helpful?

After reading the first book in this series, I have to say, this book was amazing. It was everything I was wanting out of a second book and I think the author did an amazing job.

If you enjoy fantasy, I not only recommend this book but the authors entire series. I will say this is a high fantasy book so there is a lot of words and parts of this book that was hard for me to pronounce. I was planning on reading this with my son but it truly is one of those books that you should read to yourself. This is not a knock to the book, but you must be fine with not 100% being able to pronounce things.

I love the world and magic that the author has created. I think this a wonderful book for anyone that loves fantasy and it reminds me a lot of harry potter.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in the crowns of croswald series,we follow a girl called Ivy Lovely on her magical adventures ✨

Really enjoyed the second book more then the first because you’ve gotten to know the characters and most of the magical elements now so it’s just pure enjoyment ☺️
Ivy Lovely is an amazing heroine who is growing in herself and with her abilities and it’s just a joy to witness. Excellent supporting characters that help Ivy along the way and lovely relationships developed.

Book sucks you into this amazing magical world with all it’s characters. Highly recommend this series !!! ✨✨☺️☺️

Please pick up this series your in for a magical treat ✨

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book from this series

I think I honestly love this more than the first one. The story is fast paced, well written, and full of magic

Ivy is growing so much as a character and I love the friendships throughout.

Was this review helpful?

It was great to be back in Croswald!.
I really enjoyed the second instalment of this series! It's such a fun and easy read. I love the world and all the weird and wonderful creatures that live there (I'm lookimg at you Humboldt)
I enjoyed seeing more of Croswald such as the Town (sorry I can't tell you it's name) where there's amazing shops, you can fish for stars and of course what a Quogo match or 2 (think magic duals but with ghosts of past scrivinists!)
I loved meeting the the QQC and seeing Ivy make friends ( I think she's gonna need it in the next book!) You got to see more of her relationships with Rebecca and Fyn.
I love Ivy's journey of discovery about herself and how she's didn't doing the wrong think last time she faced the dark queen.
I'll definitely be reading the 3rd book. I can't wait to find out more about the dark queen! And of course see how are hero Ivy will defeat her (fingers crossed)

Was this review helpful?

"Ma says that the most wondrous things, the most impossible of things, are often just ordinary things doing what they are best at.”

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is book 2 in The Crowns of Croswald series and it picks up right where we left on book 1: The aftermath of the Ball, with Ivy wondering where she should head next. She decides to go to Belzebuthe, a secret Town that is a safe haven for scrivenists and bearers of magical blood, not only to keep her own safety far from the Dark Queen’s reach, but to keep looking for the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone, as advised by Derwin E. Night, her family’s scrivenist. Even at Belzebuthe, strange things start happening, like dangerous quills set loose from the Quill Keep and menacing shadows breaking through the town’s magical barriers.
As Ivy is summoned to return to the Halls of Ivy, she keeps on collecting more pieces of the puzzle from her past and shaping her future.

I loved returning to Croswald and finding even more about Ivy, Fyn, Rebecca and also new characters.
The introduction of Belzebuthe and the Quogo adds more layers to the main story, the former being a fascinating place and the latter such a great magical match.
D.E.Night is creating a wonderful book world, with great detail and cohesiveness.
I also love the writing style and that’s one of the features that, from my perspective, takes this middle grade series into a whole different level.
I can’t recommend this series enough and I believe that it captures both younger and older Fantasy readers. I’m looking forward to reading The Words of the Wondering, book 3 in the series.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you so much to the author, D. E. Night, and the publisher, Stories Untold Press for sending me the first two books of The Crowns of Croswald series in exchange for honest reviews.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night is the second book in the The Crowns of Croswald series. It's a middle grade fantasy novel that follows the main character Ivy Lovely on her journey to defend the Dark Queen, and rescue all of Croswald.

Once again, this book drew me in from the very first page and I could not get enough of it. These books will be perfect for my seventh grade students. They are the perfect blend of Harry Potter and Disney which I know that my students will love! I cant wait to see their reactions to this series!

Was this review helpful?

4.5/5 STARS

This one is better than the first one! Much stronger. You can see the writer’s confidence picking up as the series goes on.

Part of me knows I would enjoy this series better if I was younger. I love this magical world and the characters. I loved watching Ivy’s determination spark throughout the story. One thing, I have to mention is the friendship between Ivy and Rebecca! Its unmatched.

As far as magic goes, there’s plenty of potions, quills, and creatures in this story. The beginning of the story was slow but not stop action through the rest of the way. If you like fantasy then this story and series is for you.

The Dark Queen is on the hunt for the Kindred Stone but so is Ivy. Ivy is sent away to a hidden town for her safety. However even in this town Ivy is shadowed by something. Lucky Ivy has her friends to help her through the adventures.

I received this ebook in exchange for a honest review through Netgalley.

Was this review helpful?

It took me a little while to get into this story, however, once I started to concentrate I fell in love with it. This bears no reflection on this book more to do with COVID and my job zapping my brain cells on a daily basis! D.E Night writes well and delicately, you definitely get the vibe that Ivy is dainty and lovely and spent her life oppressed in the slurry fields.

There is some new lingo to get your head around, much like the HP books when they started up, but its not too difficult to comprehend.

it was interesting to find out about the new interwoven side characters coming into play and their little quirks make you smile throughout the book, I was lucky enough to pick up book 2 and I am delving straight in.

I loved this book and cant wait for Ivy part 2

Was this review helpful?

In book one of the Crowns of Croswald series, Ivy Lovely discovered she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise. Now that school is over, with the help of an invisible creature, she catches a cabby to the Town. She has been sent to Belzebuthe to find the second piece of the Kindred Stone so she can safely return to the Halls of Ivy. While in Belzebuthe she becomes fast friends with the Quality Quills Club, learns to play Quogo, and even gets a job at Quinton’s Brews and Hodgepodge. After traveling back to the Halls, Ivy’s days are full of learning, mystery, and helping her scrivenist regain his memories. A mysterious shadow continues to haunt her until she discovers what it is, where it came from, and who it belongs to. In the end, Ivy learns to fight her fears and harness her magical powers to protect her friends and the inhabitants of Belzebuthe from the Dark Queen.

This book was amazing. Full of magic, mystery, friendship, magical creatures, and strength. It was fun to watch Ivy and her group of friends become closer and stronger. I can’t wait to read book 3 and see what adventures Ivy has next.

Was this review helpful?

I adore Ivy and this sweet magical series has not disappointed me. I loved meeting new characters and seeing more development and growth in previous characters. I adored watching Ivy make new friends and get closer to Fyn. This book is a bit slower paced at first than the first book in this series, but it’s still a great read filled with magic, brave students, strengthening friendships, and quite the dangerous adventure!

Was this review helpful?

4.5 stars

This is a much stronger book than the first one, and even though parts of it were predictable because I couldn't help making comparisons to Harry Potter, there were enough parts of it that were unique to this world that kept it fresh and interesting. Usually, second books are hit or miss in terms of how they compare to the first book, but in this case, it felt like the author is really hitting her stride. I also laugh at how long it took me to figure out the connection between Ivy's scrivener's name and the author, lol! There's another series I read last year where the author uses her name as one of the characters and something about that really tickles me. This story is definitely geared to a younger audience than Harry Potter, but it's crafted together well. Sometimes there's a disconnect in the way the students act in this book and the ages they must be (15 for Ivy and Rebecca, 18 for Fyn and his friends), but I didn't mind that at all. I loved some of the imaginative elements in this story, especially Silius, and the way part of the stone was hidden (no spoilers) was really interesting. I love the growing friendship between Ivy and Fyn and Ivy and Rebecca and watching Rebecca's skills at shapeshifting develop was a lot of fun. I am looking forward to continuing with this series and if this second book is any indication, I'm going to be plowing through the rest of the books as they become available.

I received a review copy from the publishers for free, and I am leaving this review voluntarily.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald middle grade adventure series. I loved this book even more than the first- all the world building pays off and there are so many new elements added! It gave me more Harry Potter vibes, with a magical sport, invisible creatures and secret-keeping owls, but all these elements feel original and add so much to the story! We also get a new group of characters to befriend and a magical secret town to explore and save...I can't wait to read the next one!

Was this review helpful?

The Sequel to The Crowns of Croswald was another great adventure into D. E. Night's magical world. After defeating the Dark Queen (albeit temporarily) at the end of year ball, Ivy Lovely learns the truth of who she is, and discovers that the magical kingdom is far less safe than she ever imagined. Thus begins the story.

Overall, I really enjoyed this book. All of the wonderful characters from book one make a return, and I thoroughly enjoyed watching their individual and inter-relational growth. The friendship between Ivy and Rebecca deepens, and Ivy's friendship with Fyn seems to be becoming something more. Whispering Shadows also introduces several memorable new characters, and Ivy joins a less-than-strictly-legal student club based around the popular game of Quogo. Before the book is over, the club will have to decide how committed they are to each other, and to the good of their world.

Darkness looms heavily over this part of the Croswald story, and shades--a newly discovered magical being--threaten not only the school, but the Town. A mysterious dark force seems to be haunting the Halls of Ivy as well, and as is to be expected in a story such as this, it will fall to our incredibly brave students. This book was exciting, filled with adventure, danger, the power of standing up for what is right even against insurmountable odds, and the magic of friendship.

My only complaint is that some of the world-building still felt a little clunky, as if I were expected to know who and where and what the history of Croswald and some of the new characters without yet being told. I found myself flipping back to previous pages, trying to sort out what I did and did not actually know. In all honesty, I do wonder if part of this has to do with reading a digital copy. I tend to absorb information better when I'm reading a physical book, so this may be user error and not a flaw in the writing, but it was a distraction for me in both of the Croswald books.

Overall, I definitely recommend these books. They are incredibly fun, and I look forward to the opportunity to return to this world in the next book.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series and I loved it more than the first book. There are times where the second book is underwhelming compared to the first but this was not the case. I loved that in this book we see Ivy go on more adventures and develop her natural inclination for magic.

The imagery was even more phenomenal because this book was action-packed. I loved feeling like I was battling the Dark Queen and working to save Croswald alongside Ivy. I had a great time being swept away in the world crafted by D.E. Night I can't wait for what comes next.

Was this review helpful?

Overall I enjoyed this book and the ending made me want to continue the story in the third book! I also liked that more relationships between characters were built in this book. The beginning was a slow start for me and took a little while to get into it. I would have liked more action at the beginning but it is evident how the storylines from the beginning tie into events later in the book.

Was this review helpful?

I really enjoyed The Crowns of Croswald, and I was excited to win an arc of this second book in the series from the author, D.E. Night. I began reading and was instantly swept back into the world of Ivy Lovely. This time, we travel with her to new places, and meet fascinating new characters. It's full adventure as the first, dives deeper into old and new characters. All the while, Ivy is struggling to find her place in this world, and feeling inadequate, at times, in her ability to accomplish what she sees as her purpose.

Was this review helpful?

I actually enjoyed this more then the first of the series! I like that we got to see Ivy outside of the school and her relationship with Fyn growing more in this book. Such a cool and magical world!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you NetGalley for the ARC!

Okay the first book was amazing but this was even more so, it keeps getting better! Absolutely did not see those plot twists coming, I loved how the author just surprised us! The magic felt so real and beautiful. I am loving this series so much! As said in my previous review I loved the plot!👌
4.75 stars!🌟

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the author, publisher and netgalley for sending me a copy of this book in exchange of an honest review✨

I was glad to see the world take on a unique spin of it's own, I found I compared it less to other well known school based magic stories this time around. It was nice to see Ivy start to mature and embrace her magic more. The pacing of the book was good too, it kept me reading and nothing felt rushed or forced.

Overall - 4 stars⭐

Was this review helpful?

The writing for these books is just amazing. I always appreciate that it reads like a young adult novel so it’s perfect for adults to. I think this book is perfect for the fall time.

Was this review helpful?

After finishing, The Crowns of Croswald, I couldn’t wait to read book two of this four part series. The Girl with the Whispering Shadow explores further the realm of Croswald and its’ many hidden secrets. Ivy a girl, who until recently, has found out that she is the rightful heir to the kingdom of Croswald. She is on a quest to find the remaining pieces of the Kindred Stone and stop the Dark Queen. Her family scrivenist, Derwin, has sent her to the town, to search for clues that would lead them to the stone pieces. While there Ivy stays with Fyn’s family and learns about the sport Quogo. A sport that captivates her and expands her friend group. As Ivy explores the town, she has a feeling that something or someone is watching her. Her concern grows as unexplainable events occur when she returns to school. She knows that there is something evil lurking in the shadows waiting to do harm to her and her kingdom. She is also frustrated because she still hasn’t figured out where the last two pieces of the stone are hidden. The story has a slow progression at the beginning as new characters are introduced and more details about Cromwell are built. The second half of the book is intriguing and draws the reader into rooting for Ivy and her friends as they fight the evil around them.. D.E. Night has done a masterful job writing about such a magical place. I can’t wait to read book three of this series. Thank you NetGalley

Was this review helpful?

After reading the first book, I was really excited to read the second and this one did not disappoint. I enjoyed the first but this one is my favorite out of the two. It is action packed and had everything that I love in a fantasy. On top of that, I'm not going to lie I found it to be just a tad bit scary. For me, anything like shadows or even reflections freak me out, but, I was still invested. I loved how in this one Ivy is more comfortable and coming to terms with who she truly is. Overall, this was really great and I cannot wait to see what happens next.

Was this review helpful?

I am so happy to say that this second book in The Crowns of Croswald Series was just as intriguing and captivating as the first!

The first chapter I found myself immediately swept back into the enchantingly magical world that our main girl Ivy lives in. This new book brought with it an adventure to new exciting places, fascinating new characters and magical creatures, and more adventure than I could have ever hoped for.

I would also like to note how much growth and development our characters go through in this next instalment in the series. Ivy has struggled to find her place within her world, and D.E. Knight perfectly explores the feelings of inadequacy and highlights the importance of finding one’s self worth. Such an important message to be sending to the target audience, and it is executed perfectly.

Overall, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow was beautiful written, and carries incredible messages of loyalty, friendship, and the journey of finding confidence in yourself. It was just as magical as the first book, with the perfect balance between witty banter and serious plot thickening events. I was captivated from the very first page, and loved being whisked away on yet another magical adventure with Ivy and her friends.

Thank you to NetGalley and Stories Untold Press for gifting me a copy of The Girl with the Whispering Shadow.

Was this review helpful?

(A big thank you to StoriesUntold and NetGalley for supplying a free copy of this book in exchange for my honest review!)

This book is the second in the "The Crowns of Croswald" series, and I have to say, I enjoyed it even more than the first. The author seemed to develop their writing style and the story itself was more complex, yet included helpful explanatory information.

This story follows the adventures of Ivy Lovely as she begins her second year at a magical school. She attends classes with her quirky friends, all while trying to escape the wrath of the Dark Queen.

I particularly noticed and loved:

- Ivy's character development: Her personality and actions were more fitting for her age in this novel. I connected more with her this time around.
- Explanation of magic: The author gives a more detailed explanation of magic and a scrivenist's role in the world.
- More relationship building: Ivy's friendships and interactions with others felt natural, and I felt I saw more the characters' personalities shine through in this book compared to the first.
- Creative ideas: I loved the concept of fishing for stars, "soggy jogs," and melted milkshakes (a treat that builds off actual melted milkshakes). These highly original concepts are what kept me reading.

Like the first book in the series, "The Girl with the Whispering Shadow" is extremely reminiscent of the Harry Potter books in some ways. I enjoyed the Harry Potter books way back when, but I would have preferred less similarities, simply due to being "Harry Potter-ed out." Young readers (the intended audience) may not notice (or care) as much, but I have no doubt most adult readers will immediately be struck with this comparison.

These similarities include the name of the students' favorite game ("Quogo" here, compared to Quidditch, although Quogo is an entirely different game), some crossover in plot points (overarching themes, characters' place in the story, etc.), and the glanageries' role (used to access memories just as the Pensieve was in the Harry Potter stories). I wouldn't let the Harry Potter influence turn you off the story, as there are large sections of the story that truly feel like the author has created an entirely new world.

The book was fun to read and created that perfect "cozy autumn ambience" that I love in fantasy stories. I will definitely keep an eye out for further books by this author!

Was this review helpful?

This series is so whimsical and the world is so fun to be a part of. All of the creatures and world building is what really makes these a fun magical escape book. I do think I enjoyed this one even more than the first book. My only issue is that the characters act quite young despite the fact that they are supposed to be in their late teens. As this is targeted toward a more middle grade audience, I do think that the characters ages should have reflected that a little better, however, I will definitely be sharing these ones with my Grade 8's this year if any of them want a fun magical series and have already read the other big ones.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to D E Night, Stories untold press and Netgalley for a review copy.

This is book two of the Croswald series so I will try not to be spoilery about how book one ended.

After the events in book one, The Crowns of Croswald Ivy Lovely is hiding out in the secret town of Belzebuthe for her own protection. The residents of the town are all practitioners of magic and Ivy SHOULD be completely safe there as it is hidden from the outside world by a veil of magic which makes it always night time in the town. On the upside there are magical low hung stars and you can even fish for them and make wishes come true if you manage to snag one.

This book features magical shops, magical duels, social interactions with new friends and old. A sort of dragon and some really scary magical weather.

Things get pretty dramatic towards the end and I'm looking forward to seeing what happens next....

The main character is I think 17? Now and at least one other major character is 19 but this series does feel decidedly middle grade rather then young adult.

Was this review helpful?

Despite not loving this one as much as the first one, I still loved this book! We continue to watch Ivy on her new path with her friends, on this beautifully written magical world. I loved seeing how her character evolved from the first book, after knowing that she has royal blood, and how her relationships with others developed as well! Some new characters were introduced, who are as lovable as the previous ones introduced and I enjoyed seeing more of D.E.Night (the character) in this installment. The world-building is still very strong and I loved all the new locations. One thing that brought my rating a little bit down was the fact that I got confused at times, plot-wise, so I had to reread some paragraphs, but nothing major. Overall, I really liked this book and I can´t wait to see what the author has in store for us on the next novels!

Was this review helpful?

*3.5
In the continuation of Crowns of Croswald, we see D.E Night continue with her whimsical world-building. From a stone castle to a secret town with magical duels there’s always something new to discover. The story is a cute easy read for an older reader and a good length for a middle-grade reader.

The drawback to this story is that it takes a while to build up to the climax and then is over pretty quick. Otherwise, I have to say it’s definitely a series that seems to get better with each new book.

Was this review helpful?

With more magic and mayhem, this was just as enjoyable as the first book and definitely makes me want to read the next books in the series.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Stories Untold Press for providing me with a free copy of this book through netgalley in exchange for an honest review.

The mysterious and fascinating title of this book alone pulled me in, making me wonder exactly what was going to happen.

Again, like book one, I loved the continued world building. I found the town of Belzebuthe, where it is constantly night and its sky full of stars made of magic, to be very enchanting. The idea of fishing for the stars in the night sky was a unique and whimsical twist that brought a smile to my face.
I really liked that book two shared more of Ivy’s school lessons. Her lessons gave me more insight to how scrivenist magic works. I especially enjoyed learning more about the hairies and about other magical creatures like the invisible invisitaurs.

One of my favorite parts of this book was the introduction of the game/sport of quogo where players duel with the quills of deceased scrivenists. The scenes with quogo were exciting and engrossing to read about. I especially loved the friendship and dynamic that is built up between Ivy and the members of the Quality Quills quogo club.

I found book two to be well paced and loved the build up to the epic battle at the end of the book.
I look forward to continuing Ivy’s adventures in book three!

Was this review helpful?

📖The girl with the whispering shadow |
D E Night

I had the pleasure of reading this due to a gifted e-copy from @netgalley and @storiesuntold in exchange for an honest review. I found myself instantly swept back into the magical realms from the very first page right back to where I left off from the last one! Scrivenist studies, stone pursuits and mischief alike! I liked this one better than the first!! To start, Ivy finds herself being sent to the ‘town’ - a secret place that’s always night and only for magical blood, to keep her safe and hidden from the dark queen. Studies aside, her real mission via letter is to find the second part of the Kindred stone and due to Derwin’s jumbled memories she doesn’t know where to even look! After being lured back to the halls by dark magic, she finds herself back and forth memory lane with Derwins grand glangerie plan and facing her biggest fear.. the dark queen! Whilst desperately trying to unlock Derwins forgotten memory and stay out of trouble, the clues begin to unfold and the search for the second piece of kindred stone continues. Ivy finds herself fronted by danger at every turn and is being followed by this mystery dark shadow.. This book is exactly like the last, full of imagination! It’s again, all your childhood fairytales combined yet this one has stand out uniqueness with an edge. It’s adventures within adventures.. from bearded clouds full of fear to quogo magic games gone wrong.. don’t get me started on the invisible rideable creatures! Ivy has truly blossomed from book 1 and is learning to embrace her magic for the greater good. The last part of this book was just unputdownable and I cannot wait to continue the magical ride of book 3!

Was this review helpful?

Synopsis-
Just when Ivy has discovered the truth about herself, she is whisked away from her beloved school to the town Belzebuthe, on a mission. But something is shadowing her and she’ll need all the magic in her to fight what is to come.
My opinion-
I am falling in love with this series! If the first book in the series was good, then this one was great. In this, the plot suddenly takes twist and it’s not just the Halls of Ivy that are given focus, but also another very important place, Belzebuthe. We also get to meet new characters and discover the characters that we have already met, like Rebecca and Fyn. I also loved how Ivy and Fyn grow closer in the book. This book is more focused on discovering the Kindred stone, unlike book 1 which mainly told about Ivy’s past and was focused on world building, which altogether made it a much more interesting read. And the title, at first I thought it was something related to Ivy only, but when I understood what it meant, I was shocked.
In short I loved everything about this book and highly recommend it to all the fantasy lovers. If you are one, just give this series a try.

Was this review helpful?

*this book was given to me as an eARC by the author and publisher via NetGalley*

Another whimsical, captivating read by D.E. Night! While the first book reminded me of Alice in Wonderland x Harry Potter, this book reminded me of Peter Pan x Harry Potter. It was full of adventure from beginning to end.

We get to explore new characters in Night’s second Croswald novel, and they do not disappoint. Everyone can find a character they connect with (me personally with Derwin himself). The plot line is steady and keeps the reader’s interest peaked — wandering “what happens next?”

The only criticism I have is that it is just a little *too* much like HP. There were so many connections I made between HP and this series, so some of it feels unoriginal. Regardless, it’s still a fun read for people of all ages really, but especially Middle Grade!

Was this review helpful?

Este es el segundo libro de la saga The Crowns of Croswald. Me encantó el mundo que crea la autora, es bastante elaborado y con bastante descripción, por lo que imaginarte las escenas no es nada difícil. Al principio no entendía bien lo que estaba pasando, pero conforme vas leyendo, se va poniendo más interesante. Lo leí relativamente rápido y aunque al principio se me hizo un poco lento, vale la pena continuar. Cada vez me encanta más esta saga, la cual es perfecta para fans de Harry Potter pues contiene criaturas mágicas, magia, etc. También te deja con la intriga de qué va a pasar después, espero poder continuar esta saga pronto. Muchas gracias a la autora por permitirme leer este asombroso libro.
/
This is the second book of The Crowns of Croswald saga. I loved the world that the author created, it is quite elaborate and with a lot of description, so imagining the scenes is not difficult at all. At first, I didn't really understand what was going on, but as you keep reading, it gets more interesting. It was a bit slow at first, but it's worth continuing. I am loving this saga more and more each time, which is also perfect for Harry Potter fans because it contains magical creatures, magic, etc. It also leaves you wondering what is going to happen next, I hope to continue this saga soon. Thank you to the author for allowing me to read this amazing book.

Was this review helpful?

In the second installment of The Crowns of Croswald series we return to a magical world that expands before our eyes. This time, Ivy continues to learn about her family and what it means to be part of the Queenly bloodline.

Although she is theoretically accompanied by her family's scriventist, his presence is rather rare; I would have loved to see him more present, a little beyond the decisive moments. Who does Ivy turn to? This book introduces us to new allies and friendships, characters I loved and it breaks my heart to know that they may not be as present in the next one now that they have graduated. Besides, Ivy gathers more knowledge that constantly helps on the quests.

Oh, the dynamic between the club and Ivy was one of my favorite parts and Quogo! This game of scriventists was fascinating. Instead of fighting with wands, they fight with the quills of the scriventists who have passed, bringing the scriventists with them for a bit.

Without a doubt, the magic system and the spaces we visit in this book continue to be unique, intriguing. They encourage you to keep reading. It's not dark, like my other reads, but it's not honey on top either. Truth be told, I've grown quite fond of the series.

Btw, this is a read I would totally recommend for kids aged between 9 and 14-ish, and older too, haha.


----

En la segunda entrega de la serie de The Crowns of Croswald volvemos a un mundo mágico que se expande ante nuestros ojos. Esta vez, Ivy sigue aprendiendo sobre su familia y lo que significa formar parte del linaje de la Reina.

Aunque en teoría la acompaña el scriventist de su familia, su presencia es más bien escasa; me hubiera gustado verlo más presente, un poco más allá de los momentos decisivos. ¿A quién recurre Ivy? Este libro nos presenta nuevos aliados y amistades, personajes que me encantaron y me rompe el corazón saber que quizás no estén tan presentes en el siguiente ahora que se han graduado. Además, Ivy reúne más conocimientos que ayudan constantemente en las misiones.

La dinámica entre el club e Ivy fue una de mis partes favoritas y ¡Quogo! El juego de los scriventists fue fascinante. En vez de luchar con varitas, luchan con las plumas de los scriventists que han pasado, llevando a los scriventists con ellos por un rato.

Sin duda, el sistema de magia y los espacios que visitamos en este libro siguen siendo únicos, intrigantes. Te animan a seguir leyendo. No es oscuro, como mis otras lecturas, pero tampoco es miel sobre hojuelas. La verdad es que le he cogido bastante cariño a la serie.

Por cierto, es una lectura que recomendaría totalmente para niños de entre 9 y 14 años, y mayores también, jaja.

Was this review helpful?

The second installation in the Crowns of Croswald series continues the saga of Ivy Lovely. Ivy has gone to The Town to stay with Fyn for the summer holidays after the intense events at the masquerade ball. When fall arrives, Ivy must stay behind and study remotely for her own safety. Her apprenticeship at Quinton’s fills the gap until Ivy receives a summons to return to the Halls of Ivy immediately. As she works with Derwin to retrieve his memories from the glanagerie in hopes of finding the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone, a dark force is lurking at the Halls. Will Ivy discover the source of the shadow presence and keep the Halls of Ivy and The Town safe from harm?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is an action packed adventure with a host of dangerous ordeals. There are moments of both fun and tension as she forms deeper friendships with her classmates and becomes better acquainted with her family’s scrivenist, Derwin, who has come to teach at The Halls. Ivy becomes more accustomed to her magical powers and embraces her gifts to further the cause against the Dark Queen’s domination. Her confidence grows with every chapter as she strives to become capable of overthrowing her nemesis.

If you enjoy magical reads, this series is for you! It is easy to get lost in the imaginative and adventurous world of Croswald with a strong female lead character that both middle grade and adult readers can appreciate.

Was this review helpful?

🔮Review🔮

Thank you NetGalley and Stories Untold Press for my complimentary copy.

🔮The Girl with the Whispering Shadow (Book 2 in The Croswald Series)

🔮By D.E. Knight

🔮Middle grade

⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐

🔮While everyone was posting their wrapup, I was scurrying to finish this fantastic read before August ended. This review may contain spoilers to book 1, The Crowns of Croswald, so please proceed with caution if you plan on reading these.

🔮Goodreads Synopsis🔮

Even a secret town cannot protect Ivy from a mysterious darkness...

Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

Before it’s too late...

🔮This story is mystical and magical. I loved everything about this Harry Potter esque story. I do however wish that there was a little more between Ivy and Fyn. I do understand that this is middle grade, but it's pretty obvious they like each other. Either way, I'm looking forward to the third book and have told my Harry Potter loving 10 year old daughter about these. She's very excited to start these.

Was this review helpful?

This book is as equally wonderful as the 1st one. We are back in the world of scrivenists, magic and whimsy. The world building is done spectacularly, and it keeps you entertained throughout the book. The budding friendship between Ivy and Fyn is interesting to read.

The plot and pace of the book flows effortlessly, and it keeps you guessing and intrigued throughout the story. All in all this was a fun read.

Thanks to the publisher, NetGalley and the Author for the free copy for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Ivy is back again to take you on an adventure in her magical world as she battles the Dark Queen and discovers who she is. After reading the first book and becoming acquainted with the world of magic and creatures, this book was such a fun and fast read. I felt like we got to know Ivy and her personality better and watch her relationship with her friends grow.

This book introduced more magic and mystery as well as a magical sport and so many new creatures! D.E. Night again does a great job at world building and making this book so immersive, fun, and mysterious.I loved all of the new friends Ivy made as well as the backstory you gained with some of her older friends. It helps the reader build compassion for these characters and understand their personality so much better. I also feel like the self discovery of Ivy in this book and the novels to come will be so refreshing. You can really tell Ivy is coming into her own, speaking her mind, and becoming so independent. I love that in a book for young readers and am glad this message is being delivered.

Overall, this is a wonderful series so far and it is brimming with magic and adventure. The new creatures are so fun and as Ivy’s magical skills grow, it is fun to experience the new spells she learns. I can’t wait to see where the next book takes us!

Thank you to the publisher for a free ecopy in exchange for an honest review

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Netgalley and D.E. Night for the eARC in exchange for a review

The second book in the series we follow Ivy on her journey to pursue her dream of becoming a scrivenist. The story is mainly focus on her finding a magical stone while hiding from the evil queen.

The characters have developed more and we get introduce to more. We meet Fyn's mother and he is super sweet. The world building is magical and it has a game/competition within which the characters participate in for fun. The game is called Quogo and I think it's such a fun idea that the writing made up for her characters and to be in a part of secret club. The writing is easy to read and follow.

I do like that there is a bit of romance between Fyn and Ivy. I enjoyed Fyn protecting her. The atmosphere does feel more middle grade even though the age for the main characters are older in their upper teens (16-19 years old). Overall, I really did enjoy this series very much and look forward to continuing on with the series.

Recommended to those who like fantasy, magical adventures, YA, and middle grade reads.
Definitely for those that are fans of Harry Potter, Percy Jackson, and The School for Good and Evil.

Was this review helpful?

I really loved the first book in the Crowns of Croswald series and could not wait to jump back into this world for book number two.

After an eventful first year at the Halls of Ivy, students return to their homes for the summer. Ivy, however, is told that her beloved school is no longer safe for her, and with no other home to return to, she is to hide herself away from the Dark Queen and her evil brood in a secret town called Belzebuthe. Will staying in this mysterious scrivenist town actually be enough to protect and keep her safe? And will she be able to fulfill the Moonsday prophecy cooped up in Fyn’s attic?

I loved getting to reconnect with familiar characters from the first book such as Rebecca, Fyn, and of course everyone’s favorite scaldron, Humboldt. I also enjoyed getting to meet some new faces in this second part of the series, like Glistle, Gretta, Hodge and Podge, and Mrs. Greeley, Fyn’s mother.

Night truly does a phenomenal job describing the intricate details of this magical realm and Ivy’s personal quest within it. Everything she included, from the descriptions of the local scenery down to the depictions of delicious, mouthwatering fictional food (I would do some unspeakable things to try a warm, melted Moonsday Milkshake!!) makes for such a fantastical, and magical reading experience.

In this second book, Ivy continues in her fight to remain safe from the Dark Queen’s wrath, but as the story progresses, she becomes increasingly aware that nowhere in Croswald may be safe for her anymore. Filled with exciting twists, mysterious shadows, and tons of adventure, I believe this book is a phenomenal follow up to the first in the series.

I cannot wait to read the third and fourth books in this series! Thank you so much @storiesuntoldpress for reaching out and sending me this copy on Netgalley to review!!

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to @storiesuntoldpress for providing me with a free review copy.

I had a lot of fun reading this! I felt the writing was improved from the first book and not as much copied from HP. The ideas for the plot were more original and I loved the whimsy!

I particularly liked the ideas for The Town and its stars, that was brilliant!

Overall I still felt the plot was a bit choppy, but it did not hinder my enjoyment too much.

I am definitely interested in reading the 3rd book!

Was this review helpful?

I liked it more than the first book. It is a very captivating read. The world building again blew my mind as this book explores many more new places in Croswald.

In the first half of the book, Ivy goes to live in the Town, a mysterious and magical place open only to those who know its name. This part is a bit slow paced as it takes a lazy stroll through the Town, introducing whimsical shops, scrivenist games, new characters and a mysterious robbery. The descriptions of the Town are very fascinating.

The second half of the book begins with Ivy returning for her second year at the Halls of Ivy and the pace changes from slow to fast. This half is action packed. Overall, I really liked the book but I still feel that the characters lack something.

To conclude, it is a very engaging and adventurous read. The world of Croswald is amazing and beginner fantasy readers can also enjoy it since its not too complex. I am looking forward to reading the third book in this series.

Thank you Netgalley and the publisher for the review copy.

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed The Crowns of Croswald very much so it would only makes sense to pick up the second one in the series. The book starts off with Greta coming home from her first year of school at the Halls of Ivy. She is talking with her father about the Masquerade Ball and explaining to him why she did not attend. I found this to be such an odd thing to start the book with because it seemed so out of place. Little did I know that this was a very important detail leading into the book. Trust me all will make sense once you get to the end of the story.

Now onto where I thought the book would have started and that is with the main character Ivy. She has discovered that she is not supposed to return to the school in the fall for her own safety. Ivy is instead being sent to a town that is unnamed to those who do not live there. This town is completely protected from the Dark Queen so it would make sense that Ivy would remain safe or so one would think. Did I mention Ivy is the rightful Queen? She is sent on a quest in the book to find the other pieces of the Kindred Stone (which you would know about from the first book) before the Dark Queen finds them.

The story bounces between this secret town Belzebuthe and the school. We discover new characters and are reunited with old characters. We are introduced to a magical game called Quogo where we learn how its played along with a club that may or may not have been created around it. There are also new magical creatures in this story and lets not forget to mention the fact that there is a dragon.

Now for a bit about the secret town Belzebuthe. It is a town where Scrivenists are able to practice their magic without having to fear the Dark Queen. You can only reach the town by one way and that is riding in a special Cabby. It is also a place like no other where it is always night and the stars are not only in the sky but are actually able to be caught. I loved the idea of being able to fish for stars and grant people's wishes. I found that to be a very interesting and original idea.

This story is full of all the things that I loved about the first book like the characters, the setting, the magic, the curses and the adventures. The only thing that I should mention is parts of it reminded me of Harry Potter. With that being said if you are a fan of Harry Potter then I would definitely recommend picking up this series. I know I will be continuing in the series because I want to see how Ivy's story ends.

I want to thank D.E. Night and Netgalley for gifting me this book in exchange for an honest review. The opinions that I have written above are entirely my own.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Netgalley and Untold Stories Press for providing me with a copy of the book in exchange for an honest review.

3.5/5 ⭐️

This book picks up immediately where the first one left off. Ivy can no longer continue her studies as a scrivenist in the Halls of Ivy. She is instead forced to hide out in The Town the summer after her first year in school in order to avoid discovery by the Dark Queen, who now knows she is the rightful heir to the throne. This story unravels as Ivy continues her studies while also trying to put the Kindred Stone back together.

I really like the first book. There was a lot of world/story building so it was understandable why the action finally took place so late into the book. However, with the second one, I expected the action to pick up the pace much sooner. Instead, it took place within the last 50 pages of the book. So while I enjoyed it, this book felt more like a bridge between the first and third books rather than a story that can hold its own.

Nonetheless, I do recommend this for anyone who is into middle-grade fantasy. Aside from the magic and fairy-tales and wonder, it is also a great story about friendship, family, and self-discovery. Definitely going to read the third book!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl With The Whispering Shadow by D.E. Night is the second book in The Crowns Of Croswald series and it did not disappoint. This is such a cute and whimsical middle grade series following Ivy Lovely. This second book follows Ivy through the immediate events after the conclusion of book one and through her second school year at the Halls of Ivy. It was truly a joy to read. I loved the first book and ended up loving this one even more. I cannot wait to dive into book three.

Thank you to @netgalley, the publisher, @storiesuntoldpress, and author @author.denight for gifting me with this ebook for review.

Rating: 5 stars!

Was this review helpful?

The second book in the series and I am just so thrilled to have been able to read the first two books! I love being emerged in the world of Crosswald and all the magic within in. So much appreciation for the characters and the creatures. The writing style of D. E. Knight, though written as a middle-grade book, felt so much more than that and I think, all ages will be able to enjoy it. The book is fast-paced but flows really well. The story just takes you in and immersed in a world full of imagination. The creativity and the work of art of this book is out of this world - literally.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow meets my expectations and more. It was fun and magical! I recommend this book to anyone!

Was this review helpful?

With a mysterious darkness lurking around every corner, Ivy Lovely is forced into hiding in a secret town that’s cloaked in a cover of darkness all year-round. At first, Ivy is thrilled at the idea of spending the summer holidays with her friends, but when summer ends and Ivy is left on her own, nothing seems like a worse fate. When an unexpected note invites her back to the halls of her beloved boarding school, Ivy couldn’t be happier. Only, she can’t help but feel like the darkness has a habit of following her wherever she goes.

Tasked with finding the other pieces of the Kindred Stone, Ivy has a difficult challenge looming over her head. Meanwhile, classes continue as usual at the Halls of Ivy and each magic-filled lesson draws Ivy deeper into the world of Scrivenists and Royals. When the Dark Queen threatens to destroy it all, it is up to Ivy and her friends to save everything they know and love before it’s too late.

This book was a whimsical fantasy dream! It was incredibly action packed, but with the perfect amount of humor and whimsy sprinkled throughout. This book immediately picks up where Book 1 ends, jumping straight into the magical world of Scrivenists. While the first book took me longer to get into, I found the second to be written a lot better. The first book reminded me quite a lot of some well-known fantasy books, but I found the second to be incredibly original and the world-building started to expand more. The descriptions of the world and magical creatures were a delight to read, easily bringing vivid images to mind. I really liked seeing the relationships and friendships develop in this book, more so compared to the first.

The author is so creative – the funny names for miscellaneous objects and the potential for mystical creatures is endless. The stakes felt fairly high throughout the whole book, with creepy crawly shadows ready to jump out from every corner and maintaining the tension. My one complaint is that there were a few comments about Ivy needing saving or protecting, even though I think she did a pretty great job of defending herself! I would have preferred if she had a little more confidence and spoke up for herself for a change. Nevertheless, I’m excited to see where Ivy Lovely’s story goes next and I can’t wait to learn more about the mysterious royal family and Ivy’s powers.

Was this review helpful?

*Disclaimer: Thank you to Stories Untold Press and D.E. Night for a free e-copy of the Crowns of Croswald in exchange for an honest review.

Synopsis: After the events of The Crowns of Crosswalk, Ivy Lovely is ushered off into safety at The Town. With a mission from her family’s scrivenist to find the next piece of the Kindred Stone, Ivy will have to lean on her friends, her land, and most importantly, her magic to remain safe and complete her quest.

Review: It’s not often that any second book is better than the first book, but The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is marked improvement on the first one, and I really enjoyed The Crowns of Croswald!

It was really nice to see the character development for Ivy, Rebecca, and Fyn in particular. I really really like these characters and you can see the chemistry that they have with one another and the difference it makes in scenes such as the Quogo scene and the last couple chapters as the action really intensifies.

The world building once again becomes one of the best parts of this book. Belzebuthe is such an incredible town and the descriptions of it are to die for. The star fishing is such a unique and amazing facet of this story. The scene with Fyn and Ivy fishing for stars on his roof is one of the favourite parts.

However, world building can make everything else seem slow and the action seemed a little rushed at the end. I wish we had some more description on the Dark Queen and it seems as though every time she arrives, everything gets rushed.

I also think this is more of a young adult series than a middle grade series, personally.

Overall, D.E. Night did a really wonderful job with book two and I’m very excited for the next one and I can’t wait to read it!

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series. I have read the first book and I loved it. So I had to read this book. It is as amazing as the first one.

I loved all the time Ivy spent at Belzebuthe. Quogo sounds like so much fun. I want to be a member of the Quality Quills Club and play Quogo with them.

Silius is amazing. Invisitaurs are interesting magical creatures. But the Cloaked Brood is horrible magical creature. Not all the magical creatures can be good.

Then there is the Battle for Belzebuthe. I was so nervous while reading it. Gretta saved them all. Everyone did so well in the battle.

The graduation is something new. Ivy was so sad to think of the halls without Fyn popping up everywhere. She already misses him. I will miss him too. I hope he is there very often in the next books

Was this review helpful?

Special thanks to @netgalley and #storiesuntoldpress for the gifted copy and an opportunity to enjoy this book. All thoughts and review are my own.

The magic is growing through the second book. Even a secret town could not protect the Moonsday prophecy from a mysterious darkness. The storyline follows Ivy Lovely’s mission to uncover the second cut gem of the Kindred Stone running away from the Dark Queen’s wrath.

I’ll get straight to the point. This 2nd book in the book series stands out. I find it an amazing read. I love the introduction of new characters. The new mythical creatures are more interesting. The protagonist of the book has character growth which make me adore her. I am glad to witness how her character becomes strong and manifesting a leadership qualities of a queen.

Overall, it is recommendable for middle graders to try this sequel.

Was this review helpful?

Many thanks to Netgalley/Publishers/Author for a copy of this book!!

D.E. Night really went there with this book! It was just as good (if not better) than the first! And I am so hooked with this series.

The sheer amount of detail and effort going into the world building and imagination was incredible!

Not to mention the actual storyline and following Ivy around (Poor little soul) makes me want to read more!!

Was this review helpful?

(4.5 stars)
I received an e-book from the publisher through NetGalley in exchange for an honest review. Thank you, for giving me the opportunity to read the second book of this series.

The story continues exactly where it stopped off in the first book, that is after the ball. Ivy is confused as to what she must do next, and she finally ends up in the Town. The Town - Belzebuthe - is described wonderfully with extreme detail. The description of the shops especially is magical.

“You can be trapped in a castle, trapped in a scaldrony. Trapped by people. But the worst is being trapped by fear.”

The great thing about the character Ivy is that though she's a royal, she works at a shop just as any ordinary person which shows how humble she is. Once she returns back to the castle after receiving a letter from the Collector the book takes a new turn with incredible twists. Ivy's search for the Kindred stone is the turning point of the story, where adventures upon adventures are showered upon her.

The introduction of new characters is interesting and few explanations regarding the previous characters that was needed in the first book is available here. Also, the concept of shadows and shades is something that is totally fascinating. Overall, it's a great book and is much interesting than the first one. The main plot does not start right at the beginning, it starts somewhere in the middle. But other than that, the book is really intriguing and is recommended for all fantasy lovers.

Was this review helpful?

I didn't like how the story started off with a character, Greta, who we don't know. She becomes a major part of the plot which makes me wish she played a big role in the first book. I do like how it picks off right from where the first book left off. The author's writing is very clear and descriptive. it forms a perfect picture in your mind of what is happening in the book. The book reminds readers what certain important objects in the book are. This is important as I am a very forgetful person when it comes to certain things. The story is very fast paced in many areas which I like as I tend to easily get bored. However, some areas did go by a little too slow. As this book is targeted towards kids, there are many good vocabulary words sprinkled throughout the novel. I think that the magic system and worldbuilding in this book is very unique, which is a good thing as many fantasy books struggle in this department. I liked learning more about the Town as well as finally learning its name. Sometimes the book does talk about things such as Quogo as if we (already) know what they are when we don't. This is a bit frustrating. Then, in other areas, the book will info dump on these topics. Once in a while the narration slips out of third person limited into third person omniscient, which is a bit annoying as it takes you out of the story. The prologue of the first book is mostly left unaddressed in both book one and book two until chapter 17 of book two (this book). I didn't really like the subplot of Quogo and the Quality Quills Club. This is probably because I'm not much of a sports person but it still made me a bit bored and agitated when I had to read about it. The friends could have just as easily been a study group that used real quills instead of porcupels and all would have been the same. Another area I did not really like was when the author would compare skin color to food for the person of color. This is a habit that authors need to break ASAP. In this book, we get to see some of Derwin's forgotten memories which I wish lasted longer than it did. Overall, the book was entertaining and enjoyable apart from the aforementioned points.

Was this review helpful?

i never ended up downloading this but i picked it up recently.

This is the 2nd book in the series and takes us back to the magical land of Croswald and the Halls of Ivy. Things are still rough since what happened at the masquerade ball and protecting Ivy is of utmost importance now. As the only home she has ever known has been deemed unsafe, she is sent to the place where it is impossible for any outsider to step it.
Honestly, this second book was superior to the first! It was full of adventure, danger, and mystery! You get to learn all about a new magical sporting event, called Quogo, and the tournaments are much like attending a football game with family and friends! I thoroughly loved this story and highly recommend

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series and it picks up right where the first book left off. This book was considerably better than the first book. There was more development to the characters and Ivy is certainly not as annoying or thoughtless as she seemed in the first book. The world building is excellent and imaginative. The secret town of Belzebuthe is full of interesting characters and I loved Fyn and Ivy’s star fishing. I also liked that there was a coherent plot of at first a missing quill and then Ivy seeking pieces of the missing Kindred stone which all tied together. The shades and shadows were creative additions.

At times the plot moves a little slowly and then picks up almost too quickly at the end. However, there was enough action here and there to keep me reading. The Dark Queen does make for a formidable enemy and the storyline keeps the reader waiting in suspense for her next visit.

There are some similarities to Harry Potter especially The Chamber of Secrets that are recognizable, however, there were enough differences to make the story unique. Fans who enjoy Harry Potter type books would probably enjoy this.

All in all, I enjoyed this book better than the first. Highly recommend reading the first book in the series before reading this book as the reader will have a difficult time understanding previous characters and plot lines. The book does leave the reader on a cliffhanger at the end which makes me want to pick up the third book. This is considered middle grade, but the hint of romance and teenage characters might also appeal to YA readers as well. Thanks to the author and publisher for a copy of this book through NetGalley. All opinions are my own and I was not required to provide a positive review. My rating is 3.75 stars rounded up to 4.

Was this review helpful?

Great book and couldn't put the book down. I love this series and the author. I was on the edge of my seat and guessing what would happen would happen next. I was so excited when i got an advanced reader copy of this book.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second instalment of D. E. Night’s ‘The Crowns of Crosland’.
Following on from (a couple of days in fact) from the events of the first book, Ivy and Rebecca have finished their first year in the Halls of Ivy and are planning to spend their summer holidays in their respective places. Rebecca is off home, and Ivy is going….to the place that has no name.
Well, that’s not strictly true because it does have a name, but it is a secret. In fact, it’s so secret that it doesn’t appear on any map and it is shrouded in darkness. However, there’s danger ahead (well there would have to be wouldn’t there, we do need some story after all!) as Ivy is tasked to find more pieces of the Kindred Stone, and to evade the Dark Queen’s plans
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow sees D. E. Knight gaining more of a firmer footing in this the second book, and whilst there is still some information to be passed on, particularly in relation to the town of Belzebuthe, which sometimes slows the pace down a little, this is a lot more of a focused novel that doesn’t have the added weight of introducing the reader to the world that she has created.
You have to mention the characters in a review don’t you, and this was the part that I couldn’t wait to get to. I have to say that D. E. Knight writes some fantastic characters and Ivy is a marvellously strong female character for this particular age group. However, not only that, but she also populates the rest of Crosland with equally strong characters, and whilst I am out of the intended demographic for this book, my reading changes are the same as when I was younger. I want a book with a good plot that keeps me interested, good characters and plenty of magic, and with this series you get this in spades.

Was this review helpful?

Such a thrill diving back into this whimsical fantasy. I love that it picks up exactly where the las book ended, and from chapter one the story moves a lot faster that the previous book. There are so many new characters introduced, and we finally get to see a lot more of the world of Croswald. I love the way Ivy grows into herself so much as she accepts her magic, and we finally got to see a lot more development from Fyn!!! I also enjoyed the multiple points of view, which worked perfectly as Ivy and her friends sets out on a series of adventures to find the pieces the Kindred Stone as part of the greater quest to ultimately defeat the Dark Queen. This book is exquisitely magical and I will dare say that it perfectly lives up to and at many times even supersedes its predecessor.

Was this review helpful?

This is such a fun and delightful series! I truly wish I had read this when I was younger! The world created is so beautiful and magical, the characters are lovable, and the story is captivating!

Was this review helpful?

Lovely world-building and magic system which continue from the first book. I will be honest, normally the second book in a series just doesn't live up to the experience of the first book but I'm happy to say that is not the case with this series! I enjoyed book 2 immensely and would highly recommend this series.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second in a series and again was so magical. You go back to the world of Croswald but this time much more in depth. With wonderful detailed descriptions, you truly can picture the characters and the setting.

Was this review helpful?

After enjoying the first book in the series, I was so happy when the publishers asked if I wanted to read book 2. I found this story even better than the first, it hooked me in as soon as I started to read it. Definitely more drama than the first and I enjoyed the development of relationships in the story, making Ivy more relatable. Roll on the next one!

Was this review helpful?

I got the chance to read the second Crowns of Croswald book thanks to NetGalley. After reading the first one I was curious about Ivy's future's adventures. I'm glad I was given this opportunity once again.

After last year's ball Ivy Lovely was warned not to come back to school, the only place that had her feeling like she belonged. She goes in search of a place to call home for a while, with only an address given by her newly found family's Scrivenist as a destination. Somehow she needs to go to the town with the secret name and location, so nobody can find it. Especially the Dark Queen.

After a very confusing and exciting trip she's met with a big surprise once she arrives, one that makes her summer stay instantly better.

I'm going to try not to give anything away, wouldn't want to spoil things for other readers.

Compared to the first book, "The girl with the whispering shadow" is action packed from the start. We get to follow Ivy around the hidden town and joining a secret club with old and new friends. Places, objects and people are described in such a way, you can practically see it.

It still had some moments where I got a lot of Harry Potter vibes, but it was less than the first book. For instance the situation around The Town and how it's hidden unless you know about it... The Town is basically the 'Room of Requirement'.
But all in all I wasn't bothered with any similarities, I guess that has to do with the fact that the story grips you right away, so you just want to keep reading.

When I finished the first book, I was very curious to read the second one and the author did it again. The books end in such a way that you expect there to be more once you turn that last page. But alas.

On to the next!

Was this review helpful?

Fun and simple world building and easy to understand events. I truly wish I had read this when I was younger since at this time the dialogue and interactions and the story in general is too middle grade for me. But I did enjoy it.

Was this review helpful?

As far as sequels go… this one is a win! The story picks up right where it left off adding in more magic, adventure and mischief. Ivy Lovely is back at it with a lovable cast of characters who are much more developed this time around. D.E. Night has outdone herself with this second installment of her middle grade fantasy series. If you’re a fan of fantasy and enjoy the whimsical definitely check these out! I’m already looking forward to diving into the next one 🪄🤗🪄

Thank you again Stories Untold Press and Netgalley for my gifted copy of book II in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

This book is a magical journey. And what a magical journey it is! Potions, a Town shrouded in magic, magical stars, invisible beasts, quills and a group of friends who would do anything to help each other. A perfect book to dive into and forget about everything else.
This is a second book of the series and we see Ivy in more danger from the dark queen. She is more matured but still lands up in trouble now and then but she has wonderful friends who always help and stand by her. Fynn and Rebecca are two friends who everyone would want in their lives. The comparison of the first book to Harry Potter was apt but the second book is completely different and is a delightful read. I usually read historical fiction but this series is definitely veering me to start reading fantasies more. 5 Stars!

Was this review helpful?

In the second book of the series, we pick up where we left off with Ivy Lovely. She just discovered her true identity and powers at the end of the last book, now we follow her through more harrowing adventures. The Girl with the Whispering Shadow follows Ivy as she discovers "The Town" for the first time, experiencing new scrivenist hobbies, like Quogo, alongside her friend Fyn. When Fyn, and her other friends return to the Halls of Ivy, she finds herself alone - anxiously speeding off to the Halls when given the opportunity. Of course, the Dark Queen has a plan for Ivy, and her shortened school year is filled with chaos. What will happen next as Ivy attempts to keep the Dark Queen at bay? What new changes will happen with Fyn no longer at the Halls?

This book was more captivating than the original! However, you need to have read the first recently, if you don't remember some bit and pieces you'll be playing catch up. Ivy remains a relatable, likeable character in this book. And the world D. E. Night developed in the first book is beautifully built upon in this sequel. I look forward to reading book three!

Was this review helpful?

It's not often that the second book in a series is even better than the first, but this one definitely hooked my attention. In this installment, we dive deeper into the world of Croswald and Ivy Lovely's wild adventures. I love Night's world building and the care she puts into her characters because it really shines through. Each character, from Rebecca to Mrs. Greeley has traits that are so lovable and realistic that I want to get to know them. As Ivy grows closer to retaking her throne, it's exciting to see the bonds she forms along the way, and the challenges she perseveres through. Everyone can find themselves rooting for her, a strong, relatable main character. Thank you to Stories Untold for the opportunity to read and review the second book in this series!

Was this review helpful?

Once again D.E Night transport me into this magical kingdom, she have the ability to make you feel that you are there. I love when there's magic involved, and creatures, mystery, a villan that doesn't take a break, royalty, true friendship. One of the things that I loved it was the Quogo Game, I really want to play...Fyn and Ivy are a really good team, and their friendship is so pure and honest,, I love that there is no love interest, at least for now. Rebecca is that friend that you want on your side no matter what. Ivy has a big heart, because even when she knows who she is, she just want to save the Kingdom. Honestly I think this series is really good because the characters are really well written and the story is magical. If you like fantasy, magic, boarding schools, princess, dragons, this book is for you. I highly recommend this book. We need more magic in our lives.
Thanks to @author.denight @storiesuntoldpress and @netgalley for the book for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Synopsis: Ivy lovely is send off to a mysterious town by her royal Scrivenist, Derwin to retrieve a part of her precious heirloom and also to evade the dangers awaiting her at the Halls of Ivy. What awaits her is another intriguing magical ride .
Review: This book starts off with another year at the Halls of Ivy. The magic school, scrivenists , the dark queen and Ivy's friends are back with a bang. I fell in love with the mysterious town , Belzemuthe - who wouldn't want to live there? If you want to immerse yourself in a magical read with wizards and witches, a secret club , a wizard town unknown to rest of the world and magical creatures, this book is just perfect. The author has effortlessly managed to hold the readers attention till the very end with this magical story. I can definitely say that this series has improved with the second book and is a wonderful read. I'm looking forward to the third and fourth books. It's quite hard to create an impression with books involving magical schools since most of our generation has grown up with Harry potter, but author D.E Night has managed to create a niche for Ivy and Crossword, which is quite commendable.
Rating:3.8/5

Was this review helpful?

I was so happy to be back in Croswald for the second book of this series! I had a few scenes that I loved, but the discovery of the invisitaurs was such a warm and amazing part of Ivy’s new journey. The author has a way of describing magical situations with such clarity and vibrancy, that I have an incredibly easy time visualizing myself right there in the midst of the action. Loved this ending too - the owls and the treehouse, the pedaling toward the Solo Star were beautiful scenes. Really loved this one!!

Was this review helpful?

Second book done!! Thank you so much to the publisher @storiesuntoldpress for giving me a free copy through @netgalley in exchange for an honest review! And my apologies for taking so long, life forced me to put reading low on the priority list for a while.

I love this series more and more with every chapter!! Ivy really began to come into her own in this book, growing in skill and confidence. And I love love love every scene with her and Fyn. They are my OTP for sure. I also love the growing cast of Ivy's friends, who are diverse and fun. The showdown with the Dark Queen was less impactful to me than the first one, but the highlight of the finale was Ivy uniting with her friends to save everybody.

Equally as exciting is the growing list of magical creatures and objects and settings in book 2. The author's world building is thorough and charming and draws you right in. I really loved the introduction of the magic-dueling sport Quogo, which is unique but super exciting. My favorite setting in the book has got to be the Town, which is endlessly charming. I want to fly among the stars so bad.

The writing in general continues to be spectacular. You really feel as if you're going through Ivy's adventures right with her, like you're in a glanangerie bottle yourself. If you liked the first book, you'll love this one just as much, if not more.

Review waiting for approval on Amazon.

Was this review helpful?

A magical town, a broken treasure, a forgotten path, a relentless villain.

The second book in the Crowns of Croswald series by D.E. Night is a fun middle grade adventure good for older kids bridging to young adult novels. My nine- and seven-year-old kids both loved this book! They were most excited by the magical creatures, battles, and world building.

The cliffhangers at the end of each chapter made it really tempting to read more than our allotted half hour before bed each night. For better and worse, my voice can only read aloud for so long.

Both kids say they’d recommend this to a friend and I found it was a good book to read aloud. Sharing it together was fun and helped ensure they understood the story, even as they expanded their vocabulary.

Rating: ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️💫

Thanks to @StoriesUntoldPress and @NetGalley for the free digital copy of this book in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series, following the journey of Ivy Lovely who has to collect three stones to defeat the Dark Queen and claim her rightful throne in Croswald.
However, finding the stone is not as easy as Ivy thought because danger and darkshadows are lurking everywhere.

What I really like about this book is the characters. I admire Ivy and Rebecca's friendship, it grows even stronger since the first book and I love them both. There's also Fyn, he seems very protective of Ivy and I have a feeling from the first book he's going to become something more and my guess was right! I'm hoping he will still show up in the next book to help Ivy.
The addition of new characters is also a nice touch to widen the the story plot!

The magical places and creatures really captured my interest in this story. This world is getting even more similar to the Harry Potter world, like the quil matchs, how the quill chooses the person who wield it, the invisible maps and many more. I can see the author taking inspiration from the Harry Potter world and turn it into something else magical too.

The plot is pretty well written and the short chapters keep me flipping the pages to find out more. Although, the pacing turns a bit slower during the middle of the story but it eventually picks up near the ending with the final battle.

Overall, this is a really fun read for me and I enjoy my time getting back to Croswald with Ivy and her friends. Can't wait for more adventures and other magical creatures introduces in this series!
I'm looking forward to read the next one!

Special thanks to Netgalley, D.E Night and Stories Untold Press for the review copy in return for an honest review!

Note: Will post it on Instagram on November 19th

Was this review helpful?

I really enjoyed book 1 and book 2 was even better. Diving back into this whimsical world and learning more about it was wonderful. There is no way you can’t fall in love with this world and the MC Ivy Lovely. Even though this is a middle-school fantasy it is extremely enjoyable as an adult.

We follow Ivy and her friends search for the Kindred Stone the one thing that can be useful against the Dark Queen. You see substantial growth in Ivy along with increasing the bonds of her friendships. There is even a bit of spookiness with them battling the shadows and the Dark Queen.

How can you it fall in love with this fantasy that is full of friendship, adventure and even some love. 💜💜💜

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in the series and in my opinion just as good as the first!

As we follow our main character Ivy Lovely, she has begun to have more confidence in herself and her abilities. We continue to learn more about Rebecca and Flyn and they along with more excellent secondary characters make this book magical. The Dark Queen once again has a plan for Ivy and we experience turmoil and persistence as the story plays out.

I love that the story picks up right where the other left off. You definitely will want to have read the first or you will feel a little lost. D.E. Night continues to write with such description that you feel you are right there with the characters. Plus short chapters are a bonus and made reading this a breeze.

Overall this was a fun read and I enjoyed spending my time with the characters and all the magical moments.

Thank you to NetGalley for this ebook in exchange for my honest review.

Was this review helpful?

I have to first thank Netgalley and Stories Untold for providing me with a review copy of this book.
I read it months after finishing the first one and I was afraid that maybe I won't be able to remember what happened. D.E Night proved me wrong with her super immersive yet so simple writing style and structure. I found myself again totally involved in the world and story of Ivy, getting stressed about her misfortunes and excited about how she's evolving everyday and embracing the reality of her powers. I am also loving the dynamics between the characters. The friendships, the slow burn love story and the warmth of the citizens of the Town are making my reading experience all the better.
In this book we get to understand Croswald more and see its different dimensions. Quogo and the magical creatures we get introduced to in this sequel were super enjoyable to read and very well explained in a way that made imagining them not much of a hard task. My only complaint about this series is that it is a bit dragged. I think that it would have been better to read book one and two as one. This is certainly a personal preference though, I am sure that for a middle grader it would be the other way around.
Anyways, I recommend this series for anyone who wants to take a short whimsical trip in a new magical world. Happy reading y'all !

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Stories Untold Press for the digital review copy!

This second installment of the series starts off right after the end of the first book, which threw me for a bit of a loop because I'm used to having a bit of a time skip between books. However, it didn't bother me because the book immediately starts with the mystery that will follow us for the rest of the book.

While I knew very early on what was happening regarding the mystery, it was really fun seeing our main characters discovering it for themselves.

Like the last book the characters and their friendships are what make the book. I love the relationship that's (possibly) developing between Ivy and Fyn, especially thembutting heads and bantering in serious situations.

At first I was bummed that we wouldn't be seeing much of Rebecca due to the circumstances at the beginning of the book but I was pleasantly surprised when we did. Rebecca is one of my favourite characters, she's really coming into her own in gbis book. We love to see it.

Unfortunately, like in the last book, the supporting cast of characters felt a little two-dimensional to me. The members of the club that Ivy joins weren't very distinguishable, at least to me. I did still enjoy their group dynamic and the shenanigans they got into.

The ending was bittersweet to me. While I'm happy they defeated the bad guys at the end my heart hurts for the people who are now exposed to the world, and with it the whims of the queen.

Overall this was a highly enjoyable read and I will definitely continue with the series!

Was this review helpful?

This book was even better then the first one! I thought the story was very well thought out and written. This book had me sucked in by the fist chapter. I am excited to read more upcoming books by D.E. Night!

Was this review helpful?

A brilliant sequel to the first book. I find myself completely absorbed into the world created within the book. I find all the characters really likeable and can’t wait to read the next book!

Was this review helpful?

Thanks to the publisher/author for providing this book in exchanging for an honest review.

I really enjoyed this book way more than the first one. We can really see how immensely did the author improved.
It's great that the book starts right after the events of the first book giving us the follow up without pausing the story.
I love that we have new characters that are part of Ivy's circle has it contributes to character development, specially for Ivy and Fyn. We can relate more to them now that we see them grow with each event happening, at the same time we see more of their background.
A few character I would like to have more knowledge about being Gretta (She has a major role, but we don't know how it started) and Derwin s>(his lack of confidence because of all that happened to him leads to him not helping Ivy in the right way).
Something I also loved was The Town. It seemed so comfortable, so full of magic and with so many opportunities to learn and experiment. However, I don't understand how the people were so oblivious to what was happening, shouldn't they have known the moment it happened?
The issues I had with this book: Quogo. I understand it and its role in the story, but just why?
The issues I had with this book: Quogo. I understand it and its role in the story, but just why?
Also the romantic plot that shows up randomly and it doesn't make much sense to me. It seems forced.
And the Selector, I do have a problem with that woman. She could be more helpful.
I'm so invested in this story that I just need to know how it ends.

Was this review helpful?

This second installment in the Crowns of Croswald series was just as magical as the first. The Girl With the Whispering Shadow follows Ivy Lovely as she journeys to complete complete the Kindred Stone. Of course the Dark Queen is also looking for the stone and will stop at nothing to find it. This book is a cute read, though at times it seemed drawn out. The world building was fantastic. The world of Croswald is truly magical. I also loved seeing Ivy grow and learn over the course of the book. Overall I enjoyed it and look forward to seeing what happens next.

Was this review helpful?

Ivy Lovely is back with new magic and new friends!

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is a nonstop adventure, introducing us to new characters and new secrets within Croswald. D.E. Night does not disappoint, and her creativity is limitless with Shades, Invisitaurs, the Occulyst and even a secret town named Belzebuthe.

This book nicely ties into Book 1, seemingly starting the day after book one finishes. After finding out that she is the key to the Moonsday promise, Ivy now is on the hunt for the second piece of the Kindred Stone. But trouble is after her in all shapes, as the Dark Queen will pull out all stops to retrieve the Stone. New additions were also present with the Quality Quills Club, and Quogo matches. How imaginative Night must be to invent quill games and to seamlessly tie everything together by the end of this book.

It seems that Ivy is starting to grow into her own in this book – she is now understanding who she is, where she has come from, and what she needs to do in the future. I am sad that Fyn has graduated and presumably won’t be around in the third book, but I’m sure that Night has incorporated him in somehow and I will be reading the third book soon!

If you like The Descendants or Harry Potter – this is the series for you! Perfect for YA readers 12-20, this is an easy, fun read where your mind can wander into different worlds. There are numerous comparisons that can be made with Harry Potter, but I do not think that that is a bad thing (seriously – I think a Venn Diagram needs to be done as a school project comparing the two series after the fourth Croswald book is released).

As one precautionary to new readers of this series: I do not believe this is a stand-alone novel, you need to read The Crowns of Croswald first. I do feel like I understand the first book better now after reading the second.

Lastly, I would love to try a hot Melted Milkshake too! Thank you so much to NetGalley for allowing me to read this great book – my opinions are my own!

Was this review helpful?

* arc provided for a review*
3.5

This is such a lovely sequel, I loved seeing more of everything, but mostly exploring the town. I just simply adored the descriptions of the buildings, traditions, and FOOD in the town. The atmosphere of it, the warmth it radiates, I felt it all.

And, of course, there is nothing better than the found family trope, which has become bigger and better in this book.

Just like the 1st book, I'm still in love with the magic system, both kinds seem so cool, magical crown or quills, I can't choose ❤️.

loved seeing the characters grow and learn, and be mischievous 😏.

Was this review helpful?

D.E. Night has done it again with another incredible addition to her Crowns of Croswald series! I quite literally could not put this book down! As soon I felt like the story was getting slow, something exciting and big happened. The characters felt incredibly real! I felt like I was right alongside them once again! I absolutely adore the characters! Rebecca, Fyn, and Ivy all mean so much to me and now have a special place in my heart! This story makes me remember why I love reading so much!

Ivy Lovely enters into the Town ( have to read the book for the real Towns name *wink* ) with a deep recognition that she won’t be returning to the Halls of Ivy after last year’s unfortunate event at an “end of the year masquerade ball”. Not only is Ivy’s life on the line and in constant danger, but so is everyone and everything around her. The Dark Queen will stop at nothing to ensure she gets what she wants, which includes destroying everything in her path or creating ways for Ivy to be within her direct path. Ivy has to tread carefully and ensure nothing happens to her or her peers after it becomes clear that the Dark Queen has a one-track mind. Ivy has to learn her natural-born magical abilities, and find the missing pieces to the kindred stone before it’s too late!

I found myself shaking my kindle, shaking my head, and talking to the characters like they were really there with me! This book is gripping and enthralling! The characters always seem to get into a bit of trouble again and again and it makes the story even more fun. At times I thought the book was dragging on for a bit longer than usual and there seemed to be some filler, BUT, D.E. Night shows a great aptitude for a fun slow burn to a gripping climax that keeps you wanting to read page after page..chapter after chapter. I look forward to reading the next book! 4.75/5 Stars!

Thank you again to D.E Night, her wonderful publisher, and Netgalley for the eARC in exchange for an honest review!

Was this review helpful?

This was a fun sequel. More world and magic system building. More fun magical creatures introduced. Great read for preteens!

Was this review helpful?

It was the second part of a mind-blowing series. The Girl With The Whispering Shadow is the sequel every reader wants to read. It increases everything two-fold for the book. Ivy’s journey into the Scrivenist Town and her closeness with Fyn is so sweet.

It took me a long time to finish the book. I wanted to cherish the experience. I read slowly for the first time in a while so I do not miss out on anything. I could feel my heart beating as the action in the book sped us as I progressed further into the plot.

Things happen but you are still following the plot, two pages back wondering how certain things came to be. I cannot help but feel that something is waiting in the wings for the series plot and it is going to make my eyes pop out of my skull.

I am having so much fun reading the series. I am going to recommend it to everyone who is in a book slump or just looking for a series full of magic and magical creatures. This is the series that has brought me back to my school days.

Was this review helpful?

I recently read the first in this series, The Crowns of Croswald, and really enjoyed it. @storiesuntoldpress asked me if I'd like to read the second and review it, I already had plans to carry on reading so I was more than happy to jump on this!

The Girl With The Whispering Shadow follows Ivy Lovely in her second year at the Halls of Ivy as she makes more new friends and explores the hidden magical Town she's staying in for the summer.

There was even more action and intrigue in this sequel and once again I thoroughly enjoyed it! I enjoyed watching the development of Ivy's relationships with Rebecca and Fyn and how protective they both are of her.

There are a few bits that I would like to see more fleshed out but I think that's been done by design, because I had moments like that with the first book and actually a lot of my questions were answered with book 2! I enjoy @author.denight writing its descriptive but flows easily, I can't wait to read more of this series

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series and continues Ivy Lovely's story as she navigates through a magical world she never knew she would play such a huge part in. Following the events of book 1, Ivy finds herself sheltered in the magical town of Bezelbuthe, hiding out from the Dark Queen. Ivy begins to discover more about her magical heritage while simultaneously searching for the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone.

This sequel lives up to the hype. This book had a different vibe in that it was a little darker, but still appropriate for middle grade/YA readers. As children do, each of the returning characters showed just how much they have grown since the first installment. This is especially true of Ivy who seems to carry the weight of the world on her shoulders. There will inevitably be lots of comparisons to the Harry Potter series, but the author distinguishes her story through the introduction of Bezelbuthe, Quogo, and the Shadow. Even Ivy's friend Rebecca gets a shapeshifting upgrade.

Overall a good read that I would absolutely recommend.

Thank you to the author, publisher and NetGalley for the chance to read and review this book.

Was this review helpful?

I really liked this book and the world has in it. I liked this one even better than the first one. I liked how things kept changing and the story continued to build the entire time. A fun fantasy to get lost in. Also a quick easy read which I also enjoyed.

Was this review helpful?

I loved the first book to this series. Great for any fantasy reader. Great for anyone who loves Harry Potter or magical series

Was this review helpful?

D.E. Night has done it once again! This author is absolutely genius! The detail and imagination that is put into this series is incredible. I had reviewed the first book in the series (The Crowns of Croswald) and loved it as well. This book is also available on Amazon and Kindle Unlimited so it was awesome to have this included in my kindle unlimited subscription! Like I've said before, this series is exactly what teenage me would have been dying to read, luckily I still get to enjoy this magical world as an adult! Would highly recommend this author and series!

Was this review helpful?

A beautifully written fantasy novel, that pulled me deep within the world of Croswald, so much so that I didn't want to leave.

Our heroine Ivy Lovely is back again in this second book of the Crowns of Croswald series. All I can say is, ( in a french accent ),
" MAGICAL! MAGICAL! MAGICAL! " The story picks up from where book one left off.

Ivy is continuing her mission to find the second facet of the kindred stone, while the dark queen is still after her. ( can someone kill this witch already? Queen my foot! ). While spending her days in a new town, whose name you shall not speak, a whispering shadow seems to be following Ivy, and causing mayhem everywhere.

I'm a thirty-seven year old mom, am I even allowed to love this teen/ young adult- coming of age fantasy as much as I do? Well if not, my apologies, because this book was amazing. If wasn't for my everyday duties as a human being with responsibilities, I would've devoured this book in a day.

Ivy remains the shy but brave individual I fell in love with in book one, but this time she grew even stronger. Never backing down from a challenge, no matter how big.

One thing I disliked however, was her being too hard on herself, when the dangers she got into, affected her friends. My favourite character, second to Ivy of course, was her best friend Rebecca. Rebecca...Rebecca! That girl's mouth had no cover at all. That shape-shifting young lady had me laughing throughout. I just loved her. Every other character, old and new, held their own and supported the story superbly.

One of the main themes in the novel was about not allowing fear to cripple or stop you from doing what needed to be done. I also notice alot of people still compare this series to Harry Potter novels. I've never read Harry Potter novels, only watched the movies. Based on that comparison, I must say, this series is in a class of its own.

I truly believe this book could be a " stand alone", however I would encourage anyone to start with the first novel. You'll get a better feel for the narrative, plus you'll enjoy and appreciate the second book alot better.

Overall, the book was exciting, full of mystery, adventure, and had me flipping my kindle pages like crazy.

Upon completing this novel, I felt like I'd done eating my favourite sunday lunch. It was a wholesome and satisfying read.

I would love to thank author D.E.Night, Stories Untold Press, and NetGalley, for offering me this book in exchange for an honest review. However, all thoughts and opinions are my own.
Happy Reading!❤

Was this review helpful?

This book occurs at the beginning of summer holiday. After Ivy returns to school, she must unravel the Dark Queen's plans and locate the missing pieces of the kindred stone. I found this sequel to be more enjoyable than the previous. D.E Night did an outstanding job! This series offers a fantastic level of detail and imagination. I also love how quickly the characters developed. This is indeed a book that will keep you turning the pages. I read them all in one sitting. Yes, this sequel is darker but that is exactly what draws me in. I'm looking forward to read the next book!

Was this review helpful?

This book begins essentially where the last one ends.
.I absolutely loved the first book and this keeps up with the same pace.
The beginning was a bit confusing at first since it jumps right in.
The third book is currently out and I need to jump on it.
If you love magical stories I highly recommend reading this series.
Has a great villain concept.
Highly recommend.

Was this review helpful?

The second instalment in this series does not disappoint!

This book takes its own action packed direction and I really enjoyed it.
I absolutely love the authors ability to make the world so vivid. Descriptions are really well written and land you right in the centre of the action and there is so much thought to Ivys surroundings.

This story felt a little darker and more embellished than the first bringing this to the interest of YA readers.
I also loved the further development of the character, Ivy’s friends each evolve in this book, the characters are beginning to become familiar and well loved as a result of good solid character personalities.

This is an absolute must series of middle grade fantasy lovers. If you like Harry Potter this is the closest Iv come to it but it does come with its own individuality.

A couple of areas I’d have liked a little more from, particularly Ivys visit to the town at the beginning of the book but on the whole a hugely enjoyable read, pick it up!

Was this review helpful?

I was delighted that my request for book two was approved. I raced through the first book, having stumbled upon it, and couldn't wait to continue reading Night's world.
I love the fantasy and mystic world created, it really does create that sense of escapism.
Cannot wait for book three.

Was this review helpful?

A spellbinding story full of magic and adventure, and thick in atmosphere. My daughter and I adore the Croswald series.
"The air in Belzebuthe was so thick with magic that she felt as if she had to force he limbs through the atmosphere ".
There are so many wonderful characters depicted; many of whom we came to love in the first book in the series. Now we are further drawn into their loves and world in this second book in the Croswald series.
Ivy Lovely, the protagonist, is a brave and adventurous girls, who shows so much courage in the face of adversity. Ivy finds herself whisked from her much loved school, only hours after discovering her fate to fulfill the Monnsday promise. She finds herself on a secret magical town- Belzebuthe, hunting the second part of the Kindred Stone, but the Dark Queen is on her tail and shadows and dangers lurk.
This is a magical world with its own beautiful spells. I love how the story is interspersed with letters and snippets from The Scriven This news.
A must-read fantasy for fans of books lole Nevermore and Harry Potter. Each chapter is titled for easy reference and comes with the most beautiful illustrations. Lovely to read on kindle, but stunning in hard copy. You will want to hold these beautiful books and have them on your bookshelf. My daughter returns to these often. #thegirlwiththewhisperingshadow #thecroswaldseries #DENight #Netgalley

Was this review helpful?

While I liked the first book, I loved the second one. Although this one gave off a Harry Potter vibe with the whole group of friends and hiding practicing magic, it was still unique and wonderful in its own way. I do wish the romance or non romance between Ivy and Fyn was more clear. I do love their friendship though and how he is always there when she needs him.

This book was easier to get into. It took me about halfway of reading the first one to enjoy it. I was hooked into this book after the third or fourth chapter. There are a lot of captivating and enchanting moments in this book that I think anyone who loves fantasy novels would enjoy. This book also cleared up some questions I had after reading the second but it also still left out important information. I do wish this series that I’ve read so far was more details. I feel like stuff gets left out.

All in all, I do recommend this book. I would be great for elementary and middle schools.

I was given a copy of this book to review from NetGalley.

Was this review helpful?

Disclaimer: I received a free copy from the publisher and author in exchange for an honest review.

"The most wondrous things, the most impossible of things, are often just ordinary things doing what they are best at. Think about a real star. They soar untouched and shine like diamonds, yet they are simply just balls of gas. The ordinary turned extraordinary.”

Another book, another adventure and another year done at the Halls of Ivy. I have to admit I enjoyed this book much more than the first one. The author really improved her writing skills and words flowed like a song.

I absolutely loved the Town. The description were so well done you could just imagine this place. I loved all the detail and thought that went into it. The little shops were amazing and the stars! The stars and the wishes was just so beautiful. I really enjoyed Ivy stay at Fyns’ and everything they got up to in the Town.

Ivy also started her second year and we got to see more in depth and fascinating classes. Ivy is also now part of the Quality Quills Club! These club members got up to a lot of mischief and honestly it was just hilarious.

The characters also developed through this book as they all got older. Fyn is still my favourite character and I love him to bits. He is so sweet to Ivy and just wants to protect her. I really want to see some chapters from his pov. The only thing I have a hard time imagining is the characters ages. I think Ivy and Rebecca are actually 16 while Fyn is 17/18. They act a whole lot younger and imagined them at 12/13.

I very much enjoyed this whimsical middle grade fantasy and will recommend it to any middle schooler with a love of fantasy and adventure. The author can be very proud!

Was this review helpful?

This book starts out at the beginning of summer vacation and Ivy is trying to figure out where to go. She winds up staying in a hidden town with her friend Fyn. As summer goes on in this cold town, Ivy learns more about the magical world. Once she’s back at school, Ivy has to try to figure out the Dark Queen’s plans and find the missing pieces of the kindred stone. Overall I enjoyed this book a lot. It was a great read, and although it’s a middle grade book it’s quite enjoyable to read as an adult too. I’m excited to see where the series goes from here!

Was this review helpful?

Book rating: 4.5/5⭐️

Thank you to Stories Untold Press and Author D.E.Night for gifting me an e-copy of The Girl with the Whispering Shadow in exchange of an honest review.🥀

This books picks after the events of the first book. Ivy Lovely is sent off to Belzebuthe, where she has to work on finding the remaining parts of the Kindred Stone. Just when she was growing more accustomed to the secret town, her retreat was cut short when she was taken back to the Halls of Ivy. Ivy was excited to see her friends again, but her illusion of safety crashed when she realised that even the school wasn’t safe, especially when the whispering shadow started trailing her.

Crowns of Croswald was easily one of the best books I read last year and I went in with high expectations for the second book and it didn’t disappoint. The writing was descriptive and picturesque, with a thrilling adventure and immaculate world building.

Other things I loved about this book:-
—Wholesome friendships
—Ivy’s character development
— The well-crafted, lush and intriguing magic system.

I recommend this for anyone who likes a well-written book with a magical school.

Was this review helpful?

The crowns of Croswald 2 - the girl with the whispering shadow

- Detailed World building - check
- Likeable characters - check
- Interesting and unique magic system - check
- Found family - check
- Strong, smart and hardworking MC - check

The world building continues with greater detail in book 2, taking note of even the smallest elements of a town or building allowing me to really picture where Ivy is in my mind.

The descriptions of the magic system are easily embedded into the story so I’m able to collect more and more information about this new world which I find myself enjoying. I love receiving the information and descriptions of this world as Ivy does, as it helps me to feel like we are journeying together.

Watching Ivy welcomed into the belzebuthe community with open arms is so heart warming as she’s suffered so much throughout her life. Then seeing the amount of supportive adults both in the town and at school who genuinely care for these teens is something that is often lacking in a story where the young person is stepping into their gifts and I love watching it within this book.

I particularly enjoyed the unique fantasy elements within the story; the invisitaurs, the cabby rides, the all day night time of The town, the forgotten room, the compass startus which seems like a great way to remember everything you’ve ever learned and The fishing for stars was an extra special magical experience. But the magic quills and magical drawings are extra special! I could go on and on about these magical elements as they really support full immersion into this world but it’s best if you just jump in yourself to have a read.

When the story moves to the big events I feel as though Ivy and her friends are navigating their way through them in a realistic way, making choices that are believable for teenagers who are bold yet inexperienced. This is something I really appreciate, magical but believable.

This is a Middle grade fantasy book which is a fun read for any age. As an older reader I feel like I go back in time to experience my teenage years as a scrivenist and as a mum I am eager to take my daughters to this magical world when we read the book together.

I am so looking forward to reading the next two books.

Was this review helpful?

I was excited to receive the second book in the Crows on Croswald series after receiving the first. This book picks up right where the last left off . After Ivy uncovers a lot about her past and what her future may hold, she finds herself in need of protection and taken to a mysterious and secretive town only those with magical blood can find....or so she thinks.
I really enjoy this storyline and was excited to see Ivy's story, friendships, and destiny continue in this magical whimsical world.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series, following the adventures of Ivy Lovely as she learns about her family history and the magic she controls. Set in a Hogwarts-like school for everyday magic users and the royals who have their own magical powers, Ivy begins to form a circle of stalwart friends even as the Dark Queen continues to try to locate the source of Ivy's magic to take it for her own.

Like the first in this middle-grade geared series, I felt like the writing was a bit young for my tastes but I know several friends' tweens who would LOVE this series. The magic system the author has developed is quirky and fun and I wished for even more time at Ivy's summer job learning how to mix potions. Ivy's character is a bit further developed in this installment as she starts to understand how to control her magic, and the development of her BFF, Rebecca's, character had a few fun surprises along the way. Fyn and Ivy's other school friends had more character development, which made for a great found family vibe.

The pace of this one was also a little slow for me, but I find that to be true with a lot of sequel books. The final chapters were packed with adventure though, and I thoroughly enjoyed seeing how Ivy and her group of friends figured out how to defeat the Dark Queen... at least for the time being.

A fun, light read for me - and again one I would recommend to middle-grade readers who like a strong female character, adventures and a fun magical system. 3-1/2 out of 5 stars.

Was this review helpful?

The second edition to The Crowns of Croswald adventure was just as amazing as the first one. We catch up with Ivy as she is making her way to The Town to spend her summer after finishing up her first year at school studying to be a scrivenist. She has been tasked by her family’s scrivenist to find the other two pieces to the Kindred Stone and he believes The Town is both the best place to find the pieces and the safest place for Ivy. Ivy has a blast in The Town, but is devastated upon learning it’s too unsafe for her to return to school in the fall because of the Dark Queen. The Dark Queen has other plans though and manages to get Ivy back at school where she can hopefully get ahold of the stone and get rid of Ivy. Her shades that have started to plague The Town and now The Halls are starting to make that look more and more like a certain thing. It’s up to Ivy and her new friends in the Quality Quills Club to keep Ivy and The Town safe.

I also want to note I love the little drawings that come with each chapter, they really enhance the reading experience!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl With the Whispering Shadow is the solid second book in this highly enjoyable fantasy series. The characters are well written and the plot is engaging.

I received a free copy of this book via Netgalley. My review is voluntary and my opinions are my own.

Was this review helpful?

It took us a while to get to this book as we had to had to read the previous book in the series first, but it was well worth it. This was a fun read for the children I read with but actually I think I enjoyed it just as much.

Was this review helpful?

The second book finished in the Crowns of Croswald series and I absolutely loved it!

When I reviewed the first book, I said that it shared some likeness with Harry Potter, and it still does. But not in a bad way, it definitely shows that it has its own unique style and plot and it's been an absolutely brilliant story so far.

There's not too much that I can say specifically as I like to keep my reviews spoiler free, however I would just like to gush about Ivy Lovely and Rebecca's friendship. Through thick and thin they are ALWAYS there for eachother, despite how scared they are or dangerous the situation, they both come through for eachother. They both are constantly developing both as people and as friends and it is so heart warming to see this kind of friendship.

I also can't help but make a special mention about a certain budding relationship - they are so cute! Again, another friendship/soon to be romance that has developed beautifully!

This is the first time in a VERY long time that I have actually continued a book series and I cannot wait to continue it!

Was this review helpful?

An amazing second book in the series. We see Ivy spring from her school into a secret city while we unfold what the dark queens next plans are. It is whimsical and spellbinding with the critters and creatures and the exploration of new magic and skills.

Although it's a middle school age book it's a light fun read that has you on your toes. I like the growth in friendships and continuing Ivy's coming of age story as she battles through the next events thrown her way.

Was this review helpful?

This book (and series so far) gives me such a happy, childlike vibe. It’s middle grade, so it’s an easy read, but it’s still fun for me (a grown adult) to read and enjoy. It feels so much like a Harry Potter inspired fan fiction. It’s just fun to read; relaxing to journey to Cronswald with Ivy.
Alsoooooo. Low key shipping Ivy and Fyn. 😂🙈

Also- the fishing for stars scene was so magical. Favorite part of the book.

This book was published in 2018 - so I’m a bit late to the game. But I’ll be adding book #3 to the TBR.

Thank you to DE Night, NetGalley, and the publisher for this ARC.

Was this review helpful?

While I liked the first book, I loved the second one. The writing was sublime and it was a great story. It was really nice to be back in the world of Croswald!

The world building once again becomes one of the best parts of this book. The descriptions and the atmosphere transport you to these magical places. (Belzebuthe is such an incredible town).

I like the direction Ivy's character has taken. She has found her place, she knows who she is and she knows what she has to do. I also really like her friendship with Rebeca, I love that they support each other, it's nice to see solid friendships between girls…and I loved seeing the relationship grow between Ivy and Fyn.

I personally find this story a bit darker than the first book. I think this is more of a young adult series than a middle grade series. (And I loved it)

D.E. Night did a wonderful job with book two. I’ll definitely read 3rd book very soon.

**Thanks to the publisher for providing this book in exchanging for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

This series is whimsical and delightful! The story picks up where the previous one left off and deepens the magic system and mythology. Ivy is really growing into her own and very lovable as a main character. The Dark Queen as a villain is actually pretty scary and the stakes are slowly starting to get very real. Delightful series!

Thank you to NetGalley and Untold Stories Publishing for an eARC in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

This was such a fun read. I truly appreciated the creativity and development of the characters. Would recommend it for lovers of Harry Potter and those who enjoy magical plot lines.

Was this review helpful?

A fun sequel to a magical middle grade series. This book was just as much fun as the first book and added a lot to Ivy's story. The Town was such an interesting place, and I enjoyed the whimsical, atmospheric feelings I got while reading. Ivy is a fun character, and I'm very interested to see how some of her new friendships develop. I'm very excited to see where the rest of the series leads!

Was this review helpful?

This is a well-made sequel; though it was predictable at times, it was still a quick and enjoyable read getting more and more suspenseful as Ivy’s story progressed. The second book picks up where the first book left off, at the end of the school year, and Ivy is about to leave the Halls of Ivy. She’s going to spend her summer holidays in Belzebuthe, the secret hidden town that lies protected from the Dark Queen behind magic clouds. Ivy’s staying with her friend, Fyn, and discovers more of her magic, the Town and its magic, the world, the past, and her family’s history. She makes new friends, joins a club where they use old quills to battle each other (which was a bit confusing at first), and looks for a way to find the second fragment of the Kindred Stone.

It was interesting to learn more about the magic system, what happened in the past, the Dark Queen’s plan, Ivy’s role, the prophecy, seeing Ivy grow and become more confident in using her magic. There are also new mysteries; dangerous quills disappearing from their prison, a girl with a whispering shadow, someone helping the Dark Queen get closer and closer to Ivy and the Kindred Stone. The second part of the book was exciting and suspenseful, making me look forward to the next two books in the series.

Was this review helpful?

D.E Night does it again! Another great adventure with Ivy and her friends. We meet so many new people it's almost hard to keep track of them all. We start this book in the secret city of Belzebuthe which is SOOOO beautifully described. It is for sure my favorite city with in this universe. The artificial stars that are made from wishes?! Gorgeous. But that's also what made the ending of this book so sad ahhhhh. Some new creatures were also introduced to the story and they never disappoint. I'm glad that the use of Hairies was explained in more detail and they aren't just forced to be lanterns but they actually find confinement comforting and safe. Can't wait to read the next one!

Was this review helpful?

Firstly thank you to Netgalley for the e-arc!! 🥰❤️

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is definitely a step up from the first book, it’s so much meatier!! There’s a lot more depth to everyone and I enjoyed getting more from the plot and being with Ivy. I enjoyed learning more about the magic system and moving on with the story with everyone. I did find it a little predictable but I loved it none the less, the second half of the book was so crazy I just couldn’t put it down!! ❤️❤️

I enjoyed this book just as much as I did the first book. It has the same familiar feel to me (There are lots of similarities between this series and a certain other middle grade book…) and as an adult I would definitely recommend it to fellow adults who like reading middle grade as well as middle grade readers themselves!! 🥰🥰

Was this review helpful?

Wow! This 2nd book of the series is full of adventure, danger, thrills, emotional rollercoaster and leaves me in cold sweat sometimes. Even now 5 minutes after reaching the end of the story, I can feel my heart thumping rapidly in my chest. The cover page is enthralling too, drawing me into this magical world in the book. I can’t wait to read book 3, and I can see book 4 is being published in 3 weeks!

Was this review helpful?

Thankyou so much for the opportunity to read this in exchange for my honest review. I found this one a lot more easier to read than the first one therefore I got more into it and the book flowed so smoothly and was much easier to read. I loved how D.E. Night really made the town come to life through words and it did wonders to my imagination. Thankyou again for the opportunity to read this

Was this review helpful?

I received an e-book thrue netgalley in exchange for my honest review. Thank you again for giving me the opportunity to read the second installment of this series. 😍😍😍🤗🤗🤗

We are back in the magical world of Croswalds and the Halls with Ivy and her friends. And the battle with evil has truly began.

The second book takes of directly after the first one ended. And it was soooooo amazing 🤩🤩🤩

The description of the town Belzebuthe and all the shops and stores, and al the food 😋😍 the atmosphere of the town, the people and everything about it, you can literally see and feel it.

In this second book Ivy's battle with the evil queen 👑 is more intense. And this book is quite darker than the first one.


I would love to se a movie done with this concept like yesterday. 😍🤩

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to at NetGalley and stories untold for giving me the chance to read read this.

I enjoyed enjoyed this first book so wanted to read this one as well. This one is my favourite of the 2. A great fantasy book that continues right were the first book left off. Ivy is trying to workout what she is to do next after finishing her first year.

She’s going to spend her summer holidays in Belzebuthe, in a town with a secret name. I loved all the magical elements in this book. The dark queen still being after Ivy and seeing how that all plays out.

Was this review helpful?

“I’ve got to figure out how to get a cabby the normal way”
“Let me show you Belzebuthe!”
“I’m thinking about calling it The Girl with the Whispering Shadow”
I thought book one but good but book two was great !!!!!
I absolutely loved every minute of Ivy’s story and I can’t believe I already finished it !!!
A story of friendship, family, mystery, dreams and the endless potential of magic. A book where instead of magicians with their wands we have scrivenists with their quills !!!!
Everyone can hold power in their hands but that’s the way they use that power that changes everything !!!
Ivy is a great character: curious, strong and kind, with a huge weight on her shoulder. Thankfully she has amazing friends who are part fo her life and keep standing on her side even during the hardest moments.
They are there both to fight alongside one another against their worst enemies, as well as having quill’s matches as the QQC (Quality Quills Club)!!!!!
And the time Ivy spends with Derwin is priceless !!! It felt a lot like the moments between Harry and Dumbledore while they experience the power of visiting memories and act of them !!!
A beautiful, magical city is the background of this second book and I felt enraptured by it !!!!
I’m so grateful I had the chance to read this second book and right now book three cannot be between my hands soon enough!!!!
“That’s the farthest star out, Star Solo”
“One of the most powerful abilities of scrivenists is that of spelling”
“You can be trapped in a castle, trapped in a scaldrony. Trapped by people. But the worst is being trapped by fear”

Was this review helpful?

*NetGalley, Stories Untold and the author provided me with the ebook in exchange for an honest review*
Honestly, although I’m not the “target audience” for this book as it’s a middle grade fantasy, I still enjoyed it immensely. I find that the second book in a series tends to be better than the first, or the worst of the bunch and can tend to act as a filler. In this case, this book ended up being better than the first in my opinion, and I’m excited to see where the series leads.

I found this book had so much more originality than the first. As mentioned in my previous review, I didn’t dislike the use of other commonly used fantastical elements, but it was refreshing to see some more of that originality come to light. I found that I liked Ivy more in this book than the first as well, and her character building was more prominent.

The thing I probably enjoyed the most was the storyline. I didn’t except some of the plot twists, and we got to explore more of this world than I found we did in the first book. I loved the character relationships Ivy had/developed, and it made me attached to them whether they had an extensive role or not.

Again, if you’re into any kind of whimsical, atmospheric fantasy, I definitely recommend picking this up! Thanks again to the author + Stories Untold for this ebook!

Was this review helpful?

I absolutely loved this book. This book brought me deeper into the fictional world that I love dearly. The adventure was gripping, the characters endearing, and overall unputdownable. It is the perfect book to escape from the world and slip into a magical adventure.

Was this review helpful?

Full of adventure and mystery!
It’s a slow burn but so worth it. The characters all have well developed backgrounds and it was so fun learning about the royal family and the Dark Queen

Was this review helpful?

After what happened at the Masquerade Ball Ivy Lovely learns the truth about her identity and is in danger of staying upon the Halls of Ivy so to keep her safe from the Dark Queen she must stay at the Town while finding the second Kindred Stone.

After spending time in Belzebuthe, she is summoned back to school only to find out what mystery and danger awaits her there.

"A slurry girl turned royal, an orphan denied her family’s right, with the magic of the moon settled inside her."

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second installment in The Crowns of Croswald series, and the story did get better than the first book. It got me hooked from the first chapter; this book is so entertaining I can imagine how the characters had fun, especially the Quogo parts of the book!😍

Great illustrations as same as the first book! Full of fun and surprises.

(I hate it that I can't talk much about the scenarios in the book without spoiling it; hence the short reviews about this series)

Best series to bring me back to fantasy books🥺💗.

Thank you NetGalley and StoriesUntold for the copy!

Was this review helpful?

This book gave me all the feels - it was so good to get to explore the world more and step away from the school. This book felt more confident and I am so excited to read the next two. These will be going into my mini library at school.

Was this review helpful?

THE GIRL WITH THE WHISPERING SHADOW is the second installment of the Crowns of Croswald series, and I was just as taken in with this as I was with the first! Another ⭐⭐⭐⭐💫 middle grade read for me! Maybe a young YA? I am 45 and I liked it, so what do I know about reading age appropriateness!

This story has Ivy in her second year in the Halls, but for her safety, she must stay in the Town since the Dark Queen is after her. After getting a welcome letter to attend, Ivy does return and finds it was all a ruse. The danger really increases as her group of friends move deeper into the year. Ivy finds her quest to find the kindred stone pieces is renewed with a urgency she didn't have before and it might cost her.

This story explored the role that fear can have on us. It highlights courage in the face of fear and how friendship can help our hearts be strengthened. I loved the message. I also loved all the glenagerie adventures! This is my favorite fantastical element that I so truly wish was real. (It is an imagined "world" inside a bottle that is not supposed to hurt the adventurer!) I enjoyed Ivy's growth in the story, and I am excited to keep going in her journey!

Thank you so much to @NetGalley, @danielastoriesuntoldpress
And @author.denight for this digital copy. I would have loved this story from middle grades and still do, so...! You should read this if you have any ounce of magical wishes at all.

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to Netgalley and Stories Untold for the e-ARC in exchange for an honest review.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in D.E. Night’s The Crown of Croswald series. It starts off hours after Ivy has discovered that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, and has she is whisked away to Belzebuthe, ivy must set out on a mission to uncover the Kindred Stone while avoiding the Dark Queen’s wrath.

This was a great sequel, with lots of world building and character growth for Ivy. I especially enjoyed how the author wrote the Dark Queen’s character, she was realistically scary and didn’t feel like a fictional foe. I sometimes forgot that this series is middle grade, as the writing was vivid and kept drawing me in. Overall, an excellent continuation of book 1!

If you like, brave female main characters, lovable side characters that constantly have you smiling, an easy. To understand but intriguing magical system, and beautiful world building, then this series may be for you!

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed this more than the first book in the series mainly due to the fact that I knew the characters and how they were all linked. I felt that the story flowed really well with some great descriptions of not only the characters but the places and events as well. s I character I like Ivy Lovely and was pleased that we got to know more about all the other characters and how they are all connected. Thank you to Daniela at Stories Untold and Netgalley for the opportunity to read this magical book.

Was this review helpful?

Such a great fun sequel! I loved all the much and they whimsy feeling of it! Can't wait to continue on with the 3rd book before the 4th one comes out!!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl With The Whispering Shadow
4/5 ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️
Loved this book, this was the perfect second part of an intriguing series. The story gets more and more intriguing as we go, we get more information and more characters to love. Ivy is proving to still be a badass queenly heir. I love Rebecca and how the author is showing her growth as a character as well. Fyn and Gilstle's interactions killed me. I love how the author ends every book, it is just the perfect type of ending, it's not quite a cliffhanger but it is enough to leave you stated waiting for the next one but also excited to start it. This is the perfect book for all ages, it may be advertised towards middle age but as an adult, I am saying it's a wonderfully whimsical story that any age can adore.

Was this review helpful?

I was SO excited when I was asked to review the 2nd book of The Crowns of Croswald! Thank you Netgalley, D.E. Night and Stories Untold for this Ebook.

Ivy is in Belzebuthe, a secret town where scrivenists go for protection. Until she's invited back by a mysterious letter to the Halls of Ivy, this is where she lives, works and does school work. When she's back at the Halls of Ivy she keeps running into situations with a shadow. She's also on the main quest to find the second piece of the Kindred Stone. Between secret quills club, the secret town, invisible creatures, spells, and battles with the Dark Queens doings, The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is sure to keep you on your toes!

This book was so magical! It's really something when your mind is able to set the scene. Nothing short of amazing.

My favorite character in this book has to be Ivy this time! She's just so cool. She's got such a beautiful soul. She is a great friend, loyal, adventurous, and brave.

If you need to escape from the real world and really love magic, spells, secret battle clubs, giant invisible creatures you use for transportation, and an all around exciting adventure then snag this book up!

Was this review helpful?

A great second book in this series. I was transported back into Ivy’s magical world where her life is being threatened by the Dark Queen and the adults around her are trying to protect her.

Was this review helpful?

Initial thoughts - full review to come soon!

I thoroughly enjoyed this book, even more so than the first! It is a perfect read for middle schoolers with all its magic, adventure, & fun. There was excellent growth in the characters & the story plot from book one. I am loving the budding relationship between Ivy & Fyn!!!

I can't wait to pick up the third installment with my niece & nephew.

Was this review helpful?

3.5 stars but let’s round it up to 4.

I received this e-book from the publisher, via NetGalley, in exchange for an honest review, and for this I would like to thank everyone involved in allowing me access. I’m extremely grateful!

I’ve already read the first volume, which I enjoyed, and I now moved on to the second volume of Ivy’s adventures. I highly appreciated the writing style in the first volume, and we have the same writing here. We don’t sense any changes, which I enjoyed as it feels like we are continuing where we left of.

The story makes a lot of sense considering the first volume. I liked the transition, which was gradual. We don’t sense we’ve left the characters for a long time and a lot has happened so we need to catch up. However, as a downside, I felt the development was too slow. I sensed the same in the first volume, but I’ve felt it made sense as we were being introduced to the new world developed by the author. By the time we reach the second volume, we are already familiar with the environment, so the action could have developed faster, at least during the first half. The second half is more fast paced, which I enjoyed.

I’ve felt several Harry Potter vibes, closer to the end of the book. I love Harry Potter but I don’t know where I stand with the Harry Potter vibes on this book, as the story could be much more, so there’s no need to reuse an already used formula. Still, I would recommend, both this and the first volume!

This review will also be available at my Goodreads profile and later at my instagram profile - @cat.literary.world

Was this review helpful?

I liked this second book in the Crowns of Croswald series by D.E. Night better than the first one. Maybe it is, because I am more familiar with the characters and the world, but I think it is because the book is just deeper than the first one.

I still feel like I am missing a lot of world building information, such as the political system, the royals and the squinches, though we do get to know more about the scrivenists at least. We also get a lot of in depth information about Quogo, the main “sport” in Croswald, which is very magical and entertaining. There are of course many other magical things that are interesting and beautiful, such as starfishing and the creatures the characters run across.
I loved how funny many of the scenes were, such as the potion fight, and the shadow of doom not always looming over the characters. It was still much darker than the first book as Ivy now knows she is being hunted and that the future of Croswald rests of her shoulders, which leaves her constantly worrying and like she is not doing enough.
I like her character arc in this book, she relies heavily on her friends and while she does not ask grown ups for help, she is always willing to rely on her friends (who are much less qualified, but still somehow manage). But seriously, grown ups can help you, use their knowledge! You don’t have to do everything alone.
The characters in general feel a lot more three-dimensional than in the first book, showing their own interests, feelings and fears. I also enjoyed getting to know Ivy’s new friend group, I think a lot of the characters there have a lot of potential and hope the author uses it in the sequels.
Another positive note is that parts of the prologue are mentioned within the first chapters and you can start putting together clues and figure out what’s going on – much faster than Ivy of course, so you have to wait for her to figure it out as well.
The plot itself ties neatly together, there is a red string you can follow through the whole book and pick up a lot of additional information along the way. Still, there are many scenes that give you a “breather” from the main plot and show the characters in new lights, which is also important and makes them feel more alive.
Many things are still very obviously inspired by another franchise, but the author puts a new spin on them, making it a very enjoyable read.

Was this review helpful?

What an amazing sequel!

The book picks up almost immediately after the events of the first book. The story continues with Ivy Lovely and her quest to find who she really is and is tasked to find a mysterious town that can only be found by few.

It was amazing to go back to this amazing world and all its inhabitants, from the hairies, plants, mythical creatures and to see Ivy become more and more at ease with her mission. The town was absolutely wonderful and exciting, especially because its where all the scrivenits come from. I especially loved the magic system and how it worked and how important it was to not take it for granted.

I am absolutely excited to continue with the series and see where the story will take us.

Was this review helpful?

Here we follow Ivy on her adventure to recover the three parts of the stone, that belongs to her royal family. Along side with Derwin she learns more of her power and so she goes on an adventure with Fyn and Rebecca to recover one part of the stone. But the Dark Queen descovers the location to the secret town and tries to retrieve the stone, 'cause she needs it. I loved how friendship turns into something really important in this book, but for me there were parts that I didn't care like the games or the description of places, but I did enjoy the other parts like the ones where she is facing the Dark Queen

Was this review helpful?

Genre: Fantasy/Middle Grade
Pages: 384

If you love Harry Potter or magic in general, this is the series for you. This book picks up where the last one ended. Despite this being a middle grade book, I thoroughly enjoyed it.
The pacing held my attention and the plot wasn't overly complicated. We get to see Ivy's character grow in this book and her relationship deepen with Rebecca and Fyn. Glad to see that we got additional characters too!

Overall, a fun & magical book that'll entertain all ages!

For more book reviews, follow me @literaturewithalatte

Was this review helpful?

Whoosh! And we're back from our latest thrilling visit to the Magical School of Ivy Hall. Our detour trip on the cabby through The Town, Belzebuthe, was quite the experience as well. Once again, a reminder to travel as light as possible.

Can you still remember where we ended off in the first instalment, The Crowns of Croswald? Yes, the Dark Queen made a dark and watery appearance at the Ball and we discovered that Ivy Lovely's name isn't just plucked from a leave, oh no - she is a direct descendant from the magical inhabitants of Ivy Hall and the walls are there to protect her.

Okay, she did attend the Ball without the proper clearance and all hell broke lose, so it's only fair that she needed to be punished. Luckily she had a whole summer to think of all her indiscretions and to ponder on her lineage and the best part of all - she got to spend it with her best friend, Rebecca. Or at least, that's what she thought. Yes, she needed to be punished, but her safe keeping under the severest protection, was still the first priority. So whoosh, she gets tumbled (quite literally) off to Belzebuthe, a Town with a protection spell that the Dark Queen cannot enter.

When dark and stormy clouds enter the Town, Ivy's ban from Ivy Hall was revoked by The Selector. Or is there a more sinister presence that wants Ivy between the walls of her ancestors? And who do we trust here? And will the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone be found? Questions questions questions! Luckily we have a large number of scrivenists and magical quills to help us find the answers.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow (just wait till you discover the meaning behind the title, it truly is a thrilling revelation!) is a wonderful sequel to The Crowns of Croswald and we were very glad to meet up with the hairies and Humboldt again. Meeting a few new magical creatures just made this an even more enjoyable read.

How wonderful to know that book 3 and 4 in this series are available as well. Now we just need to squeeze in the time to finish this delightful tale that can be enjoyed by young and old.

Was this review helpful?

I love how magical this series is! Just the whole concept of magic coming from pens and stones is a fun. This second book in the Crowns of Croswald series finds the protagonist, Ivy, where she left off in the previous story. She is still in danger and must hide. The place she hides is both secret and endearing. We are privileged to see Ivy grow deeper friendships and gain confidence in her abilities and who she is to her world. My only complaint about this book was a scene where Ivy's friends encouraged her to do something of questionable morality and safety. There were consequences for the actions, but I truly felt her friends' actions were out of character. However, it was a a small plot point, and the rest of the story was a delight. I received a digital copy of this book for free for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

This is such an amazing series and I loved reading more in this amazing world that D.E. Night has created. ⁣

I have loved watching Ivy grow and develop over these two books. She is such an amazing and lovable character that you just continually root for. ⁣

I couldn't help but devour this one, especially with all the new risks and dangers that Ivy and her friends face. ⁣

I cannot wait to read the next book in this series!

Was this review helpful?

I read the first book in march and really liked it, so you can expect that I’d have high expectations for the second one, and I am glad to say that it exceeded all my expectations!! I have nothing except good things to say, the story, the characters, the scenes, were all so well written I felt as if I was a part of the story! I am grinning like a Cheshire cat while writing this review because I am just thinking of going and rereading it again and again. It’s definitely in my comfort reads list.

I absolutely love the friendship dynamic in the book, like Ivy and Rebecca are friendship goals, also this may be a tiny spoiler but we see more of Ivy and Finn, they are so freaking cute! Also I have to say this book made me wanna read the third immediately, but I am holding out till I can get the book. Also, because I am obsessed dragons, as most you might know, I am just gonna say that there’s a very cool scene that made me love Rebecca more!!

It’s a middle grade fantasy, and is the perfect escape for adults and a new world to discover for children!! I would a hundred percent recommend this to anyone who’s into magic, dragons and adventures!!

I would like to acknowledge and thank netgally, the author and the publisher for an ARC.

Was this review helpful?

Its so good to be back in the Croswald world again!
Book one absolutely blew me away, and here book two comes and is even better! In book one you could see the resemblance to Harry Potter and Hogwarts, where in this sequel we get to see so many aspects of what separates Croswald from it. I adore the magic system, quills and the introduction of the game Quogo, which I thought was absolutely brilliant.

Seeing the character development in Ivy and embracing her magic was stunning to watch unfold. I also liked how we got to see various of old and new characters which I hope we get more glimpses of in the future.

This remains a series I would always recommend for anyone who loves YA fantasy! If Harry Potter, fairytales and even Alice in Wonderland is your vibe, this book/series is definitely for you!

Was this review helpful?

I am so glad that I kept reading this series. I liked the first one and knew there was potential for the story and the characters and I was not disappointed. The timid side of Ivy gave way to seeing her become more comfortable and confident in her magical abilities. Her friendship with Rebecca has also grown stronger. There is a love interest in the story with Fyn but it is completely age-appropriate. This is a great book for middle-grade readers, both boys and girls.

The descriptions of places, people, and magic are also better in this book. I feel like we are getting a better window into how the magic system works. I look forward to continuing this series.

Thank you, NetGalley for the chance to read this book!

Was this review helpful?

This is book two in the series and we find Ivy Lovely right where we left her, wrapping up her first school year at the Halls of Ivy where she is learning to become a scrivinist. Following the directions of her family's scrivinist, Ivy heads to Belzebuthe, a secret town where she hopes she will be able to stay safe. Ivy learns more about her new magical world and about her own magic but she can't help but feel like something is wrong.

This book is packed with lots of action and excitement and it kept me really engaged. I think I liked it even more than the first book. Ivy is passionate and a heroine you like to root for. I hope to see her find some more confidence as she learns more about herself and her abilities. I'm really enjoying this series so far, and definitely plan to read more!

Was this review helpful?

I really enjoyed this book! The whole world is so well thought out and it is so well written that you can imagine everything in immense detail! Although it took a little bit of time to get to the excitement of the story it helped to build up to it and make it even more gripping! I didn’t know what was coming next! The storylines are very clever and extremely well written! This book is just as good as the first one in the series and I can’t wait to read the third!

Was this review helpful?

Loved loved loved!

I was so hooked on the first book in this series when I read it that I immediately ordered the second book! This story just keeps getting better and better - I'm ashamed at how long it took me to read this and I hate that I haven't read the other books in the series yet!

I love the characters, I loved everyone in the first book and that hasn't changed with this one! D.E Night does an amazing job at fleshing out the characters she writes, she really makes you care about everyone and they do honestly feel like friends.

Fun and enchanting story - a great read! Highly recommend!

Was this review helpful?

The second book takes place right after where we left off in the first book. Ivy finds herself in a secret town, warned not to return to her school for her own safety, and tasked by her protector to find a rare heirloom. Of course, nothing ever goes as planned!

Suddenly summoned back to the Hall of Ivy, Ivy finds out only too late that the Dark Queen was behind it all. How the Queen was able to find Ivy outside of school and come after her inside the school are mysteries Ivy needs to solve, while ensuring she’s still alive to fight the darkness and keep Croswald safe.

I’ll say it outright that I enjoyed this book more than the first one! I guess this was because by now I already know the characters and care about what happens to them. Also, being familiar with the world building, it was easier to understand how the magic system works in this book. That is not to say there was nothing new here. Rather, exploring this world with Ivy as she discovers more and more about the world surrounding her and her own magical abilities was one of my favourite parts of this book.

We also meet a host of new characters and creatures, and it was fun to read about Ivy making new friends with both man and beast.

My favourite part in this book though, was the introduction of the magical game of Quogo! I think I loved all the scenes with the Quogo matches, whether played by the professionals or our young group of heroes. The ideas and the vivid descriptions of this game were both intriguing and entertaining to read about.

Without giving away any spoilers, I’ll say the ending was really satisfying because while Ivy was able to hold back the Dark Queen for now, but the victory came with a price! Even though for middle grade readers, I do appreciate when we read about adventure stories where there are consequences to actions.

This series will draw comparisons to other middle grade fantasy books, but I’m happy to say that I enjoyed this series immensely and definitely recommend to book lovers who are looking for a fun and adventurous series!

Rating: ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️✨/5

Was this review helpful?

Thank you to the publisher for sending me a copy of this book in exchange for an honest review.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series. After the events of the first book, Ivy must find the pieces of the Kindred stone and learn to embrace her powers so that she can defeat the Dark Queen.

This book was far more adventurous and exciting than the first one. It builds upon the magical concepts introduced in the previous book. I loved the introduction of The Quality Quills Club and Quogo - a game in which players utilize their magical quills to win.

I also found myself warming to Ivy. I felt her character was explored in more depth in this book, enabling us to fully understand and sympathize with her struggles. Her character became more real rather than merely fulfilling the role of the chosen one. I also loved reading about her relationships with Fyn and Rebecca. They added so much light-heartedness and joy to the story!

I did think the pacing was awkward in some places with it moving very fast during some scenes and dragging in others. However, I do not think this takes away from how wonderful this story is! This book definitely surpassed my expectations and outshined the first book in so many ways!

I highly recommend this series to those who are looking for a fun, magical fantasy story, particularly younger readers. Fans of Harry Potter and Nevermoor would love this!

Was this review helpful?

Fantastic and enhancing story! This was the perfect sophomore book in the series, and held its own as a stand-alone tale.

Was this review helpful?

I went back to Croswald for the second book of the series, and let me tell you, I loved the journey! 💫

I think what I absolutely love about The Crowns of Croswald is how it showcases a different kind of magic. It’s a totally new and creative universe. The plot is intricate, yet it’s fairly easy to understand.

I loved the first book, but the reason I adored The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is BELZEBUTHE! What a treat to be introduced to the Town! Of course, since we’re already acquainted with the characters, we dive right into it!

Fyn is such a sweetheart. I really enjoyed how we’re focused on the main storyline, but we get little hints of romance from him and Ivy.

If you’re looking for a magical read, look no further 🧚🏼‍♀️

Was this review helpful?

Thank you NetGalley, Stories Untold, and D.E. Knight for a copy of this book in exchange for an honest review.

Description:
Only hours after Ivy Lovely discovers that she is the fulfillment of the Moonsday promise, she is whisked away from her beloved school to Belzebuthe, a secret town for only those with magical blood.

Ivy sets out on a mission to uncover the second facet of the Kindred Stone while eluding the Dark Queen’s wrath. But even when she’s supposed to be safe, something is shadowing Ivy. She will need all her natural-born magic and more as she battles to find the rest of the Kindred Stone and return to the Halls of Ivy.

Before it’s too late...

This was a wonderful continuation from the first book. It picked up right where Ivy's story ended in the first book and it was easy to get back into the magical world of Croswald. We are following Ivy through her second year at the Halls of Ivy. Ivy spends her summer and the beginning of the school year in the Town since it has been deemed unsafe for her to return back to school for the time being. Until she is called back to school by the Selector, or so she thought. As usual Ivy gets in to trouble for various things once she returns to school, but I loved getting to "see" more outside of the school, Ravenshollow, and the slurry fields from the first book. I do feel like Ivy did mature and continue to grow as a character in this book, especially when she joins the QQC.

The Town sounds like an amazing place to live as a scrivenist. There was also the introduction of Quogo, a new magical game. Who doesn't like a good duel? I liked seeing all the main characters grow more throughout this book. Reading about them expanding their magical skills is fun and pulls you in to the story even more. I feel like the middle of the school year always seems to get skipped over a little bit in the book, but there might not be much to add from what was already written. I just feel like the meat and potatoes of the book are at the beginning and the end and I wish there was some of it in the middle. It doesn't affect the book for me at all, though. I still really enjoyed this book and will most likely continue the series. I have to know how the story ends!

Was this review helpful?

The Girl With the Whispering Shadow is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series.

I feel as characters everyone grew, From start to finish you honestly see each character grow at their own pace and see them evolve into wonderful roles in the series, and I love how we find out about Fyns kind of bad boy side, and his jealous side as well. The descriptions again are so detailed that I can imagine everything D.E Night describes from Quogo to the dragon.

I was sad to see the book end so fast because I wanted to keep going, but the ending was a major cliffhanger and I am excited what D.E Night will come up with next and where Ivy’s next adventure is going!

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed reading this book. I adore Ivy’s friends but Fyn and Rebecca are my favorites, and this time, Rebecca won me over because she can turn into a dragon! I also loved the new creatures we meet in this one. Although this series is very simplistic, I really love the world. It’s as magical as it could be, and with every single book, it’s developed even more. I definitely recommend it.

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in the The Crowns of Croswald series. Ivy Lovely has survived her first year at the Halls of Ivy, but it looks like the Dark Queen isn't done with her yet! The story takes us to the hidden Town where Ivy spends her summer with one of her closest friends. Can she figure out the location of the second piece of the mysterious Kindred Stone that is her birthright?

I liked how the book picked up right after the end of the first book. Usually sequels aren't as good as the original, but I thoroughly enjoyed this one. I totally want to be a member of the QQC. Ivy teaches the reader to be brave and courageous, and I really enjoy that.

Was this review helpful?

I'm loving reading more adventures of Ivy Lovely! I was disappointed right along with her when she couldn't go back to school, but was happy when she did! Though I, too, was suspicious about the origins of the note. I love the academia aspects of these books! The school sounds beautiful; can never go wrong with schools in an old castle! I wished Fyn was around a bit more, but it was also fun meeting some new friends and characters. Including his mom! She seemed really nice, and it was great for Ivy to have that influence/relationship with her own parents gone. I also had a lot of fun meeting Silius! All of the creatures are so creative and I think the invisitaurs are my favorite. I was also glad to see more of the dark queen. She's a great villain! Overall, I love this series and can't wait to see more of Ivy Lovely!

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed reading this more than book 1. The world building is great and so magical.. It’s great to see Ivy become more confident in herself and getting to know more friends.

Was this review helpful?

I have previously reviewed the first book in the series and was gifted this one as well to review.

I think the series is shaping up to have a slight Harry Potter feel, which is not bad. It's a great follow on book from the first and I love that there are new characters and the story keeps growing.

They are great books for teenagers and adults alike.

Was this review helpful?

Ivy Lovely has reached the end of her first year at the Hall of Ivy and instead of spending her summer with her best friend Rebecca she is getting sent off to The Town, indefinitely! Darwin has tasked her with finding the other pieces of the Kindred Stone and the Selector believes Ivy will be safe from the Dark Queen there. But something is off even in the safest place I'm Croswald strange dark storm clouds are breaking through the Town's barrier and even though Ivy was told she'd not be returning to the Hall of Ivy, she recieves a letter from the Selector bidding her to return shortly after the new school year starts. Ivy returns only to discover the Selector never sent for her and that the Shades that were in The Town seem to have followed her as well. As Ivy works with Derwin to retrieve his memories of where he put the missing fragments of the stone, Ivy feels that the Dark Queen is close, planning another attack from the shadows.

There is no better feeling than when a title of a book makes sense, except when the author has cleverly weaved that moment into the story itself as Night has done with The Girl with the Whispering Shadow. The title of the book is introduced early on in this story, which was so unique that I was absolutely intrigued to figure out why Night had decided to do that. She did not let me down.

Ivy is still the amazing character she was in the first one. She makes a plan and she sticks to it even if the consequences could spell trouble for her. And her unwavering loyalty to her friends is wonderful. And in turn their loyalty to her. This book focuses a bit more on Fyn and Ivy's relationship and I enjoyed that especially since we find out more about Fyn's background and a connection his family has with the Kindred Stone. We are also introduced to a whole group of new friends with the QQC, it's a secret so you'll just have to read the book to find out what QQC stands for!

I am also 100% sure the Selector has to be a bad guy. She has to be working for the Dark Queen, she says she has to appear to be on her side but I think she's lying, I think she's totally on the Dark Queen's side.

In terms of pacing this was well done and followed the same formula as the first book, which I thought would kind of be annoying but I ended up enjoying it as we get introduced to all sorts of new creatures and magic from Croswald. My absolute favorite this time has to be Silius (I hope I spelled that right) I'm really hoping we see more of him in book three!

Overall, a perfect second book with a fantastic cliffhanger ending that has left me excited to find out what happens next! Highly recommend for fans of Kiki's Delivery Service and Eva Evergreen, Semi-Magical Witch! Also, since this is a middle grade book this would make a perfect read along with the kiddos whether as a bedtime story or a buddy read.

Was this review helpful?

This series just keeps on improving! I really enjoyed The Girl with the Whispering Shadow more than the first book but that’s because DE Night set up the story in the first book so well and this book was even better.

I love the world this book is set in and I really enjoyed learning more about the magic system. It’s so simple but it is described really well throughout the book and it feels very magical and mystical.

I love the characters even more in book two, and I fell in love with Ivy’s friendships with Rebecca and Fyn. I was happy with the character development within their friendship and I’m looking forward to reading more. Ivy is such a good main character and even though I wasn’t sure on her in the beginning I love her character in this book.

This book left on such a good cliffhanger for the next book in the series and I’m very much looking forward to reading it!

⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️

Was this review helpful?

This book returns us to the world of Croswald, full of magic and royalty and the evil Dark Queen. It is full of new adventures, new magical characters and friends, and new magical wonders. They use quills instead of wands to help direct their magic. And at the beginning of this book, one of the darkest, most powerful quills goes missing from the Keep where they are locked away and studied.

The second book in the series, Ivy learned several secrets last book and ended up battling the Dark Queen. The Dark Queen is after her crown, but Ivy doesn’t have a crown. The only person who has a clue of what the Dark Queen is looking for and where it might be is her families old magical advisor called a scrivenist. Of course it can’t be that easy, he also was trapped somewhere for decades, causing memory loss. Ivy has her plate full in this book, with trying to keep up with school, trying to help him recover his memories to beat the Dark Queen to what she wants so badly, fighting literal shadows that are putting everyone in danger, and practicing her magic in a scrimmage setting in a club (that is technically against the rules, but she’s got to defeat the Dark Queen somehow, and she needs to practice!)

Was this review helpful?

The Girl with a Whispering Shadow is the second book in the Crowns of Croswald series. It's a nice break to read a book for a middle grade audience and exciting to see the events that transpire after the ending of the first book (where Ivy finds out who she really is).

I love how much Ivy's character has grown from when we first meet her in the first book, I love her curiosity and kindness and getting to see those friendships develop further.

I think Rebecca has quickly become a favourite character of mine in the series though.

The ending was perfect - it left on a cliffhanger that had me needing the next book straight away. I'm curious to see where the rest of the series goes and The Girl with a Whispering Shadow is such a great sequel.

Overall, I really love D.E.Nights writing and their way of describing/world building is great. It does draw similarities to other middle grade fantasy books but does well in holding its own in being unique.

Was this review helpful?

3.75/5 stars rounded up to 4

This is an excellent follow-up that, for me, almost meets the expectations of the first book. Almost.

Maybe it's just me, but I felt as if there were more telling in this one. "The weather clearly reflected Ivy's mood." If it clearly reflected her mood, you shouldn't have had to tell me that, at least not so directly. But maybe it's because this is for middle-grade to young adult audiences. The dialogue flowed a little less nicely, mostly due to a lack of contractions in some places, which were not to do with the character's way of speaking.

By the halfway point I started questioning if this was actually going to lead into anything. Ivy and the reader learn a lot without it feeling infodump-y or slow (usually), so you can at least tell that it's building up to something. By the 60-70% point, it starts to pick up, and up, and up! All that learning starts leading into some action being done, and I could hardly put it down.

So don't miss out on it. From the little bit of other reviews I saw, this is being praised higher than the first one. This series should definitely be read in order, but Night does a nice job of slipping in sentences and details to remind you of the first book while not spending too much time recapping. This helps keep track of recurring characters, too. I adored the world-building and the characters - who I wish we had a little more time with - but that's not surprising! The world-building alone is a big part of the pull of this series for me, and I'm glad we get to see even more of its magic in this one.

Was this review helpful?

The book returns us to the world of Croswald, full of magic and royalty and the evil Dark Queen. It is full of daventures, new magical characters, friends and magical wonders. They use quills instead of wands to use magic. The one person who has a clue of what the dark queen is looking for and where it might be is her families old magical advisor called a scrivenist. Ivy has her plate full in this book fighting and defeating the Dark Queen. Eager to dive into next one soon.

Was this review helpful?

This book is definitely an improvement on the first and as a whole the series is magical. The characters that felt flat in the first book are full of life and it was really nice to spend some time with them outside of the school in the ‘Town’.

If these books had been around when I was a teenager I would have absolutely loved them.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in the Croswald series and I have to say it was as enjoyable as the first.

It continues the story of Ivy Lovely, who is an absolute joy of a character. She is compassionate and resourceful. It was so lovely to see her surrounded by loyal friends, a far cry from her lonely childhood as a kitchen maid.

The author has done a fantastic job of showing that although Ivy has grown up a little because of all she has been through, she remains a reckless teenager, ready to steam into dangerous adventures without a thought!

The structure of the story was similar to the first book, a slow build up to an epic battle in the final few chapters.
As in the previous book I would have liked to have seen a little more of the Dark Queen as she is a fabulous villain.

I also felt, although Ivy's time in Belzebuthe at the start if the book was interesting, I couldn't wait for her to get back to school as that is where the humour and excitement is.

I loved seeing Ivy building a group of friends and her relationship with Fyn grows even more in this book, the scene where they fish for stars on the roof on Fyns birthday was truly heartwarming.

The ending of the book bodes well for the next in the series as it appears Ivy is beginning to truly embrace her birthright and I cannot wait to read what happens to her next.

Many thanks to the publisher for providing me with a digital ARC through Netgalley for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

Another magical read full of adventure, and whimsical creatures and scenery, magic and mischief, as the first one was.
There is definitely a Harry Potter vibe and although the characters are much older this is still a middle grade book.
I do wish there was some more romance between Ivy and Fyn, or even Glistle. Actually, this is the only thing I find fault in these books, the relationships, all of them not only the romantic ones, are not very developed and I don’t really grasp their feelings and emotions, which makes for little character and relationship arc. I do hope this improves in the next books.
I’m curious to see how Ivy will manage without Fyn next year, and how she will finally find a way to save Croswald from the Dark Queen.

Was this review helpful?

Firstly I want to say a massive thankyou again to the author for the gifted digital copy of the book!

I loved the first book in the Crowns of Croswald series so when the offer came for the second book was given I had to say yes! I had found myself missing the magical world of Croswald with its Royals and Scrivenists and also the Dark Queen!

I loved that we got more character development of Ivy - the lead character you can’t help but root for, and also that we learnt more about Fyn. I do wish that their romance would kick off a little though and I’m hoping that we learn more about them in book 3!

The pacing of this book was a lot better than the first in the series and I found the story line kept me hooked and wanting to read on. There is a lot going on at times and this can be a little confusing but I honestly love the magic that this series brings.

I know this is aimed at a younger audience but as someone who is older reading it I still find myself drawn in and captivated by the magic of it all.

A great sequel!

Was this review helpful?

Cover - 10/10
Story - 9/10
Characters - 9.5/10
Writing style - 10/10

This is the second book of The Crowns Of Croswald series. This book shows Ivy's pursuit of the Kindred Stone. New characters are introduced. The book shows the development of the relationship between Fyn and Ivy. Rebecca is still the nice friend we all wish for. Even if the story progresses slowly it isn't boring at all. A lot of things happen in the book that keeps the reader engaged.

Ivy's character has developed very well. She has grown stronger than in the first book. I love her!

What I liked most about the book is the portrait of Belzebuthe. I must praise the imagination and the ability of the author to illustrate it in words👏👏

Was this review helpful?

"𝑻𝒆𝒍𝒍 𝒉𝒆𝒓, 𝑰𝒗𝒚! 𝑮𝒐 𝒐𝒏, 𝒕𝒆𝒍𝒍 𝒉𝒆𝒓 𝒘𝒉𝒐 𝒚𝒐𝒖 𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒚 𝒂𝒓𝒆!"

I really loved the developments that this book brought to this series as well as the anticipation of knowing that Ivy's story is not done yet and that she still has a lot to achieve.
.
One aspect that is different from a lot of books in the fantasy fiction genre is that the story does not evolve mainly around romance, here we rather see the main focus being on character development. Ivy grew throughout this whole book, she learnt how to have more confidence in herself and her abilities, she started standing up for herself and she accepted her fears and decided to fight against them. She developed a voice for the voiceless.

We also get to experience the side characters developments such as Rebecca and Fynn. This was an interesting aspect in the book as they all believed in each other and thus encouraged one another to do better, to be better.

Even though we don't actually experience romance in this book, we do get the excitement of the possibility for an extraordinary romance to blossom!
I really hoped that the romance would've started in this second book of the series, but now I'm shifting that hope to the third book. It was as if every time I thought the romance was going to unravel, the story shifted into a different direction completely - this threw me off guard every now and then, but in a good way!
.
D.E. Night has this amazing writers skill where she interprets so much of the title into the book itself, but with just the right amount of information on the title for you to make the connection on your own. It leaves you excited for the endless reasons there could be behind this and how it will all eventually unfold.
.
What I enjoyed more from this book than the first was the fact that the plot was fast paced. You find yourself reading faster to stay connected to the atmosphere and to not miss any detail in the events. D.E. Night uses the main character as well as all the side characters in this plot, this gives us more of an insight into the bond that these characters have and it also contributes in a very positive way to the emotions resulting from the plot.
.
.
However, once again, the jumping to and from POV's without warning had me confused a bit - but after experiencing this in the first book it does make the experience a bit better and smoother for the reader in the second one.
I would have preferred to rather then have added chapters where we see certain events from the POV of Fynn and Rebecca, instead of having it pop up in the middle of a chapter.
.
.
Since this is not the end, I am excited to see how Ivy can grow more and use her abilities to the fullest. And, as mentioned, hopefully see some aspect of romance for her - because she really does deserve it!
.
One last thought, who is the Selector really? Because I have mixed feelings towards her...
.
.
.
.
Thank you Stories Untold Press for this book in exchange for an honest review.

Was this review helpful?

If you like whimsy and magic, this book is for you. It is written for a younger audience, I would say middle-grade to young adult, but I still enjoyed this book as an adult. My daughter loved when I read parts aloud to her.

The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book in The Crowns of Croswald series. It is such a magical, whimsical book with lots of adventure and mystery. It is set between the Halls of Ivy and the Town. Both places sound so enchanting and I wish I could visit them. The world building is wonderful and the friendships are so sweet. I love the found family aspects. I do wish Ivy had more confidence and growth by now.

Was this review helpful?

This is the second book in this series and it was just as good as the first. My 11 year old daughter and I like to read these together which is great. We like the magical world and it sort of reminds of Harry Potter but with a main female character. There is a love interest in this book that we very much enjoyed and we can’t wait for the next one. It is set in the Halls of Ivy and the Town both of which the author describes in great detail to where we can imagine it in our minds. Ivy is given a mission to look for the rest of the Kindred stone but can’t go back go to the Halls of Ivy. This book had suspense and a cliffhanger so we can’t wait for book 3.

Was this review helpful?

This was an amazing sequel that I thought was even better than the first! The love interest and main character are so cute together and I kept rooting for them. However, bringing in the other love interest felt a little forced and I'm hoping Ivy picks the initial interest. They have so much chemistry.

Was this review helpful?

Girl with the Whispering Shadows by D. E Night
Earc:NetGalley
Publisher: Stories Untold
Publication Date:23rd April 2019
Genre:Sci Fiction and Fantasy, Children's Fiction

Very easy to read and suitable for teens. The second book in the series.
Ivy Jude discovers the promise, and now she has been whisked away into the
Belzebuthe is a remote town. This book is jam-packed with adventure, fun, and excitement. Whenever Ivy's stone lit up, I felt tense since I knew danger was nearby. Each chapter contains action and experience, so there are never any dull ones.
New characters are introduced.

There are new magic abilities found.
The cliffhanger conclusion has you eagerly awaiting book 3. This fascinating, amusing novel has loads of adventure and mystery. Therefore I'm giving it five stars. The Town and the Halls of Ivy are on each side of it. I want to go to both sites since they sound so magical. Both the world-building and the friendships are fantastic. I adore parts of extended families. Ivy grew and had more self-assurance by the end.


#NetGalley #bookstagram #bookreview #goodreads #scifictionandfantasy #childrensfiction #Girl with the Whispering Shadows by D. E Night

Was this review helpful?

I enjoyed the second book in this series! Like the first book, the author made great use of creative imagery. Her writing is spell-binding and lyrical. I felt there was much more character development in this book, and I connected much more with Ivy. There were a few romantic scenes that definitely made me swoon. I found I made fewer comparisons to Harry Potter in the second book - which made me really appreciate the uniqueness of this storyline. This is a great middle-grade fantasy series.

Was this review helpful?

About the book:
As the school of magic close for summer. Ivy was sent to the Town, a secret town for scrivenist and matteler. She was given a mission to look for the rest of the Kindred stone and instructed not to go back to the Hall of Ivy for her safety. However, during her stay in Town, a mystery shadow is looming around. Ivy knows that this is not good news as the first piece of the Kindred stone is screaming of danger whenever it senses the shadow.
Will she be able to find the next piece of the stone? Will she be able to stay away from the wrath of the Dark Queen? What will be waiting for her when she returns to the Hall of Ivy?

My thought
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the second book of the Crown of Crosswald. I was so excited to start this book and to hop on the adventure with Ivy as she search for the parts of Kindred stone. This book is full of excitement, fun, and adventure. It gave me a suspenseful feeling whenever Ivy’s stone lit up and knowing that danger is looming around. There is no boring chapter as each leads to action and adventures.
There are new characters were introduced and new skills of magic were discovered.
The ending is a cliffhanger that makes me more excited to have book 3. Giving this a five star.

Was this review helpful?

Like the book before it, The Girl With the Whispering Shadow had major Harry Potter vibes. If you like Harry Potter, these are the next books you need to read. I'd especially recommend this as a read aloud for families with middle grade children.

We have a magical school, an orphan with a mysterious and magical heritage, a team of loyal friends and an evil queen trying to ruin it all. While the first half felt a little slow to me, the action picked up. Remembering that this is the second book in what is to be a four part series helped, as this definitely felt like a book that is building to the others and filling in important pieces of the story and world.

Speaking of the world, Night has done a wonderful job of creating a world that feels real even with all its fantastical elements. She has thought of everything from the landscape to the critters that live in it, the games the students adore and the food they eat.

Last but not least, the characters are lovely. I especially love our heroine, Ivy, and her best friend Rebecca. I liked that this is a book with female main characters that would be equally entertaining for boys and girls similar to how Narnia and Potter (both personal favourites) relate to a wide variety of readers.

Another win from Night. I'm eagerly anticipating the next one!

Big thanks to Night's marketing team for sending me this one.

Was this review helpful?

This books really drew me in, very whimsical and enchanting. I can’t recommend it enough for those who love books like Harry Potter and Alice in Wonderland.

Ivy lovely is a determined wonderful main character and she’s growing into a someone she fight realize she could be. Each of the characters in this story hold their own and build what’s happening.

I enjoyed them so much, I bought physical copies!

Was this review helpful?

I was granted a copy of this book by Netgalley, in exchange for my honest opinion. Thank you so so so much for this opportunity to read this second book.
The Girl with the Whispering Shadow is the continuation to the Croswald series!
It takes the base of the first book and develops from there.
Honestly what tells me that this series it’s a great deal, is the fact that it’s been a wile since I read the first one and I can remember to detail the adorable character and her adventures to finding her place and identity.
We start to explore the land outside of the Halls of Ivy to a Secret Town, which is where Ivy meets new friends and like usual gets into troubles!
Back at the Halls, Ivy and her new friends must race against time to find out the mystery before its too late!
This world magic it’s so adorable and whimsical , new and fun and adventures, it was impossible to put down!
If you haven't read This series... please pick it up! You will be not be disappointed, it will sweep you away, I can’t even explain how it touched me definitely a beautiful series that i cannot recommend enough.

Was this review helpful?

Second in the series and just as enjoyable as the first.

Been recommending this middle reader series to friends with children middle school age. Perfect fun read for older readers as well.

If you enjoyed Harry Potter or the Percy Jackson series would encourage you to take a chance on this series.

Was this review helpful?

Thanks to Untold Stories Press, D.E. Night for letting me keep being part of Ivy's world. #Netgalley

This is the second book of 'The Crowns of Croswald' series and it starts right where the first one left off!
The first school year is over, Ivy has learned who she really is and the only place that will keep her safe is Belzebuthe. Shh! You'll have to call it "The Town" since it's cloaked in order to keep it secret from the Dark Queen; It's the last safe place for Magic users in Croswald! While there, Ivy is tasked with finding the missing pieces of the Kindred Stone, an ancestral heirloom that contains all her power. Unfortunately, she has no clue where to even begin.

In the second book we get to see the same characters and meet more since Ivy makes new friends in The Town. I loved this setting of The Town that we get to explore a lot more in this second book, it's such a magical place, full of creative details that make me wish I could visit and it adds a lot to the world-building. There are more magical creatures, adventures, and even a cool magical duel game, but the stakes are higher and it really felt like it. Aside from keeping up with assignments and finding the pieces of the stone, Ivy has to grapple with anxiety and guilt, all while being chased by some mysterious shades. There is still a lot of whimsy, but the overall tone was a bit more serious than the first book, which I enjoyed. It helped to keep me invested.

One aspect that kind of bothered me was Fyn's characterization. He did not feel like the same character as in the first book. Whereas in the first book, he was more cautious and a rational presence in opposition to Ivy's rashness, in the second book he suddenly became the instigator of most of the trouble the characters got into. I found it hard to buy that it was the same person, as it feels like not enough time has gone by for such drastic changes in his temperament. That's my one complaint but aside from that, I had so much fun with this book and will be reading the next one!

Read this if you enjoy:
-Chosen one
-Secret Clubs
-Good Vs. Evil
-Animal Companions

Was this review helpful?

Filled with stars that contain wishes, secret societies, curious creatures, a hidden town and a whole lot of mischief, the second book in this middle-grade fantasy series is a must for any fan of whimsical escapism. ⁣

It develops the story of Ivy Lovely, a sweet heroine thrust into the chaos of her recently-discovered bloodline. As she seeks a magical stone that can save her kingdom from the tyranny of her enemy, the Dark Queen, she forms fast friendships with a group of loveable misfits. Together, they develop their knowledge of spellcasting, encounter a range of fantastical beasts and generally cause havoc at their school, the Halls of Ivy. ⁣

I love the development of Ivy's friendships, and the new found family she learns to trust. Each character is unique – and loved for their uniqueness – and the way they stand together against common bullies as well as looming magical threats is heartwarming. ⁣

I also appreciate the widening of the world of Croswald, with the introduction of the secret Town. The author is adept at creating imaginative shops, eateries and homes, filled with mysterious oddities and personable characters. Each place comes alive in your mind, from the Quill Keep to Plumlie's Puddings. ⁣

I fully recommend this one if you're a middle grade fan, or if you want a series that's light, creative and fun. I certainly hope to read the next books soon.

Was this review helpful?

Readers who liked this book also liked: